Consciously Creating Creativity

Page 1

CONSCIOUSLY CREATING CREATIVITY TRILOGY

Book 1

Consciously Creating Creativity

Foundation of Creativity

Book 2

Consciously Creating Creativity

Voices and Whispers of Creativity and Innovation

Book 3

Consciously Creating Creativity

Resolving the Paradoxes of Creativity

i
vipin mehta

CONSCIOUSLY CREATING CREATIVITY foundation of creativity

foreword by jach pursel - channel for lazaris

ii
VIPIN MEHTA

Copyright © 2022 by Vipin Mehta. All rights Reserved.

Published by Mehta metaphysical center inc., Winter Park, Florida.

Design and Production by Vipin Mehta, www.vipinmehta.com

All diagrams in this book are conceived by and remain the property of Vipin Mehta. Special thanks to my creative team; Adam Chase, Taylor Sattler, Nalani Aquino, Anna Hartlief, Katie Garcia, Jennifer Arboleda, and Dr. Magan Bakrania for their support.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning, or otherwise, except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without prior written permission of the Publisher.

Limit of Liability/Disclaimer of Warranty

While the publisher and the author have used their best efforts in preparing this book, they make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book. The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for your situation. You should consult with a professional where appropriate. Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damages, including but not limited to special, incidental, consequential, or other damages.

Printed By www.globalprintservicesinc.com in prc

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data is available upon request.

ISBN: 978-0-578-99295-2

First Edition: 2022

iii

DEDICATION...............................................................................................................v

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS..................................................................................vii

FOREWORD............................................................................................................viii

ABOUT THE AUTHOR........................................................................................x

Part 1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................1

What is Creativity?

Part 2 THE FOUNDATION OF CREATIVITY................................7

Foundation of Creativity

Pillar I. Celebration of Enchantment.....................................................................12

Pillar II. Create a Sacred Time....................................................................................16

Pillar III. Guidance and Protection..........................................................................19

A. Personal Mentors of Creativity

B. Mnemosyne and The Muses of Creativity

C. Duende

Pillar IV. Sacred Place......................................................................................................32

Pillar V. A Focus on Personal Fascination.........................................................35

1. Fascination of Mother Earth

2. Personal Fascination: Who I Am

Pillar V. B Focus on Personal Mattering............................................................45

1. Mattering: Global Healing

2. Personal Mattering: Metaphysically Healing Yourself

Pillar VI. Pause and Explore........................................................................................62

Pillar VII. Celebration of Inspiration......................................................................64

Pillar VIII. Sharing..............................................................................................................68

Part 3 ADDITIONAL RESOURCES FOR CREATIVITY......72

Pillar V. A. Additional Fascination.......................................................................73

1. Mineral Kingdom

2. Plant Kingdom

3. Animal Kingdom

4. Human Kingdom

5. Wonders Created by Human Kingdom

6. Personal Fascination

Pillar V. B. Additional Mattering...........................................................................92

1.The Dark Side of Humanity

2. Political

3. Economic

4. Social

5. Religious

Pillar III. Additional Guidance and Protection..........................................110

1.Hindu Holy Trinity Couples

2. Eastern Swamis, Saints and Enlightened Beings

3. Western Saints, Apostles and Spiritual Beings

4. Other Seekers and Spiritual Beings

5. Poets and Writers

6. Painters and Sculptors

7. Indian Musicians and Singers

8. Western Musicians and Singers

9. Philosophers

10. Scientists, Innovators, and Inventors

Bibliography.......................................................................................................................168

iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEDICATION

This book is dedicated to my Spiritual Friends Lazaris. They are a fountain of inspiration. Their Love is Inexhaustible, Unbelievable and Unfathomable.

TABLE OF METAPHYSICAL PAINTINGS

Part 1 - INTRODUCTION WHAT IS CREATIVITY?.................1

• Boundary Dwellers

• Love's Play with Imagination

Part 2 - FOUNDATION OF CREATIVITY......................................7

• The Foundation of Creativity

Pillar I- Celebration of Enchantment...................................................................11

• Overwhelmed by Joy

• Celebration of Enchantment

Pillar II- Create a Sacred Time.................................................................................17

Pillar III- Guidance and Protection.......................................................................18

• Guidance and Protection

• Personal Mentors of Creativity

• Mnemosyne and Muses of Creativity

• Remembering Creative Memories

• Duende

Pillar IV- Sacred Place....................................................................................................33

• Sacred Place

Pillar V- A. Focus on Personal Fascination...................................................34

• Fascination of Rainbow

• Fascination of Mother Earth

• Fascination of Physical Universe

• Fascination: Personal Fascination: Who I Am

Pillar V- B. Focus on Personal Mattering.......................................................44

• Mattering with Principles of Non-Violence

• Mattering: Global Healing

• We are the World

• Personal Mattering: Metaphysically Healing Yourself

• Metaphysical Elixir of Healing

Pillar VI- Pause and Explore.....................................................................................62

• Pause and Explore

Pillar VII- Celebration of Inspiration..................................................................64

• Personal Celebration of Inspiration

Pillar VIII- Sharing.............................................................................................................68

• Sharing

Part 3 - ADDITIONAL RESOURCES FOR CREATIVITY...72

Pillar V- A. Additional Fascination.......................................................................73

1. Mineral Kingdom

2. Plant Kingdom

3. Animal Kingdom

4. Human Kingdom

5. Wonders Created by Human Kingdom

6. Personal Fascination

Pillar V- B. Additional Mattering..........................................................................92

1. Dark Side of Humanity

2. Political

3. Economic

4. Social

5. Religious

Pillar III - Additional Guidance and Protection........................................110

1. Hindu Holy Trinity Couples

2. Eastern Swamis, Saints and Enlightened Beings

3. Western Saints, Apostles and Spiritual Beings

4. Other Seekers and Spiritual Beings

5. Poets and Writers

6. Painters and Sculptors

7. Indian Musicians and Singers

8. Western Musicians and Singers

9. Philosophers

10. Scientists, Innovators, and Inventors

vi

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

In this lifetime there are many who have supported me on my sacred journey coming Home. Although I will not be able to recognize everyone in a few short pages, I would like to send a blanket of gratitude to all who have participated and shared in my personal quest to create this book: Consciously Creating Creativity.

First of all, I would like to thank my parents Chhotalal and Premkuva Mehta for giving me LIFE. I grew up during the Independence Movement led by Mahatma Gandhi. During this time, spirituality had culminated throughout India. I was fortunate to be raised through adolescence under the influence of Mahatma Gandhi’s experiments of truth and goodness for humanity. He taught us that, we the members of the Global Family are the children of Divinity and must treat each other with respect, love and care, by breaking the barriers of caste, color, ethnicity, and religious beliefs. Gandhi’s life served as a role model from whom I learned lessons of courage, perseverance and commitment.

I thank my spiritual master, J. Krishnamurti, who introduced me to metaphysics as a pathway to spirituality. At the age of 24, he exposed me to the idea of transforming the metaphysical matrix of emotional energy from negative to positive.

I thank the incredible mystic poet Rabindranath Tagore whose writings opened my sense of beauty to experience Divinity at the age of 25.

Tagore’s words danced in my heart during a very romantic time for me. My fiancé, now wife of 50 years, joined me on this spiritual quest – always standing by me year after year.

I thank the mystic Rajneesh, globally known as Osho, who inspired me to be a seeker at the age of 27. He taught me to think, feel, and visualize outside the box. To see beyond the conformities of academic, scientific, political, and religious paradigms.

I would like to especially and profoundly thank Lazaris for giving me boundless, inexhaustible, and unfathomable love; for providing me a fountain of inspiration to write this book; and for teaching me how to Consciously Create Creativity. I sincerely thank the channel for Lazaris, Jach Pursel, for giving of himself so that Lazaris can communicate with us. His contribution to humanity is enormous and truly miraculous. I also appreciate the staff of Concept Synergy for producing seminars, workshops and intensives so Lazaris can share their metaphysics and spirituality with us. These seminars have enriched my life, providing profound metaphysical insights for the last thirty years. I have used my own interpretations and applications writing this book and I am responsible for that.

Deep appreciation and devotion go to my son Ravindra (Rave) and my daughter Radha. They carry the torch of Consciously Creating Creativity to future generations.

They continuously bring laughter into my life with their radiance, helping me to continue this sacred journey coming Home. I am proud of you both –always with love, joy and fun.

I thank my creative team: Adam Chase, Taylor Sattler, Nalani Aquino, Anna Hartlief, Katie Garcia, Jennifer Arboleda and Jennifer Mayer-Garrison. Their patience, research and talent have been indispensable to this book. I am grateful for their abilities to understand and translate my vision into metaphysical illustrations and text – the matrix of images, ideas, thoughts and feelings.

I thank my seeker friend (sadhak) Dr. Magan Bakrania. Always supportive, Magan has inspired and aspired me to Consciously Create Creativity as part of my spiritual quest.

Finally, I would like to thank my wife, Hansa, who has been my fellow traveler on this sacred journey coming Home. She has constantly encouraged and supported me on all of my endeavors - including this one. This book is a journey of perseverance. She has always stood by me and inspires me every day to keep at it.

Without her support, I would not be the man I am today. I love you my caring spiritual friend Hansa.

vii

FOREWORD

The urge, the yearning, is deep. There’s a singular thread, a strange thread, lost among the many threads of our reality. It is fragile, yet unbreakable. Its appearance seems shortlived, yet it is eternal. One moment it’s within our grasp, and the next it seems lost forever. That thread is our creativity and it’s magical.

Creativity is that mysterious something born in the folds and recesses of our being or of our consciousness. It is an intricate and sometimes precarious balance of our ability and willingness to create something original out of our imaginations. It calls us to use our human gifts of thinking and feeling, of loving and of imagining. It calls upon us to risk being vulnerable and to dare to expose our deeper, more real and truer self. Creativity calls us to use our strengths and our talents in new, exciting, curious and even fascinating ways in order to contribute to the world — to humanity and to humankind. It calls us to give of ourselves and to care and to love.

Creativity is love’s work, and we are its lovers. Our creativity whispers, and at times it shouts. It calls us, persistent, demanding, unending. We respond: We love; we create. It’s our nature. It’s our grace. Insatiable, we continually seek to embellish, to expand, and to lift our creativity beyond its bounds. We long to create. We long to innovate. It’s part of who we are.

We are soulful, spirited, and vibrantly yearning people. Curious. Eager to learn and to grow. Even as we know what creativity is, too often we don’t know where creativity hides. Specifically, we don’t know where our creativity is lodged and locked up inside us. As creative as we are, we know that we could be so much more. As curious, imaginative, passionate, and courageous as we are, we have difficulty cultivating that “something more” within us. As vulnerable, wise, and benevolent as we long to be, we have difficulty activating that “something beyond” of our creativity and its magic.

In my work as a writer, I continually reach for that strange thread that is my creativity and I am always seeking that “something more” and that “something beyond.” In my search, I regularly return to my Foundation of Creativity and I align with my mentors, the Boundary Dwellers.

viii

Boundary Dwellers are those who reach to the edge of consciousness and at the edge of space-time, peer beyond, and then tell the story of what they found there. The Boundary Dwellers are not literal. They are the metaphorical Painters, Poets, Musicians, and Philosophers in our past and present worlds. The Painter at the boundary seeks to capture the light and the life of spirit. The Poet at the boundary seeks to contain the substance and the richness of soul. The Musician nourishes and nurtures with the balance of soul and spirit while the Philosopher seeks to unravel the mysteries of love and life.

In my work, I look to awaken enchantment and to cherish my sacred time to write. Caught up in the flow of ideas and words, I pause to reflect on the mattering and the fascination of what I write and of being a writer. I look for what the words convey and for what is conveyed between and beyond the words … the presence that is not present. I work to awaken inspiration — to be inspired and to fall in love all over again. I reach for that “something more” and “something beyond” with my mentors among the Boundary Dwellers.

Consciously Creating Creativity is a living example of what creativity is. There is an axiom for writers: “Don’t say it, show it.” This beautiful book definitely shows it. In two dimensions: flat pages with printed words and pictures, Vipin has captured the light and spirit of what creativity is. He contains the rich substance of creativity — the soul of what it means to truly be creative and to be a creative force in your world and perhaps in the world. The way he expresses his insights and examples and offers his encouragement, nurtures, nourishes, and inspires each of us to find our strange thread among the many threads in our life. With precision,Vipin unravels the

mystery of creativity and shows us how we can discover and unravel our own mysteries so that we can consciously create our shimmering expressions of love’s work.

He begins with a simple definition and then proceeds to demonstrate that definition by transcending traditional ideas and rules, offering new patterns and relationships, and he creates meaningful new ideas, interpretations, and most of all new and greater understanding. Vipin even abandons the traditional form of a book to lay out an elegant way of learning, reviewing, and remembering. This book can be a companion and ally as you discover where your creativity hides and as you unlock it and allow it to shine in your world.

Beyond our brilliance and genius, beyond our personal creative expressions, when we dare to let our imaginations soar carefree, we can happen upon a rare and beautiful place filled with awe inspiring wonder. We can stumble into the Heart of Creativity, and with clarity and celebration, with exposure and revelation, our creativity can expand, lift, and stretch. If we dare to leap with abandon, we can touch that exalted creativity called innovation. In the light of our presence and grace, we can illuminate, brighten and consciously create our creativity.

Creativity is love’s work. Enjoy Vipin’s book as he shares his love with you.

ix

about the author and his journey

Vipin Mehta, P.E., M.A.P.A. was born in India and raised in Mumbai during the Independence Movement inspired by Mahatma Gandhi’s principles of non-violence. Shortly after migrating to the United States in 1969 with only a few dollars to his name, Vipin became a licensed professional engineer, and established Mehta and Associates Inc. – a consulting, engineering and construction management firm which has been evolving for over 40 years. In 1975, Vipin received a Master of Arts in Public Affairs from Northern Illinois University. Since then, Vipin has played a very active role in local, state, and national politics – offering metaphysical and spiritual counsel to many politicians and administrators.

Vipin Mehta has been seeking metaphysics and spirituality since childhood. Motivated by Gandhi’s experiments on truth and goodness and the beauty of Rabindranath Tagore’s poetry, Vipin went on to learn from spiritual masters such as J. Krishnamurti, and the rebel mystic Rajneesh/Osho – who deepened his understanding of Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Zen, Christianity, Sufism, Islam, Taoism, and Greek scriptures.

During the 1980s, Vipin came across the books of clairvoyant Edgar Cayce, automatic-writer Ruth Montgomery, and others. During this time, he was introduced to Lazaris. Attending metaphysical discourses and workshops for over thirty years, his spiritual friends have enriched his life with immeasurable love, joy, learning, and fun.

After the attacks of 9/11/2001, Vipin was deeply moved to apply his knowledge of metaphysics and political science to write the Global Healing Trilogy – foreword by Mrs. Harriet Fulbright (wife of Senator William Fulbright).

Book #1: Thinking Outside the Box – An introduction to metaphysics.

Book #2: Awakening Spirituality – Applying metaphysics to consciously create reality and awaken new age spirituality.

Book #3: New Vistas of Hope – Planting seeds for the world becoming new.

Vipin is currently working on another book series: Who I Am – The Spiritual Anatomy of the Human Being. He also expresses his passion for metaphysics and healing by speaking, conducting workshops, and giving discourses internationally. Some examples are:

• Metaphysically Healing Yourself – “You are Your Own Greatest Healer”

• Faces of Soul – I am the Double Parts I and Part II (for senior citizens)

• Spirituality and Science/Technology

• From Silicon Valley to the Crystal Temple of Love

• Awakening Spirituality – “Lifting spirituality from the traditional to new Age spirituality”

• Karmic Law, Religion of Man, Hierarchy of Knowledge, and more...

On his own sacred journey coming Home, Vipin has created The Mehta Metaphysical Center, a not-for-profit Organization in Winter Park, Florida. Created for seekers, the evolving center consists of metaphysical art galleries, spiritual & healing centers, and the Crystal Temple of Love.

x

PART 1 introduction

what is creativity?

Let us start by asking, what is creativity? A dictionary definition for creativity reads:

The ability to transcend traditional ideas, rules, patterns, relationships, or the like, and to create meaningful new ideas, forms, methods, interpretations, etc.

In consensus reality, creativity is most associated with art, literature, music, philosophy, and such. It is also widely believed that only a relatively few people are blessed with creativity from birth. But this is not true.

Each of us has the capacity for creativity, not only to share our unique creative gifts, but also to co-create the life we most want to live.

From a metaphysical perspective, creativity is love’s play with imagination and will. Creativity is the birthright of every human being and can be applied to all aspects of life. From business to mathematics; teaching to athletics; healthcare to politics; spirituality to housework – every moment offers an opportunity to be creative. It is easy to fall into ruts of routine behavior. We are all creating our own reality in every moment. In fact, we are all co-creating this collective reality together. Our thoughts & feelings, beliefs & attitudes, choices & decisions are all manifest in the outer world – a projection of what is within. With the evolution of consciousness, one can consciously create creativity with the tools of desire, imagination, and expectation. So again, creativity is love’s play with imagination and will.

1

WHAT IS CREATIVITY?

love's play with imagination and will

LOVE'S PLAY WITH IMAGINATION LOVE'S PLAY WITH WILL

If you have had the good fortune of “falling in love” then you have experienced the wonders of creative flow. Being in a state of love triggers the imagination. The imagination generates images and attracts ideas. These images and ideas integrate, turning into visualizations. Sometimes referred to as daydreams, these visualizations can be vivid inner images, murky impressions, or anywhere in-between. This is the cauldron of creation. Visualizations pass through our daydreams and transform into lucid (conscious) dreams. The conscious dream then becomes a vibrant, luminous dream, which is called a vision. Visions can whisper softly like a breeze through the leaves, or flash suddenly like a lightning bolt in the sky. Akin to recalling dreams after awakening from sleep, these creative visions can slip from our conscious mind as quickly as they came. A vision manifests in physical reality by means of love, will, determination, and perseverance. Imagination is one of your most powerful tools. It is fueled with desire and expectation. To consciously create and sculpt your reality, visualize in the imaginal realm. There you will see beyond logic, reason, and constrictive beliefs. Imagination becomes living and vibrant when it is made of:

• Love gives you an affirmation of your existence. Will offers you the presence of your existence. Will with love reveals the presence of your self.

• Will provides you with focused intent. Love brings fulfillment in life.

• It is love that makes you want to give more. Using will lifts your giving to new heights.

• Love offers joy and freedom. The power of will gives you the ability to consciously manifest what you want.

• Experiencing love comes with a great deal of authority and individuality, but it cannot make you self-confident. The power of will creates confidence. This self confidence emerges from courage, hope, trust, and humility.

• Love brings a deepening of consciousness through caring for others. It is will that defines and directs that caring with an identity and image – turning caring into action.

• Love brings a deepening of consciousness through intimacy and caring. Will brings definition and direction to intimacy and caring.

IMAGINATION, INNOVATION & INVENTION

Imagination is of the 5th dimension, beyond space and time. Creativity is of the 6th dimension. Ideas, images, and visions abound in the imaginal realm. The visionary receives those images and ideas, then engineers them to fit a desired goal – this is creativity in action. Creativity is innovative. Innovativeness is a state of mind in which images and ideas are further processed for sleek, elegant application. Creativity also leads to inventiveness, which is a dream state of mind. The resulting vision reveals something that has never existed before. In pursuit of that vision, interdisciplinary images and ideas flow through the mind with logic, reason, and rationality. Yet, it is intuition which reveals the answers to your quest. Most inventions are realized with the guidance of intuition.

2
Desire
Logic
Images
Passion
Reason
Inspiration Compassion Structure

BOUNDARY DWELLERS

creative, innovative and inventive persons

love's play with imagination and will

BOUNDARY DWELLERS

Metaphysically creative, innovative, and inventive people are called boundary dwellers. They cross conscious/subconscious boundaries of the daily routine, dwelling in the imaginal realm and the domain of metaphysics. Boundary dwellers perceive and conceive creative ideas and images. They live in-between the boundaries, passionately manifesting creativity into physical reality.

In consensus reality, there are five types of boundary dwellers:

• Painters & Sculptors visualize and become visionaries. They manifest their visions into paintings, sculptures, and other artworks.

• Musicians & Singers listen to sound with various emotions and harmonize their expression with notes, tones, and rhythms. Using various instruments, musicians compose pieces to be played and sung.

• Poets & Writers perceive and conceive a wide range of human emotions, then express a narrative in the framework of words, paragraphs, stanzas, and stories.

• Philosophers explore, seek, and discover the truth of identity, the purpose of existence, and other great mysteries of the Universe. They then translate these concepts into applications for consciously creating reality and metaphysically being.

• Innovators & Inventors intuitively receive images from the subconscious and unconscious mind. These coalesce into a vision. The innovations and inventions are then manifest into the physical world by means of will, passion, courage, and perseverance.

michelangelo (painter/sculptor)

1457 – 1564 italy

In 1995 my wife Hansa and I celebrated our 25th wedding anniversary with a trip to Italy. Touring the Vatican, I was awestruck to gaze upward at the paintings on the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel. It occurred to me that many years ago I had seen the Birth of Adam panel in Rabindranath Tagore’s book: The Religion of Man.

This painting intrigued me to learn more about the tremendous passion and skill of Michelangelo. The sculptures of Michelangelo are equally amazing. He would envision the piece, then remove marble or stone with hammer and chisel, revealing the figure waiting within.

albin polasek (sculptor)

1879 – 1965 usa

In 2013, I gave a workshop, Healing Yourself by Ways of Metaphysics, at the Polasek Museum in Winter Park Florida. I had not heard of Albin Polasek before. Upon pulling into the complex, a large monument stopped me in my tracks. Man Carving His Own Destiny is a sculpture which spoke to me on a deep level. It portrays a man carving himself out of a marble block. This was a perfect metaphor for the creative journey – to consciously create creativity using the raw materials given to every person. Individually, by taking full responsibility for your choices and decisions, you create your own reality, and sculpt the life you want to live.

wolfgang amadeus mozart

1756 – 1791 austria

(musician)

After watching the movie Amadeus, which loosely chronicles Wolfgang Mozart’s life, I wished to know more of this maestro. Wolfgang was composing his own songs and touring professionally as a small child. He is a prime example of vocational karma – that is, bringing skills gained in other lifetimes into this incarnation as Amadeus Mozart. This is an example of how we discover the talents and abilities within us. They are in fact encoded in our Soul’s DNA. Playing and composing music felt natural to Mozart. That said, he still needed to develop his skills and style with countless hours of practice.

4

lata mangeshkar (singer)

1929 – 2022 india

As a child I listened to the great Nightingale of India, Lata Mangeshkar. She moved to my hometown of Mumbai as a teenager. After years of training, Lata began playback singing for Bollywood films. Her body of work is amazing. She has sung for over one thousand films. I grew up with her sweet, soothing voice and have followed her illustrious career ever since. Saraswati, the Hindu Goddess of Knowing and Creativity, has surely blessed this talented, determined singer. Lata Mangeshkar charmed millions with her melodious and unique singing voice.

rabindranath tagore (poet)

1861 – 1941 india

My wife Hansa and I had a three-year courtship before getting married. During this time, we read all of Rabindranath Tagore’s poetry in English. Beauty is Rabindranath’s forte. We were embraced by the beauty of his words. I, in turn, embraced the beauty while discovering the magical and transformative qualities of being in love. Sharing this prose with Hansa was very romantic and meaningful. Out of our precious union came our first son Ravindra (Rave) – named after the poet who captured our hearts.

MAHATAMA GHANDI (PHILOSOPHER/FREEDOM FIGHTER) 1869-1948 INDIA

My childhood was during the liberation of an independent and sovereign India. Witnessing Mahatma Gandhi lead a non-violent movement with dignity and strength has been a significant blessing in my life. He was the one who first inspired me to apply metaphysics onto politics. After the emancipation of Mother India, I felt that anything was possible.

This peaceful warrior of small stature made a monumental difference in the world. With walking stick in hand, he bridged a chasm few thought possible. Fortified with the power of vulnerability, Gandhi struggled for justice, armed only with love.

nikola tesla (inventor)

1856 – 1943 serbia/usa

Several years ago, my son Rave wrote and produced a comic book called: The Inventor. This entertaining and informative illustrated story is about the mystic scientist Nikola Tesla. Through Rave’s efforts I learned a great deal about this inventive magician. Utilizing visions, Nikola reached beyond what was possible to invent a long list of technology which was unimaginable at the time. Tesla’s sole motivation was to improve the quality of life for humanity. His drive and effort were nothing short of total commitment. Humanity will continue to benefit as we uncover his profound body of work. I am so proud of my son for helping to bring Nikola Tesla to the forefront of awareness.

steve jobs (innovator)

1955 – 2011 usa

Over the span of my life, I have seen technology advance at a rapid pace. This is, in large part, thanks to the amazing innovator Steve Jobs. By thinking outside the box, Jobs greatly improved upon many technological inventions. Personal computing took a quantum leap due to his extraordinary talents and skills. I use his innovations daily, as does much of the developing world. Setbacks could not deter Jobs from bringing his fantastic visions to fruition. In a 2001 interview, Steve was asked at what times he preferred to work. He answered that work and life are inseparable for him. For Steve Jobs, the number one ingredient for success was passion.

5

PART 2 FOUNDATION OF CREATIVITY

FOUNDATION OF CREATIVITY

Foundation of Creativity is based on eight metaphysical pillars. These pillars support a creative state of mind. They cohesively work together to generate creativity. When the eight pillars are activated and nurtured, creativity moves to a higher octave of innovation and invention.

pillar i: celebration of enchantment

Enchantment is the magic of charm. It charms your heart and mind with feelings of connection. This is a connection between yourself and cosmic consciousness – or in new age terms: God/Goddess/All That Is. You are a part of the Whole and the Whole is part of you. Celebrate the enchanting moments which inspire you to be creative. Contemplating the wonder and beauty of Earth’s wilderness in solitude; looking into the eyes of your Soul’s mate; surrendering to the awe of our incomprehensible cosmos –these are but a few ways to merge into the unknown. This celebration inspires and aspires you to consciously create creativity. You are much more than what you are.

pillar ii: create a sacred time

Make your everyday worldly affairs sacred by first entering your inner world. The outer and inner worlds are parts of the same physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual reality of life. The outer world is a reflection, expression and projection of the inner world. Sacred time is a bridge between the outer and inner worlds. Dawn is the most sacred time of creativity when creativity creates itself. Night gives back what the day takes away at dawn. Saying this, each of us has our own individual biorhythms and personal timing which work best. Creating a sacred time makes pausing and exploring a healthy habit. There is no need to “try and find the time.” Create sacred time by making it a priority.

pillar iii: guidance and protection

Seek guidance and protection from your mentors of creativity: the muses who ignite your passion; duende who gives your shadow side a chance to express itself safely and effectively; and other seen and unseen friends who inspire you.

Whatever your interests are, there are those who’ve added their brilliance to that particular field. Even if you are working on something quite original, it is built upon the work of countless past generations – people who have bravely bestowed their own knowledge, insights and innovations. They left a legacy by sharing what fascinated and gave meaning to them. Those that inspire you to delve into your creative magic are there for you – even if they are deceased. Muses are the fountainheads of passion. Mentors can accelerate our progress, and luminaries give a cornucopia of inspiring examples in the form of art, music, science, spirituality, engineering, architecture, literature, astronomy, dance, medicine, agriculture, etc.

pillar iv: create a sacred place

A sacred place provides the resonance for conjuring voices of creativity. These voices are curiosity, imagination, inspiration, courage, daring, vulnerability, wisdom, benevolence, and generosity. Each creative person makes his or her own sacred place where resonance can be generated to conjure these voices. A special place can be a consistent touchstone to inspire creativity. You can see one of my sacred places in the corresponding picture: The Crystal Temple of Knowing. This sacred place consists of crystals laid out in a symmetrical grid which lights up at night. The crystal grid is overseen by statues of Lakshmi, the Goddess of Prosperity; Saraswathi, the Goddess of Knowing; and Durga, the Goddess of Empowerment. The beautiful lake in the background offers a reflection of tranquility where I can humbly receive the grace of being. Make your own sacred place meaningful with what fascinates you the most. Be creative and let your inner beauty reflect your outer sanctuary.

8

T H E F O U N D A T I O N

F C R E A T I V I T Y

O

pillar v: fascination and mattering

Focus on what fascinates you the most. Every person has their own fascination for people, places, events and concepts which stand out. Certain fields of interest may spark a curiosity and interest in you. What are they? By contemplating what you appreciate, it will inspire you to develop, or further develop, your own style of expression. Follow your fascinations and soon you will gain momentum toward your visions and dreams.

Personally, I am very fascinated to know who I am. Where do I come from? Where am I going? What is my relationship with God/Goddess/All That Is? And how do I uplift it to a spiritual partnership?

Explore what matters to you and express yourself with the passion it generates. Contemplate your thoughts, feelings, and mental images to see what you give significance and value. Honor what matters to you. What you care about is indicative of your values and what you hold dear. Applying creative “outside the box” solutions to the problems of the world matters to me. After the attacks of 9/11, I was inspired to write the Global Healing book trilogy. With these books, I wanted to express how the root cause of war is found in our state of mind. Therefore, Global Healing is accomplished by thinking outside the box. By ways of metaphysics: “Change the mindset. Change the world.”

pillar vi: pause and explore

When productivity and enthusiasm reach the point of diminishing return, it is a time to take a pause so you can “explore the unknown.” By allowing the unknown, you shower yourself with grace and give a voice for fresh creativity. Moments of union rejuvenate and renew creativity to a higher octave.

Just as the body needs sleep, the mental and emotional bodies also need time to recharge. Once there is space in the endless chatter of mental thoughts, the realm of silence can be “passively explored” to receive intuitive guidance. Pausing and exploring is essential to consciously creating creativity.

pillar vii: celebration of inspiration

Celebrate the inspiration you receive from accomplishments and achievements in your life. Marking milestones to your goal generates momentum, keeping the fun and excitement alive. Whether working solo or with a team, it is important to honor and respect your creative effort. By commemorating sacred moments of accomplishment, you place value on yourself, your endeavor, and those you’re working with.

In 2011, I gave a workshop at the Albin Polasek Museum in Winter Park, Florida: Healing Yourself by Ways of Metaphysics. After the wonderful experience, everyone involved celebrated together. During the party I received the idea to open my own metaphysical center where people could learn, share, heal and grow. Thus, in a few short years, the Mehta Metaphysical Center opened its doors.

pillar viii: sharing

Sharing with others brings fulfillment in life. Sharing generates the creative resonance of inspiration, aspiration, motivation, and momentum. The more you share, the more there will be of it to share. Sharing creates joy. The four primary ways of sharing are: physically, mentally, emotionally and spiritually. Writing the Global Healing trilogy of books was my way of sharing a lifetime of metaphysical study and practice. The joy of sharing continues as Consciously Creating Creativity takes on a life of its own.

10

OVERWHELMED BY JOY CELEBRATION OF ENCHANTMENT

CELEBRATION OF ENCHANTMENT

Enchantment is the magic of charm – charming your heart and mind with the feeling of being connected. Feeling that you are part of the Whole, and the Whole is a part of you. Celebrate the enchanting moments which inspire you to be creative. These seven components of enchantment work independently and cohesively to create the charm of living life beautifully.

experience the mystery of life and the universe

Mystery is one of the guardians of life. Other guardians are love, beauty, forgiveness, imagination, and others. Mysteries bring fascination. They are exciting to solve. Without mystery life would be dull and rigid. Deep down the Soul cries for adventure. It wants to experience the enchantment and mystery of the outer and inner worlds.

For human beings, exploring and experiencing the physical universe starts with Mother Earth. Since the 20th century humankind has made amazing progress exploring and transforming the planet. From horse carriages to automobiles, from trains to airplanes, onward and upward with satellites and spaceships to explore our solar system and the space beyond. Humanity collectively cheered when we landed on the moon. Remotely controlled rovers travel the terrain of Mars, streaming new information back home. The Hubble telescope allows us to witness clusters of galaxies, exploding supernovas, and the spectacular nebulae they produce. The more we try and solve the mysteries of the physical universe, the more we know it to be unfathomable.

So, let us explore and experience the mystery of life by going within to the inner worlds. Life is intriguing. Who am I? Where do I come from? Where am I going? What is the purpose of life? What is death? So on, and so forth. The answers found within enable you to grow, change and evolve.

As science and technology have evolved to understand the physical world, consciousness unfolds from within. Vibration and frequency increase as consciousness expands – to the point of consciously creating reality.

Mantra for Conscious Reality Creation

I create my own reality, and I am responsible for what I am. I am the master of my own destiny, and not the victim of fate.

spellbound by wonder

Looking upon the cascading water of Niagara Falls creates wonder in your state of mind and heart. You become spellbound. Linear time fades from awareness – you come to be in timelessness.

When you appreciate and embrace beauty, let beauty embrace you. This is enchantment. You are in the magical dominion of Mother Earth. Being spellbound by wonder is a state of awe. The Oxford Dictionary definition of wonder: a feeling of surprise and admiration that you have when you see or experience something beautiful, unusual or unexpected. So, feel the wonder. Be the wonder. Then wonder where this wonder will take you, and where you will take it. Elevate the beauty out of the banal. By experiencing wonder, you are tapping into a boundless reservoir of creativity. Celebrate it with love, joy, beauty, and enchantment.

12
PILLAR I

CELEBRATION OF ENCHANTMENT

exhilaration by beauty

The human mind has three gateways to explore and experience enchantment: Truth (Satyam), Goodness (Shivam), and Beauty (Sundaram). Each person has their own preference for choosing a gateway according to their distinct inner voice.

Mahatma Gandhi chose the gateway of truth by experimenting with truth his whole life.

King Ashoka of ancient India selected the gateway of goodness. The wheel at the center of India’s flag represents his benevolence.

Mystic poet, Rabindranath Tagore preferred the gateway of beauty, expressing enchantment throughout his poems and literature.

Let us, seekers and metaphysicians, explore and experience enchantment through the gateway of beauty. There are three phases of a relationship with beauty.

The first phase is appreciating and embracing beauty. This creates joy and peace simultaneously. Exhilaration and serenity occur spontaneously. You enter timelessness with feelings of wonder and majesty. Inspiration and enchantment are felt concurrently. This offers glimpses of eternity and the immortality of beauty.

Those who are seekers of beauty enter into the second phase: being embraced by beauty. Nature is the expression of beauty. Therefore, seekers walk in solitude by the seashore, sit in a grove or garden, hike through the forest and wild lands – all the while being embraced by beauty. In turn, beauty incites and inspires you to be creative: writing a poem, making a painting, composing music, seeking truth, etc. At the same time beauty encourages and energizes your creativity. It motivates you to manifest those inspirations.

This reminds me of the time I visited Butchart Gardens in Brentwood Bay, Canada. Walking through the magnificent gardens I was inspired and motivated to write a poem about my home: The Dream State of Florida.

Beauty reveals mystery and wonder by giving the experience of timelessness and immortality. It awakens the magic of living beautifully in all aspects of life. Seekers who fall in love with beauty, live life beautifully, and reveal the mystery and mystique of beauty itself.

Embracing beauty generates joy and peace. You experience a sense of immortality and eternity. You learn to recognize, respond, and appreciate beauty. Consciously receive the gift of beauty from God/Goddess/All That Is. Let beauty empower you. Let it restore, rejuvenate, and resurrect your energy. Beauty communicates with, and aligns the subconscious and unconscious minds. It aligns to integrate, while also maintaining individuality. Beauty explores your splendor. Beauty re-forms yourself. Let us celebrate exhilarating beauty.

feeling the ray of hope

When a human being is experiencing a crisis and suddenly sees "the light at the end of the tunnel" - this feeling is the ray of hope.

In metaphysical terms, the Ray of Hope has seven components.

1. Hope is the initiator. It inspires you to look forward to your future.

2. Hope connects you to the future.

3. It glues and fuels your relationship with life. Hope also stabilizes life.

4. Hope inspires your dreams with visions.

5. It is the liberator. Hope sets you free from past failures.

6. Hope is the herald of the future.

7. And finally, hope is a guide for the journey of life.

14

All seven components work together to create a bounty of hope. Feeling the ray of hope is very enchanting – celebrate it.

overwhelmed by joy

Joy is deeper than happiness. Joy comes out of preferences and personal choice. Happiness is derived from meeting human needs. Joy is a masculine energy of engaged vitality. The magic of joy is incomparable. A heart that rejoices is one that feels without judgment or righteousness.

Joy is born out of love and creates compassion in its wake. It is the expression of fascination and the enchantment of falling in love. The vibration of cosmic expression is the heartbeat of joy. It is love in motion. All the attributes of enchantment are made up of one another. In this case, joy is comprised of love, beauty, forgiveness, imagination, mystery, hope, innocence, and belonging.

Chaitanya Mahaprabhu was a 16th century mystic-saint who enlivened and inspired all those around him. He radiated the spirit of joy. With elegant humility and dignity, he taught not only with his words, but also with his presence. Like Jesus Christ, Sri Chaitanya was a revolutionary warrior of love and peace. He transcended the caste system with logic and compassion. The resonance of the Hare Krishna mantra he popularized continues to bear harmony and bliss five centuries later.

touched by the innocence of a child

A baby is born with divine hope and trust. They instinctively trust their existence. For children, everything is new and fascinating. This creates enchantment and is expressed in their giggles, smiles, cries, the shine in their eyes, the way they play, curiously watch, etc. Those around the child, especially parents, are also enchanted by the touch of their innocence. Although most people do not remember their first birthday, parents often express their love by throwing a big party with families, friends, and colleagues.

The celebration of the baby’s first year is marked with photographs, gifts and the presence of love & care. The day itself is honored and cherished, as well as the child’s life journey to come. This ritual deepens the commitment of the parents, as well as other loved ones participating. In this way the innocence of a child is shared.

“It is only the innocent mind, the mind unclouded by experience, totally free from the past; it is only such a mind that can perceive what is reality. If you see the truth of that, if you perceive it for a split second, you will know the extraordinary clarity of mind that is innocence.” – J.

sense of belonging

According to Abraham Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, there are three basic human needs. First and foremost is survival. Once survival is achieved, then security is next. The third is belonging. When the three basic needs are met, the person enters the fourth need of self-esteem. Here we find that: “I am much more than what I am.”

For instance, the celebration of marriage creates a sense of belonging between the two entities – body, mind, Soul & Spirit. The couple make a commitment to care and love each other in the presence of family and friends. This creates a celebration of enchantment for being a part of one another’s journey. It marks a moment in time when they pronounce their intentions and vows to each other in a sacred ceremony. The honor and respect the couple have for each other is shared with all of the participants. The event is commemorated with pictures and videos so memories can be relived and shared. Love between the newlyweds radiates outward, propelling them on their journey together as lovers, friends, caring companions, partners in life. With children comes the role of guardian and provider. As life is unpredictable, care-taking can happen at any time, but especially during the final phases towards death. The sense of belonging generated in human relationships is the pathway for developing a sense of belonging with the Whole.

15

CREATE A SACRED TIME

The sacred journey of consciousness starts by separating from Cosmic Consciousness (Home) and then forgetting. The journey of a Soul passes through the mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms before experiencing existence as a human.

Humans have a time dimension consisting of a past, present, and future. The past has memories of factual, mental, emotional, and spiritual events and a wide range of experiences. The past is in the subconscious mind. The future is of desires, ambitions, dreams, anxieties, etc. The past and future work together in present physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual activities through the conscious state of mind. For us, the experience of time is primarily that of linear time, or chronological time. We live as if on a one tracked train, cruising at a steady speed from the past into the future.

Time is a construct, albeit a very useful one. It brings order to our shared reality. Time is so important for civilization that it is internationally agreed upon and for the most part goes on without question. In true reality, all there has ever been is now – and all that will ever be is now. In new age terms, we live in the present, with the presence of the future, while releasing the burden of the past. We have all experienced the fluctuations of psychological time. When enduring something perceived as boring for instance, time seems to slow down. But when we are enjoying ourselves and engaged in a playful activity, time seems to “fly by.”

Another classification of time is that of creative time. This natural state is an effortless flow of being and doing where “creativity creates itself.” This time/space is in-between the boundaries of conscious time and the imaginal realm. There are 4 basic states of mind related with time. The awake state is when the conscious mind is active. During the hours of sleep our body and conscious mind relax. The subconscious mind is engaged as we experience dreams and the emotions they activate. Dreams can be pleasing, or they can be nightmares. The past and future come together and express emotions such as desire or anxiety. During deep sleep, the conscious and subconscious minds are totally relaxed. This state is when rejuvenation occurs and creativity creates itself.

The fourth state is the state of no-mind. This is when ‘I’ of ‘I am’ drops out and ‘amness’ remains.

It is helpful to intentionally create a sacred time for yourself on a consistent basis. An optimal period of the day for communing with the Divine is the hours leading up to and including dawn. Sometimes referred to as the ambrosial hours this time period of 1 ½ hours before sunrise is the optimal time for creativity. As described in Hindu mythology, "Pratah kala" are the most auspicious hours. In this naturally sacred time, the mind is totally relaxed. Creative ideas and visions can be intuited with greater ease. This phase of the day is when the veil between the seen and unseen worlds is most thin. It is a time overflowing with creativity.

Rituals and rites to invoke sacred time have become something of a lost art. Symbolic behaviors signal to the subconscious mind your intention for accessing the “field of knowing.” Choose how to start your own personal ritual. It can be as simple as lighting incense, bowing in humble prayer, or whatever actions have symbolic resonance with your spirituality. Make it your own, have fun, bring joy to the time you deem as sacred. It is a sanctuary, a pause from worldly affairs. Begin your practice with intention. Ritual actions invites your unconscious mind, Soul, and Higher Self for co-creation.

In the midst of sacred time, meditation, prayer, chanting, yoga, tai chi, or whatever you wish to engage in can be savored. Exalting and soothing music is a wonderful complement, but silence is the greatest teacher.

During sacred time you create an anchor for consciousness to expand in and through you. Ending your sacred time with ritual actions honors the energy of gratitude and engenders humility – thus bringing these qualities and feeling tones into your life. As circumstances, relationships and world events swirl and occasionally spin us off center – we can pause and explore to find that peaceful place within – where helpful guidance is always available.

16
PILLAR II

GUIDANCE AND PROTECTION

On this sacred journey of consciously creating creativity, continual guidance and protection is necessary. Without guidance and protection, it is easy to get confused, lose your direction, or even go down a self-destructive path. Personal mentors are always available and eager to assist you. These seen and unseen friends can be alive or dead, popular or unknown, historical or mythological characters for the guidance and protection of your creativity.

We each have our individual part to play in this grand story of existence. Fortunately, we do not have to start from scratch. That is to say, you do not have to reinvent the wheel to get rolling with your own unique contribution. There are others who have explored, expressed, innovated, invented, and shared what was fascinating and mattered to them. Even ones whom I refer to as boundary dwellers – those who are investigating the very reaches of what is known – they too are “standing on the shoulders of giants” to offer what they have found. For instance, in the physical sciences, an understanding of quantum mechanics was discovered by investigating the limits of Newtonian physics. This is how we evolve into ever-expanding complexity. We take the baton from those who have run with their passions and pass it on to those who are just beginning to catch the wind.

In this section of Guidance & Protection you will find:

• The Mentors of Creativity – my own primary sources of inspiration and creativity.

• We are nothing without our memories. Let Mnemosyne, Goddess of Memory, and her daughters, the 9 Muses, ignite and guide your passion.

• Every one of us has a shadow side to contend with. Discover and dance with duende to transform and express your innermost creativity.

Most of all, I invite you to identify your own personal mentors for guidance and protection. Reach out and let them assist you on your sacred journey of creativity.

1. personal mentors of creativity

2. muses of creativity

3. duende

19
PILLAR III

PERSONAL MENTORS OF CREATIVITY

Creative people have their own mentors. I have my own mentors. They are my “seen” friends in this lifetime: Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh (Osho), Krishnamurti, and Lazaris. My “unseen friends” are Mahaveer Swami of Jainism and the Hindu mythological characters: Lord Shiva, Goddess Saraswati, Goddess Lakshmi, and Lord Vishnu. These mentors inspire me, guide me in consciously creating creativity, and protect me from losing track of my creativity.

bhagwan shree rajneesh

In the year 1965, I was walking through the corridor of an auditorium in Mumbai after a school reunion dinner. I heard a voice coming from an intercom speaker: “Keep away from the mob psychology. In the mystery of solitude, you will connect with Divinity”. I opened the door and saw Rajneesh delivering a spiritual discourse. He was sitting crossed legged. His yogic posture, focus, and unblinking eyes awoke a voice in my Soul. The mystical words of Rajneesh helped me create transcendental miracles in my life. From that day, my life was transformed from being a follower to a modern seeker (Sudhak).

lord shiva

Having been raised in a Hindu/Jain family, I came across I came across Hindu mythology. I learned it is based on the eternal evolution of creation (Lord Brahma), sustenance/maintenance (Lord Vishnu) and destruction (Lord Shiva). This cycle repeats eternally bringing forth new creation. Being a seeker, I have been fascinated with Shiva’s yogic posture in the state of Dhyan (expanding consciousness) connecting with Divinity (God/Goddess/All That is). Dhyan is entering into Samadhi (transcendence) which is beyond meditation. Meditation is a tool to change your mindset from negative to positive etc.

A seeker can experience the touch of Divinity through three portals: truth (satyam), goodness (shivam) and beauty (sundaram). Lord Shiva’s portal is shivam: goodness & benevolence. Therefore, he is known as a kind and benevolent Lord (Bholenath). Shiva is symbolic for the Ultimate Mantra, or OM (Aum).

This mantra connects you to the Ultimate Sound of Cosmic Consciousness. Lord Shiva always inspires me to enter into a state of Dhyan.

goddess saraswati

Saraswati is the Goddess of Creativity and Knowing. She is the spouse of Lord Brahma. Since I was a young man, I have been fascinated with statues of Saraswati sitting peacefully in a yogic asana on a white lotus flower. Her face is so peaceful. She is depicted with four arms and hands - playing a stringed instrument with two hands, holding scripture in her third hand, and mala beads in the fourth. With her blessings I was inspired to play sitar to connect with the harmony and rhythm of sound. I am grateful for Saraswati for also helping me with the following:

• Hansa and I were romantically embraced by the heartfelt beauty of Rabindranath Tagore’s poems and literature.

• Being a modern seeker of new age spirituality, I created the Crystal Temple of Knowing on my home terrace with the statues of Goddess Saraswati for knowing, Lakshmi for prosperity, and Durga for empowerment.

• I have created an art gallery consisting of the digital paintings found here in this Consciously Creating Creativity book, as well as other metaphysical series.

20
PILLAR III A
P E
O F C
R S O N A L M E N T O R S
R E A T I V I T Y

goddess lakshmi

Lakshmi is the Goddess of Prosperity and her spouse is Lord Vishnu (The Sustainer). Lakshmi is my favorite Goddess. She was with me as I established my professional engineering career. In consensus reality, Lakshmi is worshipped for material and financial prosperity. Since I have been practicing new age spirituality, I have realized that material wealth is necessary, but prosperity is much more than that. Prosperity is the joy of living and loving life. Since then I have been following the pathways of new age prosperity. These pathways are:

• Consciously Creating Success. Success is a dynamic process, ever-changing, growing, and shifting. Success requires persistent reinvention. Success leads to abundance.

• Consciously Creating Abundance. Material, mental, emotional, and spiritual abundance is boundless.

• Consciously Creating and Maintaining Good Fortune.

• Consciously Creating Prosperity. The joy of living and loving life.

On this journey to prosperity, you need guidance and protection. Who are your guides?

lord vishnu

Lord Vishnu is the sustainer of prosperity created by his spouse, Goddess Lakshmi. Lakshmi is in the movement of the waves: up and down, waxing and waning, flowing and ebbing. She needs somebody to balance and sustain her while going through the undulations of prosperity. That is Lord Vishnu. They work together creating and sustaining prosperity.

Lord Vishnu has been a great guide to me while passing through the following pathways:

Consciously Creating Success: I create my own reality on the pathway to success.

I am responsible for my failures and successes.

I am the master of my destiny and not the victim of fate.

I am learning the lessons of taking responsibility. Consciously Creating Abundance: Do not give energy to the negative ego otherwise Lakshmi will move away. Be humble and grateful for what you have and share with others. This creates the joy of living and loving life.

Create and Maintain Good Fortune:

It is an ongoing process with consciousness and enchanted wisdom.

krishnamurti

I started seeking spirituality as a young adult. My eldest brother recommended I look into J. Krishnamurti. Taking the advice, I attended his discourses at the J.J. School of Arts in Mumbai. The posture and presentation style of Krishnamurti impressed me. The experience was akin to meditating on the abstract subject of human emotions, such as honesty, love, gratitude, etc. I started repeating his words so I could mimic him to my friends. In his third discourse on the topic of love, I started repeating Krishnamurti’s words in my inner mind and suddenly I transcended into the Unknown Realm. It was the most pivotal, transcendental miracle of my life. Since then, I stopped mimicking and delved into meditatively reading his books, such as Life Ahead and Matter of Culture. My consciousness kept expanding and entered the state of no-mind.

I have since developed a practice of Dhyan to reach the state of no-mind. Krishnamurti's discourses are not focused on informative and intellectual knowledge. They are based on transcendence.

22

mahaveer

Mahaveer Swami is the 24th enlightened being (Tirthankara) in the lineage of Jainism. Since a young age, I was very inquisitive to know why he was called Mahaveer: “the most courageous enlightened being.” I learned more about Mahaveer Vani and the Jain Sutras by listening to the discourses of Rajneesh.

Mahaveer was born a prince in a warrior family. His name was Vardhaman (ever expanding). He was brought up learning and following the Hindu scripture. Following the preordained path set for him, he was married and had one daughter. Being a seeker, Mahaveer never believed nor disbelieved. He simply wanted to experiment and experience for himself. Being a passionate seeker, Mahaveer left his kingdom on a quest to discover: "Who am I?" Living in solititude, he meditated, confronted his ego, released karmas/attachments, and gradually entered a state of Dhyan. His ego/I dissolved away and 'amness' was all that remained. Ultimately merging with Divinity, Mahaveer experienced absolute knowing (Kavlay Gyan).

The most courageous thing anyone can do is confront their own ego/I and merge with Cosmic Consciousness. That is the reason he was named: “Mahaveer, the most courageous enlightened being.”

Mahaveer Vani scripture explains the Hierarchy of Knowledge:

• Shruti: Informative knowledge

• Mati: Intellectual knowledge, which is analytical, and intelligence, which is synthetic, or connecting the dots.

• Avadhi: Extra Sensory Perception (ESP)

The previous three aspects of knowledge are created by the human mind. The following are for creating your own mindset, and then transcending it.

• Manparyay: Metaphysics is knowledge of the human mind in its total complexity. It can be used to change the mindset from negative to positive by means of metaphysical meditation. Ultimately, one consciously enters the state of no-mind, or Dhyan, where ‘I’ drops out and ‘amness’ remains.

• Kavlya: Absolute knowledge is when ‘amness’ merges into Cosmic Consciousness.

lazaris

Lazaris has helped me manifest the life I love to live. Over three decades, Lazaris (multiple aspects of consciousness) has provided a blueprint of life, love, and the mechanics of reality itself. With tenderness, care, and love they commune with any seeker who wishes to expand their consciousness. The benefits from being in this spiritual community have been boundless. All areas of my life have dramatically improved from applying the principles and metaphysics as laid out over numerous seminars, workshops, meditations, and other modes of communication. They would prefer not to be referred to as teacher, guru, or saint – instead, they only wish to be regarded as a “spiritual friend.” With deep gratitude I thank Lazaris, Jach Pursel, and Concept Synergy for helping me infuse my life with love, joy, and fun. Through Lazaris I know a new world is not only possible – it is inevitable. The amazing journey continues.

23

MNEMOSYNE AND THE MUSES OF CREATIVITY

Mnemosyne, the Goddess of Memory, provides memories so ideas can be created. Ideas blend with images to create creativity. Mnemosyne has nine daughters who are known collectively as the Muses: Thalia, Clio, Calliope, Terpsichore, Melpomene, Erato, Euterpe, Polyhymnia, and Urania. Each Muse has her own specialty. All of them provide passion to fire up your creativity and ignite your enthusiasm.

mnemosyne

According to Greek mythology, Mnemosyne is the personified Goddess of Memories and the inventor of alphabets, words and languages. She is also mother to the nine Muses. Mnemosyne is a daughter of the first generation of deities: Cronus and Goddess Gaia. When Zeus led the Olympians in the war against the Titans, he was victorious and established himself as a leader. However, Zeus feared that his great victory would soon be forgotten. So, he developed an affair with Mnemosyne for nine nights and returned home to Mount Olympus. Mnemosyne gave birth to nine daughters known as the Muses. The role of the nine Muses is to ignite the fire of passion in humans through fascination and what matters most to them. Humans can ignite the fire of creative passion by seeking and embracing the Muses within. This process engenders a passion to manifest creativity in a variety of expressions, such as: comedy, poetry, literature, singing, dancing, art, painting, sculpting, crafting, philosophy, science, technology, seeking spirituality, and others.

memories

Memories are a prerequisite for creativity. The human kingdom is bestowed with memories. Humans are creative in naming objects, thoughts, feelings, emotions, ideas, images, incidents, and events by using alphabets, words and sentences. These develop into dialogues and conversations. Physically, we store memories in a variety of media. Metaphysically, we store memories into the subconscious, unconscious, and collective unconscious minds - as well as into Higher Consciousness (Higher Self). Memories are classified into four major categories. It begins in the memories of the mind. Mental memories consist of facts and technical data. The second category is made up of memories of the heart, or, emotional memories. The third is spiritual memory, or the remembrence of journeying through the mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms before entering the human domain. Finally, cosmic memories are the memories of Self. Seeking out “who I am?” and realizing the Truer Self. “I am neither body nor mind.” ‘I’ drops out and ‘amness’ remains.

Under the guidance and protection of Soul, Spirit and Higher Self - 'amness' realizes it is a unit of consciousness - a part of Cosmic Consciousness experiencing Itself. The hierarchy of human knowledge: informative, intellectual, intelligence, E.S.P., metaphysics, and absolute knowledge, are built upon the foundation of memories.

THE MUSES

thalia

“Two things are infinite: the universe and human stupidity, and I'm not sure about the universe.” Albert Einstein was not a professional comedian, but that doesn’t mean he couldn’t crack a good joke here and there. As the saying goes: “laughter is the best medicine” – and Muse Thalia is the primary source for all hilarious healing. The Muse of mirth is here to evoke the involuntary magic of laughter. Thalia is armed with the mask of comedy and wears the thin-soled shoes of comedic actors called ‘socks.’ She is often depicted holding a Shepherd’s Crook – the infamous hooked staff used to pull unfunny hacks from the stage. As with crying, laughter is an emotional release that is healthy both physically and mentally. By invocating Thalia, one is setting the stage for all things ridiculous, silly, and farcical. Much of humor is in the timing. A skilled comedian knows just the right inflection and facial expression to elicit the most raucous laughs. When jokesters are “on” they make it look easy, especially professionals. But if you’ve ever attempted a big gag only to look out across a sea of silent stares –you know comedy is serious business. It takes tact and sensitivity to be aware of what is outrageously humorous and what might be outrageously offensive. And as always, knowing your audience is key to success. And in conclusion, to further Einstein’s earlier point is American comedian George Carlin: “Here's all you have to know about men and women: women are crazy, men are stupid. And the main reason women are crazy is that men are stupid.”

24
PILLAR III B

MNEMOSYNE AND THE MUSES OF CREATIVITY

clio

History should truly be “herstory,” as Clio, Muse of Tradition and History is the original pioneer of chronicled accounts. She keeps the past alive with equality, accuracy and veracity. Clio recieved genes from her mother Mnemosyne encoded with the capacity for memory. Her favorite activity is telling entertaining and informative tales of great deeds that have been done. From generation to generation, cultures have passed on their unique oral histories through allegorical and heroic narratives. Clio lives to collect and truthfully represent the events of humanity. Her very name is from the Greek word ‘kleos’ – meaning “heroic acts.” A nimble mind is needed to assess the interweaving movements of moments. Clio can clear the obscuring fog of elapsed time, so one seeking historical perspective can look back with clarity and prudence. Just as one can enter a library or search online, it is also possible to access universal information – such as the knowledge contained within the Akashic records. In fact, the very place where we celebrate culture, history and knowledge: The Museum – is named after the 9 illustrious Muses. Without accurate history, we do not have context for our lives. Scrolls and other books that she carries signify the tomes of information available anytime. Clio is often referred to as The 'Proclaimer.' She recounts past events to shed light on present circumstances.

calliope

Emerging from the 9 Muses is the wise leader: Calliope. She is the Muse of Epic Poetry. Her spirit guides and inspires the hands and mind to work in unison for the creation of literature. Before scribing one word of The Iliad and The Odyssey, master Greek writer, Homer, invoked Muse Calliope to navigate the channels of creativity. These two epic poems create more than a good story. They offer a cultural mythology – the fabric of reality so important to identity and shared community. When Pythagoras visited the colony of Croton, he advised the villagers to establish a central shrine to the Muses. The purpose of this was to manifest an engaged community and encourage higher learning. Illustrators through the ages have given each distinctive deity symbolic objects to distinguish them. Not surprisingly, Calliope is most often depicted with a writing tablet and scroll. Some traditions note her as the mother of Orpheus, the epitome of a musician’s charm.

She is known for her eloquence and the harmonious quality of her penetrating voice. Invite Calliope to guide your own epic journey in writing or reading great prose. In Joseph Cambell’s great work The Power of Myth, he hints to the gateway of consciousness where Calliope awaits to usher the imaginal realm into written reality: "The seat of the soul is there where the inner and outer worlds meet."

terpsichore

Ballerina Vicki Baum knows the magic of movement embodied by Terpsichore, Muse of Dance: “There are shortcuts to happiness and dancing is one of them!” When your body is moving to the rhythms and melodies of music, the joy of life courses through you like the blood in your veins. All senses are engaged. The faculties are immersed in a sacred activity which is as healthy as it is fun. Call on Terpsichore when you want to overcome inhibition. It matters not what others think.

Whether it be your living room, a nightclub, or in the dazzling limelight of the theater stage, dancing provides nourishment for the Soul. Let the strings of Terpsichore’s harp (lyre) vibrate through your muscles, nerves and mind. Execute a choreographed piece, or freestyle for the simple fun of it. From ballroom to break dancing, there are countless styles of steps and moves to delight your tastes.

Whether it be the mambo, rhumba, tap, modern, tango, hip-hop or ballet – let your feet find the dance that feels right. Terpsichore offers the felicity of being present with your body as it moves with the melodies. The mystic poet Rumi, who inspired the whirling dervishes to spin like heavenly bodies, gives us this sage advice: “Dance, when you're broken open. Dance, if you've torn the bandage off. Dance in the middle of the fighting. Dance in your blood. Dance when you're perfectly free.”

Terpsichore also presides within the realm of choral song. The effulgent results of joined voices can bring ecstatic feelings of exaltation. Pieces such as Carmina Burana or Beethoven’s 9th Symphony are fine examples of choral singing.

26

melpomene

Sadness is as natural as a river cascading over the waterfall. Emotions flow up an down, waxing and waning, giving definition to our lives. Melpomene, the Muse of Tragedy, allows grace and dignity when such somber feelings are present. Loss and pain are inevitable – grief and tears are healing. Equipped with the mask of tragedy, Melpomene reminds us that this life is truly just a dream. She wears boots (buskins) to navigate the rocky terrain of existence. It became custom for tragic actors to adorn this footwear (cothurnus) when performing a melancholy and sorrowful piece. Festivals in honor of the god, Dionysus, would feature plays by authors such as Sophocles and Euripides. These pieces, and those like them, explore the role of humankind in the universe. Tragedies became a special genre of drama, which brought forth the foibles and weaknesses of heroic characters. These “fatal flaws” often had calamitous consequences, for instance, the suicides of young lovers Romeo and Juliet in Shakespeare’s famous tragedy. Melpomene was once the Muse of Singing, her heartfelt voice penetrated deep into the human heart. This talent for tender evocation is why she naturally gravitated to the serious subjects of the tragedy genre. Back in the day, performances of tragedies were more of a sacred ritual than mere entertainment.

The shared bond of human heartache creates vicarious sympathetic expression. Thus, allowing stagnant emotions to be expressed through the experience. Oft identified to be mother of the Sirens, the union of Melpomene and the river god, Achelous, brought these dangerous but sublime beauties to bear. The Sirens hypnotized any seafarer who heard their irresistible song. Sailors who navigated too close to their island home, soon found their ships dashed on craggy shores. By calling upon Melpomene, we recognize not only our vulnerability and weakness – but also our strength and resolve.

As the Dalai Lama so poignantly put it: “When we meet real tragedy in life, we can react in two ways--either by losing hope and falling into self-destructive habits, or by using the challenge to find our inner strength.”

erato

The Muse of Love Poetry and Mythical Romance, Erato gives us the inspiration to enjoy our sensual side. “The gods made our bodies as well as our souls, is it not so? They give us voices, so we might worship them with song. They give us hands, so we might build them temples. And they give us desire, so we might mate and worship them in that way.” Novelist George R.R. Martin surely was tapping into Erato’s gift when typing this. From the root word “eros” translating as “intimate love,” Erato lives in the passion of desire, romance, and sex. She is the protector of love and is present when couples are united in the sacred bonds of marriage. To elicit her seductive powers is to arouse the beauty of nature itself. Through the centuries, various religious, social and political systems have sought to repress our inherent sexuality. The means of our procreation is a pleasure which should not be denied. Romance gives sweet and spicy zest to our days and nights. Romantic love generates inspiration. The vibrations of Erato’s cithara ignite sensual energies to dance within our mind and body. She is the Muse of Lyric Poetry and can be found in every syllable of sonnets spoken in the name of love. Like the Roman Cupid, Erato is ready for moments of serendipitous connection – armed with a bow and golden tipped arrows. God Eros is frequently by her side as a complementary counterpart. Their creativity is of the utmost variety as it literally creates life itself. Derived from the Greek language, "symbiosis" means companionship, or "living together." It is important to remember Erato after the peaks of initial romance abseils into valleys of familiarity. Her passionate splendor maintains health, vigor and engenders a vital connection to your loved one.

27

Euterpe, Muse of Lyric Poetry and Music, is the essence of harmony. With words and notes, she vibrates and oscillates for merriment and significance. German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche has traveled the soundscapes of Euterpe’s dominion to arrive at this sound conclusion: “Without music, life would be a mistake.” With her double-fluted instrument (aulos) she lives up to her name – translating to: “giver of much delight.” In all its myriad forms, music moves us through the beats of our being. In concert, during ceremonies, around a campfire, or gathered at the family piano – songs provide texture and meaning to our lives. Lyrics touch on every facet of existence.

Not bound by plot or explanation, the words to a song can convey deep psychological and emotional resonance. From bluegrass folksongs of the Appalachian Mountains to steel drum jams on Bermuda’s beaches, every culture offers their syncopated sounds to the global buffet. One needn’t be a musician to experience its transforming qualities. “Music in the soul can be heard by the universe” said eminent Chinese philosopher Lao-Tzu. Tunes are made for every occasion. Be it classical compositions to soothe, a pop song to celebrate, or a good old-fashioned rock song to get down with – invoke Euterpe to enhance any mood. In conclusion, I leave you with one more philosopher’s take – Plato from Greece: “Music is a moral law. It gives soul to the universe, wings to the mind, flight to the imagination, and charm and gaiety to life and to everything.”

polyhymnia

The following is an excerpt from Dante’s Divine Comedy: “If all those tongues should sound to aid me now; which Polyhymnia and her sister Muses made all the richer with their sweetest milk, it would not touch a thousandth of the truth; in singing of her saintly smile and how it lighted up her saintly countenance. And so, in my depicting paradise, this sacred poem is forced to take a leap, like someone who finds his path blocked before him.” This excerpt is in honor of Polyhymnia, the Muse of the Sacred Hymn. It encapsulates the relationship between the material, corporeal world and the unseen realm of Spirit. The veil she wears symbolizes her simultaneous cohabitation of both realities and the gossamer curtain between them. When authors and composers set forth to create with a spiritual intention, Polyhymnia channels divine inspiration through their mind and body.

This happens today, as it has for thousands of years. In his book Seven Secrets of Shiva, Devdutt Pattanaik offers an ancient example: “Vedas are the earliest sacred scriptures of Hinduism and are full of abstract hymns containing esoteric concepts. The Puranas were written later and use stories and characters to make those esoteric concepts more accessible.” When Africans were captured and forced to work as slaves in the United States, 'negro spirituals' were sung in the fields to fortify inner stength, and feel Amazing Grace. Polyhymnia stands in contemplative meditation. With steadfast seriousness she radiates light to be absorbed in prayer, sacred song, dance and communion. If it is the deep end in which you’d like to swim – request Polyhymnia to be your lifeguard.

urania

This Earth is but a granule of sand in an incomprehensibly vast desert. Beyond our stratosphere are countless celestial bodies, stars, and galaxies to explore. Urania is the Muse of Astronomy and the celestial voice of the cosmos. She dwells in the vast kingdom of space. We are living in exciting times. Unfolding realms of science and spirituality are coalescing to discover deeper understanding of our universe. With a compass and globe, Urania fulfills the curiosity and interest of celestial adventurers by offering a bounty of fascinating wonders. In seven words, astronomer Carl Sagan sums up the passion of the space seeker: “Somewhere, something incredible is waiting to be known.” Black holes, quasars, supernovas, comets and nebulas are just a few of the fantastic phenomena that occurs beyond the little blue marble we call home.

Urania, also spelled Ourania, is forever linked with her grandfather – Ouranos, god of the sky. She is usually shown gazing upon the constellations, bathing in the abounding starlight. In 1969, astronaut Neil Armstrong first set foot on the moon at the same time an imaginative TV series Star Trek premiered on the airwaves. Creator and producer Gene Roddenberry offered this challenge to humanity as it reaches to the outer worlds: “If we cannot learn to actually enjoy those small differences, to take a positive delight in those small differences between our own kind, here on this planet, then we do not deserve to go out into space and meet the diversity that is almost certainly out there.” Urania waits for us to “get it together” so we can travel with her to new exciting celestial horizons.

28
euterpe

REMEMBERING CREATIVE MEMORIES

DUENDE

What is duende? Many diverse cultures have duendes in their mythologies. Commonly, duendes are known to be mischievous creatures such as goblins, elves, tricksters, or demons. The folklore of the Gitanos (Gypsies) from Southern Spain speak of an altogether different type of duende – a mysterious incorporeal force. A Spanish playwright and poet of the early 20th century, Federico Garcia Lorca, extensively studied Gitano cultures of Spain and the Iberian Peninsula. He traveled the area interviewing those who carried the oral folklore of their ancient ancestors. Lorca summarized his findings by giving an impactful speech in Buenos Aires: Play and Theory of the Duende. It was transcribed into an essay which has become the bedrock for understanding this enigmatic spirit. Lorca elucidates this presence as known by musicians and Flamenco dancers from the Andalusian region. It is evident when experiencing their authentic expression of movements and energetic passion that duende is indeed present. As Lorca states, “The duende works on the dancer’s body like wind on sand.” Metaphor is needed to describe duende, because ultimately, it is ineffable. Many linguists claim duende to be the most difficult Spanish word to translate. For it is not a behavior, intellectual concept, or school of thought – it is a dynamic feeling, a presence. The etymology of the word, is a contraction of “dueno de casa” or “possessor of the house.” The closest translation for duende in English, is simply “soul.” It is the type of soul found in rhythm & blues music originating out of the southeastern United States.

Duende is a spirit that presides within the dark caverns of the Soul. It is a messenger that holds the secrets of the Soul while attending the gateway between the seen and unseen worlds. Normal inhibitions and social graces are impediments to the direct connection needed for duende presence. People sometimes have their most spiritual moments while in nature, or experiencing art, or listening to music and dancing. In the instance of a music concert, the audience and performer bypass the separation of perceived “normal reality” and co-create a resonance of aliveness and transformation. The intense emotional involvement touches the creative root of life itself. Experiencing duende is cathartic. Wounds of the past surface to be healed. The pain inherent in life becomes inspiration for metamorphosis. In ancient times, Rajput Indians are said to have brought Kali, the Hindu Goddess, deep into the hills of Western Europe during a period of mass migration. Over the centuries, the deity of creation and destruction, worshipped by the Gitano’s early ancestors, is said to have evolved into duende. As Kali destroys every moment to create a new one, the self too is reborn to transform suffering into beauty.

An awareness of death is essential for the participation of duende. It thrives on the immediacy of the present moment. Duende lives in the eternal present, where every moment dies to the next. Ever fleeting and elusive, it cannot be summoned like a dog. Duende, simply is. Skill and virtuosity are not required to experience it. In fact, they can even be an impediment if rigidity overcomes your creative connection to the present moment. No amount of technical dexterity or fancy showmanship can emulate its visceral magic. Root emotions are evoked when its dreamlike trance is present. Duende is not rational. It is primal, instinctual, beyond logic and reason. For duende to be aroused there must be a sense of authenticity, of genuineness. Imitating the presence of duende is like trying to fake laughter – it comes across as false and “put on.” The performer is affected by duende just as the audience members are. It is the shared pain and joy of our human condition which allows it to pass through those experiencing it simultaneously. With duende present, the artist and audience dance at the cliff’s edge. Chills, a welling up of tears, quiet awe, and heightened inspiration are some indicators that duende is present. Even if the work was created in the past, such as a painting, sculpture, or previously recorded performance, duende is revived again and again through the senses and emotions of the observer.

The dance expresses the duality of physical existence. In essence, the dance is with our shadow side. Duende can be an ally, but one must be able to feel and express potent emotions from the depth of Soul. It represents all that we try and hide away – the shadow side of ourselves. After all, if it were not for shadow, how would we know the light?

Duende is the living marrow for the blood of creative expression. Be it a soft and powerful song underneath a big city at night; a dance that seems to dream itself into reality; a poem speaking of what it is to be alive and know it; or whatever creative endeavor you are manifesting; duende defies the boundaries of the intellect to ignite your heart with passion.

Duende can be a guide. By tapping into its power, we open ourselves to express the full gamut of the human experience. This enriches whatever creation we wish to express with depth, feeling, and a true voice of authenticity. Duende allows us to delve the depths safely without propagating negative characteristics we wish to transmute and transform through creativity. Make duende your dancing partner. Let it help you create the joy of living and loving life.

30
PILLAR III C

DUENDE

Duende is an ineffable force within. It can be a messenger and guide, as duende knows the secrets of Soul. It is paramount to understand the complexity of duende, so you can pass through, and beyond paradoxical duality.

SACRED PLACE

There are many sacred places on Earth. Such locales are usually marked by transcendent beauty and enchantment. They are both human-made and found in nature (or anywhere in-between for that matter). Shrines, waterfalls, temples, flowering meadows, towering canyons, and stained-glass cathedrals all can evoke wonder, reverence, and deep inspiration.

Nature has patterns, cycles, seasons, and lifeforms which mirror the interconnection of unseen, sacred reality. Forests are havens from the noise and visual overload of society. Deserts offer solitude, a quiet and open space to reflect the infinite inner worlds. Being in nature nurtures our souls and silences the mind. Native American and other indigenous tribes consider Mother Earth to be sacred. The connection to our sustaining force is vital. Earth is as much a living being as we are. We are comprised of her elements: her sustaining soil, her fire, her flowing water and wind. Explore nature’s diverse beauty to reconnect with who and what you truly are.

Cultivate a spot for yourself to benefit body, mind, Soul, and Spirit. Choose a room that makes you feel good. It could be an area in the yard or garden. It needn’t be large or elaborate. A simple corner, a portable shrine, that special spot in the morning sun. Of course, it can also be as elaborate and grand as your imagination can muster. Your sacred place can be minimal, it can be ornate. The most important thing is, it can be whatever you want.

The Crystal Temple of Knowing is one of my sacred places. In the center is a circular platform adorned with a mosaic of the sun and its rays. Upon which, crystals are laid out in a gridwork of sacred geometry to form the symbol of knowing. This symbol comprises seven notes and five tones:

Seven Notes: Motivation & Momentum, Balance, Integrity, Trust/Trustworthiness, Vision, Empowerment, and Triumph.

Five Tones: Identity, Image, Dominion of Love, Relationship with Success, and Relationship with Choice.

Underneath the crystals are built-in lights to illuminate them at night. Sculptures of the Goddesses, Saraswati, Lakshmi and Durga stand sentinel, watching over the crystal vortex. The open-air terrace overlooks a beautiful lake with Florida birds gliding by. Here in solitude, I connect to God/Goddess/All That Is to find peace and guidance.

Make your sacred place meaningful for your own personal journey. Imagery can be a great way to visually connect with exalting feeling tones: symbolic icons, pictures of spiritual masters or loved ones, tapestries of sacred geometry, beautiful artwork, candles, a vision board, etc. Contemplating the elements of air, water, earth and fire can resonate deep aspects of your being.

Crystals and minerals can be utilized as conductive tools for finer and higher frequencies to permeate the area. Different types of crystals have distinctive strengths for aiding with specific needs i.e. protection, focus, or prosperity. Placing them in grids can amplify these beneficial forces.

Be creative. Have fun. Allow your expression to unfold without self-judgement. This will imbue your sacred place with resonant energy that distinguishes it from the mundane day to day. Honor this space as your personal portal to Divine worlds – a sanctuary of safety and strength.

Everything constantly changes and this includes you. Let your sacred place evolve as you do. Add additional sacred spaces if you are inspired to do so. In your sacred place, you resonate with the vibrations of creative energy – manifesting the present by visioning the future.

Create your sacred place to mirror this radiance of goodness and abundance. This is your headquarters for the inner alchemy of transforming negative emotions and limiting beliefs into true personal power and creativity. Practicing a consistent sacred time for yourself amplifies the power and enchantment of your sacred place.

32
PILLAR
IV

SACRED PLACE

Each creative person has his or her sacred place where resonance is generated to conjure the voices of creativity. A space you create, or a place in mother nature where there is a play of the elements which fascinate and inspire you to be creative.

FASCINATION OF A RAINBOW

focus on personal fascination

What a grand mystery this life is! When you take the labels off the objects, when you see them as if you were seeing them for the first time, then you touch the magical perspective of fascination. Children often ask one question again and again: “Why?” Over the years that precious curiosity can diminish into dust – that is, if we let it. Familiarity fills in the blanks as we mature into adulthood. Encourage your own fascination. In the beginning it might take a bit of effort, but quickly the tides turn, and then your fascinations will pull you toward them.

A common catch phrase for abundant living is “follow your bliss.” If you have difficulty in identifying anything that makes you feel blissful, then follow your fascination to take you there. There are some things in life that make you feel more excited, expansive, and joyful. Curiosity and interest can quickly turn into passion if you water the seeds of fascination. Appreciation appreciates. Follow those thoughts and feelings which lead toward fulfillment.

We live in two worlds concurrently. The outer physical world, and the inner metaphysical world. I am very much fascinated with the outer world of Mother Earth. Her domain consists of the mineral, plant, animal, and human kingdoms. Together they grow, change, and evolve independently and cohesively. Mother Earth is the greatest temple of God/Goddess/All That Is. Here we learn the magic of nature’s dominion. It is important to protect this temple – our environment and ecology. We learn lessons from Mother Earth in order to spiritually grow, change, and evolve.

I also have the utmost fascination for the inner world and “Who I Am.” I am not merely the physical body. I am much more than that.

I invite you to feel the magic of fascination.

1. MOTHER EARTH

2. PERSONAL - WHO I AM

35
PILLAR v-a

FASCINATION OF MOTHER EARTH

On planet earth, mother nature is very fascinating. It is where there is a play with the energy of life and the force of gravity. There are four basic kingdoms: mineral, plant, animal, and human. These kingdoms work together and are constantly evolving through balance and harmony. It is important to understand the fascination of each kingdom, independently and cohesively.

Mother Earth and all the life that comprises her family is utterly fascinating to me. These kingdoms work independently and cohesively together. They are interdependent and constantly evolve to maintain balance and harmony. There is an amazing play of the elements with the energy of life and force of gravity. In nature we truly find ourselves. We are not separate from nature, but always at one with it. Mother Earth is a university of life for the mineral, plant, animal and human kingdoms. Like the drop of water from the cloud to the ocean – this is the sacred journey coming Home.

mother earth

Our existence is inextricably and essentially bound to our home – Mother Earth. We are made of her soil. Her water permeates the cells of all beings. Born of accreting cosmic dust and rock, Mother Earth has experienced tumultuous and incredible transformation. Over the eons, explosive volcanic landscapes with rivers of flowing lava have given way to ice ages which have encompassed the entire globe. These extremes of heat and cold were the very catalysts for life to exist. Oceans of liquid water swirled in their giant canyons. From the inky depths to the sparkling surface, exciting phenomena began taking place – living strokes on a blank global canvas. Massive tectonic plates shifted and ripped causing upheaval and change. Eventually, the one continent of Pangea split apart to become seven.

Mother Earth spins on her axis and revolves around an ever-burning sun. Hemispheres alternately bathe in the enduring light of day. The cloaking shadow of night provides starlit spectacles in the pitch-black sky. The protective atmosphere filters harmful rays and contains oxygen which sustains our every breath. Seasonal weather and the waves of the oceans are in constant motion – as is every part of nature’s domain.

Foundational shifts of temperature and pressure produced various rocks, silicates, gems, and crystals. The mineral kingdom is the eldest of the kingdoms.

Its species diversified and multiplied on and within Mother Earth. They come in a dazzling array of colors and shapes. The mineral kingdom plays its elemental role with fire, water, air, and Earth to generate life energy which makes its way up through the other kingdoms. Crystals took the initial steps toward life by growing and multiplying with pyroelectric and piezoelectric energies. From here the incredible journey of sentience begins.

Plants materialized from the mineral world and created a lush dominion for themselves. Forests, jungles, fields of grass, and eventually a profusion of flowers wrapped their splendor around the globe. The plant kingdom is as awe inspiring as it is beautiful. Plants nourish other kingdoms with their varied expressions of root, vegetable, fruit, and foliage. Drawing life energy from the mineral kingdom through its roots, taking in the sun with green outstretched leaves, plants are quietly resourceful and survive in the harshest of climates. In most cases, plants live and grow from a stationary position. Ways in which plant species move is by spreading seeds, pollination, and vegetative propagation. On a large scale, plants co-create together in jungles and rainforests of thriving biodiversity. Branches reach for the light-filtered canopy like alveoli in our lungs collecting oxygen for the bloodstream. Underwater, on land, in thick forests of fir, and even in sweltering deserts, plants provide and flourish throughout Mother Earth’s great garden.

Life evolves from the plant kingdom into the animal kingdom. The journey of reincarnation begins in the animal kingdom. The Soul moves through the

36

FASCINATION OF MOTHER EARTH

wheel of 84 – reincarnating through 840,000 cycles of animal life as per Hindu mythology. Evolution starts with growing, changing, and developing senses to perceive and adapt to the outer world – primarily the five senses of touch, smell, sight, taste, and hearing. Animals use their life energy to freely move about in a myriad of ways. Animals live on land, in air, underwater, even surviving in conditions of extreme hot and cold, such as Antarctica and the Sahara Desert. Species rely on their basic instincts to survive in the physical world. They also have instinctive emotions to grow, change, reproduce, nourish offspring, protect their family, and evolve – whether it be a lone wolf, or a teeming school of fish.

The sacred voyage of the Soul continues from the animal kingdom into the human kingdom – from human animal to human being. At this point in time, over 7 billion people are spread out over the 7 continents of Mother Earth. Each person has unique physical features, mental/emotional makeup, economic status, cultural background, and spiritual inclination. Akin to a G.P. S. for land navigation, humans also have a S.P. S., or Spiritual Positioning System. Everybody is uniquely located on their own spiritual journey.

After the basic needs of survival, security, and belonging are met; humans further develop by creating self-esteem – mentally, emotionally and spiritually.

At this stage people often want to “create a name for themselves” by establishing status, wealth, knowledge, and power. This can progress into “having more” for themselves and their family. According to karmic law, human beings are interdependently connected with others, reincarnating over many lifetimes, learning lessons for their own evolution. Some seekers go beyond having more by opening the gateways into the inner world to create a more meaningful, higher quality of life. They become seekers of knowing who they truly are and what the deeper purpose of their existence is. In this way, seekers develop the enchanted wisdom of living life.

At some point in this process, they become a metaphysical being, consciously creating reality. Some people summon the courage to confront their dread and inevitable death to know the sweet home of Divinity – God/Goddess/All That Is. They become a spiritual being – embracing, and ultimately merging with Divinity. When this happens, they become an enlightened being like Jesus, Buddha, Mahaveer and others – experiencing: “I am part of Divinity, and Divinity is all of me.” With that, you arrive at your home of Divinity. With her magic of dominion, the greatest guide on this sacred journey coming Home is Mother Earth.

38

FASCINATION OF THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE

PERSONAL FASCINATION: WHO I AM

My personal utmost fascination on the sacred journey coming Home is: "Who I Am." Am I just a physical body or much more than that?

the spiritual anatomy of a human being

The human body is a creation of pure genius. This complex piece of bioengineering is fascinating and utterly practical. Many systems work interdependently for the amazing functionality of our physical self. Best of all, these systems do this work without conscious effort – leaving us free to manifest our lives.

Ancient Sanskrit text provides a blueprint for our five bodies (koshas) and how they interrelate. These five bodies comprise our identity and give us life. Kosha, translates roughly as "sheath" or "layer." The five koshas of a human being work synergystically to facilitate sentience in the physical realm. The human body is a vessel for the Soul to experience this plane of existence.

physical body

The physical human body is a creation of pure genius. This complex piece of bioengineering is fascinating and utterly practical. Many systems work interdependently for the amazing functionality of our physical self. Best of all, these systems do this work without conscious effort - leaving us free to manifest our lives.

Of our 5 bodies, the physical body is the only one made of gross matter. It is the densest body and is known as the annamaya kosha. Maya meaning “made of” and anna being “food.” As they say, you are what you eat.

The human body grows and changes throughout various phases of a lifespan. The skeleton gradually enlarges throughout the first eighteen years, providing a foundational structure for our diverse shapes and statures. A strong, lightweight, and flexible framework, the skeleton surrounds and protects the inner organs while anchoring 640 skeletal muscles which put our bodies in motion. All of this is wrapped into distinctive form by 7 ectodermic layers of skin – a protective outer layer that is also an extraordinary senseorgan. The other sense organs are found in the head: eyes, ears, nose, and mouth.

All of these have multi-functioning purposes to perceive the outer world. The skull protects the brain, which is operational headquarters for our nervous system. A communication network originating from the two hemispheres of the cerebrum produces and receives information via electrochemical impulses traveling throughout our nerves. These electrochemical impulses control and coordinate our activities: digestion, breathing, thoughts, memories, emotions, and others such as temperature modulation and heart rate regulation. The spinal cord connects with peripheral ganglia and nerves which branch throughout the body. Vital information is instantaneously relayed throughout this amazing neural network. The protective spine fully encases this bio-informational superhighway. It is a strong and flexible armature for our varied ambulation.

Working alongside the nervous system is the cardiovascular system. Blood is incessantly moved throughout the body via the incredible human heart. This fist sized muscular pump is the powerful center of our being. Vessels and arteries work with the lymphatic system to transport oxygen and nutrients to cells, while also removing toxins from our fleshy machine. The urinary system withdraws these unwanted materials by means of the kidneys. Kidneys also provide a homeostatic role – maintaining proper levels of blood and tissue fluid. The endocrine system releases chemical hormones from glands into the bloodstream in order to regulate all the functioning parts. It can be thought of as the conductor of an orchestra. With synergistic brilliance the endocrine system maintains optimal functionality.

Ever expanding and contracting, the lungs take essential oxygen from the air. This life sustaining chemical element is then spread throughout the respiratory system for the survival of our cells. Another necessary component for life is food and water. Food is fuel for the physical body. Our digestive system breaks down what we eat, liberating simple nutrients such as glucose and amino acids. Our physical body is mostly comprised of water. Proper hydration is required for all other systems to run effectively. This clear liquid fills our cells, and without it, the physical body dies rather quickly.

40

PERSONAL FASCINATION: WHO I AM

The male and female reproductive systems create new human beings with instinctive wizardry. All that is needed to make a human being comes from a tiny sperm and egg. The miraculous process of mitosis then follows. Chromosomes and genes pull apart and duplicate to make a blend of mother and father. This is one example of the innate intelligence which forms and maintains life.

Shoulders, arms, elbows, wrists, hands, fingers, knees, ankles, feet, and toes make homosapiens supreme tool makers, enabling adept and fluid movement for utmost effectiveness. The human body is intensely fascinating. It is the temple of your Soul.

life energy body

The second body is the life energy body. Sanskrit refers to it as pranayama kosha. When an infant is born, the first thing it does is breathe. At the end of life, the physician declares death when the patient stops breathing. Breath is food for the life energy body. The animating force of vital energy (Prana) sustains us – filling our form with life. It is an organizing field that perpetuates individual consciousness – enlivening the physical body and all of its interworking systems. It is the bridge between the mental body and the physical body. If there is no breathing, there is no bridge. The heart stops beating, the lungs become still, cells soon deteriorate and fall apart. Those who are in a coma still retain the life energy body, but mental capabilities have become defunct.

There are five distinct types of life energy with their corresponding regions in the life energy body: Prana, Udana, Samana, Apana and Vyana. On a macro-level Prana is the substance of consciousness. On a micro-level, Prana is also a type of life energy located in the head, neck, and chest area. Its main purpose is to control the brain/ mind and regulate body functions we often take for granted, such as breathing. Vyana, is located all over the body. It regulates the circulatory system and certain movements. Apana energy performs functions of evacuation in the duodenum, rectum, and bladder. It is also in charge of creating and discharging reproductive fluid such as semen. Udana, located in the chest and neck area, controls vocal expression.

Our digestive processes are driven by Samana energy, which separates food, regulates temperature and fluid levels while also generating the doshas. Akin to the physical systems, these energetic systems all synergistically work together for optimal functioning. Each works in an integrative fashion creating the physiology we experience and witness – the being of human beings. The life energy body energizes our lives with each waking and sleeping moment.

mental body

The mental body is a matrix of continually flowing thoughts, feelings, and images which are expressed and reflected throughout the physical body. From infancy, human beings are embedded with information which shapes perspective, personality and ultimately creates the perception of reality itself. Our own thoughts & feelings, driven by choices & decisions, with beliefs & attitudes, create a seeming subjective narrative experience. This is the storyline of our life. Written by oneself and others this subconscious encoding forms our beliefs and attitudes.

There are three distinct aspects of the mind: conscious, subconscious and unconscious. Within the subconscious mind is programming written and recieved during our current lifetime. This primarily comes from family, religion, education, media and culture. Beyond the subconscious, the unconscious mind holds the knowledge, experience and karma from all the incarnations of the Soul. These two realms are beyond space and time, existing in a metaphysical domain. Higher Consciousness, or Higher Self, is the bridge between our Soul and God/Goddess/All That Is. Living within the construct of space and time is the conscious mind. Myths, memories, dreams and visions of the subconscious give a framework for the continuous perception of reality in the conscious mind by means of the third ventricle and hypothalamus. Thoughts, feelings, and images are subconsciously and consciously selected, creating cognitive and emotional patterns, behaviors and character traits. One can reprogram the subconscious mind to consciously create an optimal life. This is achieved by utilizing meditation and the power of will in the conscious mind. The Soul always wants to grow with change. Mental and emotional balance is necessary to unfold the limitless potential waiting within. As the old adage goes: “The mind is a wonderful servant, but a terrible master.”

42

etheric body

Every human being has an auric field in and around the physical body. That auric field comes from the etheric body (vijnanamaya kosha). Etheric energy flows around and through the physical body via 9 main chakras: etheric, auric, crown, brow, throat, heart, solar plexus, sacral, and root. These are vortexes of etheric energy. Chakra means ‘disc’ and is essentially a spinning wheel of energy. The etheric and auric chakras are outside of the physical body and the remaining seven are within. These primary chakras are aligned on a vertical axis running from the base of the spine to the crown of the head. The main chakras are supplemented with many corresponding satellite chakras, some of which run up and down the arms and legs. Chakras are energy centers, or nodes, that correspond with specific organs, nerve ganglions, and regions of the body. They are interconnected by nadis, which are pathways or tunnels moving prana energy throughout the human system. Chakras function as observing and measuring devices at the etheric level – regulating the interplay between consciousness and the physical, emotional, and mental bodies.

When life is present, our personal energy system is in constant motion. Just as the systems of the physical body work both independently and holistically for optimal health, so does the network of chakras and auric field. The major energy centers vibrate at specific frequencies and are associated with individual colors and basic human qualities. For example, the root chakra (Muladhara) located at the base of the spine is red and linked with feelings of security. Just as arteries from the heart can become blocked, so can chakras and nadis. Many chronic physical ailments stem from these energetic causes. Various healing modalities and practices can bring health and vitality to such occurrences of imbalance: yoga, meditation, reiki, nutrition, acupuncture, massage etc. This type of preventative approach allows you to enjoy the paradise of a fun and fruitful life. The surrounding auric field is aligned with, and representative of, the state of our chakras. It radiates colors and frequencies, revealing the state of our mental/emotional body as well as our physical self. The etheric body is where our mind and heart come together – a concert of intellect and intuition giving us the ability to discern. Each one of us is a unique emanation of self-discovery. With the use of will power, contemplation, and intuition, we can all tap into a deeper understanding of our true purpose and identity.

Blissful Body

Our truest self is found in the finest of frequencies. The blissful body (Anandamaya Kosha) is where our individuated form merges with cosmic consciousness. In a deep state of meditation (Dhyan) a seeker can enter into an experience of their “truer self.” A state of neither body nor mind, where the ego ‘I’ drops out and “amness” remains. The Soul (Atman) is at the center of our being. It is a proverbial “drop of the ocean.” Soul is a gateway through which you sense and experience your Higher Self and commune with God/Goddess/All That Is. It is a pristine feminine energy which initiates spiritual growth and gives a motivating light – a special kind of love. This is the substance and matter of life - a space to hold love, beauty, enchantment, and the mystery of solitude. As we pass through the stages of a lifetime, the Soul abides in limitless infinity. All is one, and our unique identity is no exception.

In the dance of paradoxes, it is both with and without boundary. Radiating inward and outward, the Soul contains our Akashic record, both individual and shared. This information contains all past (concurrent) incarnations and so much more. Tapping into this realm, the true nature of our existence is found. All the concordant properties of the Divine exist here: harmony, creativity, health, peace, abundance, and of course, bliss itself.

The counterpart to Soul is Spirit: a gateway through which you sense and experience the breath and light of freedom. This masculine energy brings the unconscious into the conscious. It is always seeking, searching, and stretching for love, inspiration, and aspiration. Shakti energy is to the Soul, what Shiva force is to the Spirit. In the topography of consciousness, the Higher Conscious Mind (which is another name for Higher Self) is guardian of all the information and keeper of all possibilities. Change, growth, transmutation, transformation, and transcendence are its specialties. It works with anything having to do with becoming more of God/Goddess/All That Is – this is what the Higher Self is all about. The blissful body is the energetic fountainhead of humanity. It is mostly underdeveloped on this plane of existence. Generally only mystics, sages, and saints turn the keys to open these doors, but this seems to be changing. Mother Earth, humanity, and other life forms are crying out for us to help ourselves, and each other, by joyfully connecting with our blissful bodies. It is our very essence and connecting with it will lead us to a higher dominion of co-creation.

43

martin luther king jr. civil rights movement u.s.a.

MATTERING

With the Principles of Non-Violence in the 20th Century

mahatma gandhi independence movement india

nelson mandela boycott apartheid movement south africa

focus on personal mattering

What is mattering? It is truly subjective as we are each unique. Broadly speaking, mattering starts with finding and giving meaning to what truly matters to you. Whatever matters most, you give significance to. Ultimately, what we give significance adds value to our lives, which subsequently adds value to those around us, extending this enriching quality to the whole of existence.

We are currently living through some very turbulent times with crises all around. However, with all our flaws and failures, humanity still strives for the light to make things right. A higher order can come out of this pervasive chaos. When things fall apart, the good thing is, we can create what works best for today.

I would like to change one word of a common adage: “Desperate times call for creative measures.” There is no need for desperate measures.

It is time to stop forcing old solutions onto the issues of today. Albert Einstein presciently put it this way: “Problems cannot be solved with the same mindset that created them.”

In this section, you will find what has mattered most to me in this lifetime:

Global Healing: “Heal the mindset, heal the world.”

As well as Metaphysically Healing Yourself: “You are your own greatest healer.”

Identify what matters most to you and reflect on why it does. This starts the process of resolving crises and ensuing chaos with solutions which are in the higher octaves of a new creative paradigm.

1. GLOBAL HEALING

2. METAPHYSICALLY HEALING YOURSELF

45
PILLAR v-b

Humanity has been treading upon the path of domination for so long. War has become increasingly disastrous with powerful weapons of mass destruction. Humankind is at a crossroad of two possibilities: one is to continue on the path of committing global suicide, the other is to choose a dominion of global healing, creativity, and cooperation.

After the attacks of 9/11/2001, I realized that humanity is at a crossroad. We face two paths at this point in history – two possibilities. It is a simple choice. Either we choose to commit global suicide by continuing to fight each other with ever more powerful and poisonous weapons, or we can turn toward a path of global healing by changing mindsets from domination to dominion. This is my personal “mattering” –or in other words, what is significant to me, what I value the most. Mattering is what inspired me to write the Global Healing trilogy of books. Let us explore each component independently and how they interact with each other.

global domination

The Webster Dictionary meaning of the word ‘domination’ is: to rule; to govern; to control; to predominate over. The global family has been living in the Age of Domination throughout history. In modern history, as the global family has been evolving from barbarism to civilization, the forms of domination have changed from overt brutality to sophisticated, complex methods of control and subjugation. We, the members of the global family, have created the present reality of hostility, war, and terrorism by allowing our leaders to make choices and decisions on our behalf. We are all equally responsible for everything happening today. Metaphysically, domination consists of control; power to rule over others; manipulation; reliving the past; an unfriendly world; taking; and blaming. All of these components interact. They are interwoven with each other to create a paradigm of global domination.

control

The first component of domination is control. Control comes out of insecurity. It is the opposite of freedom. Freedom comes with responsibility. Freedom, with responsibility, is a vital prerequisite for political, religious, economic, and social growth.

There are constant battles and trade-offs between control and freedom. Politically, freedom and democracy have gained ground over the past several generations. People began to take responsibility and understand their right to freedom.

They worked within the framework of democracies to overcome overt slavery, patriarchy, and economic disparity. Yet still, the growth of the global family is at a snail’s pace along a pathway of pain and suffering. We are still living in the Age of Domination. The current manifestation is very complex and intricate. The gaps between the haves and have-nots, those being helped and the helpless, the hopeful and the hopeless, continues to increase. This is despite the vast wealth created from the evolution of agriculture, manufacturing, communications, science, technology etc.

Too many members of the global family are psychologically controlled by their religious, economic, and political beliefs – with some becoming fanatics. This “us versus them” mentality spirals downward with manipulation, blame, and distrust. War, terrorism, and ecological disaster are the results when insecurity, fear, and control overcome the will to share, co-create, and exercise freedom with responsibility.

power to rule

The second component of domination is the power to rule over others. From a dominating perspective: "If we do not have power over others, then someone will have power over us." If we do not impose our rules, if we do not stand up and claim our territories, someone else will – and we will become their possession as a result. We will come under their power due to our “weakness.” Political, economic and religious leaders of the global family paint this picture to justify their desire for power. Many of them relish their rule by instilling fear in others. They believe this is the only way to ensure their security.

46 MATTERING: GLOBAL HEALING

MATTERING: GLOBAL HEALING

They cannot think “outside the box” or imagine other ways to create reality. The majority of the global family are living at the level of survival. They have either elected politicians to make choices and decisions on their behalf, or allowed military heads, dictators, kings, and communist leaders to make decisions for them. They allow religious officials to guide them without question. Currently their hopes are dimming, and they are trapped within a prison of fear. The pilgrimage is trapped in a downward spiral of global wounding, and there is no light of hope for global healing.

manipulation

The third component of domination is manipulation. The Webster Dictionary meaning of the word "manipulate" is: to manage or control artfully or by shrewd use of influence, especially in an unfair or fraudulent way. In early history, domination was enforced through the physical power of violence. Manipulation was applied through the skill of operating weapons such as swords, spears, arrows and the like. In modern times, manipulation is often mental, emotional and religious. With a consolidation of media control, consent is manufactured with sophisticated propaganda. Issues, events, or movements that do not suit the owners of society are “blacked out” as if they don’t exist. For matters that are reported on, an underlying agenda drives the narrative. An unaccountable plutocracy is shrouded and never held accountable. The mass media, which is supposed to hold those in power accountable, instead do their bidding by playing on the emotions of the populace to support policies which benefit the ruling elite. Politicians have become the face of the oligarchy, but incorporated media gives them a populist persona despite a long history of donor subservience. In addition, many organized religions and political parties manipulate members of the global family through use of ignorance, greed, fear, doctrines and dogmas. Francis Bacon, an English politician, philosopher, and scientist stated: “If man will begin with certainties, he shall end in doubt; but if he will be content to begin with doubts, he will end in certainties.” This still applies today, as we must doubt our current approaches and ask the hard questions to refine and evolve them.

reliving the past

The fourth component of domination is “reliving the past” in support of the negative ego.

Metaphysically, the ego can be classified into two categories. One is the positive ego, called the “self.” Positive ego likes to grow, change, and evolve mentally, emotionally and spiritually. The other is called the negative ego, which dwells upon your personal interests, almost to the exclusion of everything else. The negative ego is self-centered or “egocentric.” It is unable to make new choices and decisions. Negative ego relies on established beliefs and attitudes from the past which are generated by the subconscious and unconscious mind. Negative ego demands consistency. The subconscious and unconscious relives the past again and again in different forms. For example, billions of dollars have been spent by Israel and Palestine to “protect” the holy land. Yet, there is no resolution for any of the conflicting issues. Are we learning anything? Or are we merely habitually affirming and reaffirming the past? Domination and the use of violence for problem solving has been deeply ingrained from eons of repeated behavior.

In recent years, weapon technology has advanced very rapidly. Our collective wisdom to hold such power is being outpaced by the proliferation of high impact weapons and escalation of international armed conflicts. The same dollar amount spent in the war between Israel and Palestine over the past seventy years could have created a miraculous new spiritual Salem. It is all a matter of thinking “outside the box.” Creating new choices and decisions rather than reliving the past. We don’t have to relive the past. We can create our own new reality starting now.

distrust

The fifth component of domination is living in an unfriendly world. Leaders of the global family have been supporting the negative ego on the pathway of domination. They have created a mass psychology of distrust. We have allowed them to do this in the belief that: “if we do not control others, then someone will have power over us; that manipulation is the only way of living life; and that creating the future depends solely on past experiences.” We are now in the 21st century continuing down this pathway of domination. We live in a dangerous, scary, and unfriendly world.

48

Most western educational systems are almost entirely based on logic and reason. Therefore, individually and collectively, the mindset of the 20th century human is ingrained with logic, reason, and open-ended inquiry to comprehend the outer physical world. However, when it comes to human emotions, relationships, religious beliefs, and attitudes – logic and reason alone cannot establish balance and harmony. When subjectivity and emotions are involved, logic and reason are double-edged swords. Logic and reason are tools in the toolbox, not the toolbox itself. Emotional wisdom must be individually and collectively developed if we are to bring real peace and prosperity to this planet. Many of today’s leaders forget about trust. Trust can heal relationships and generate the synergy of co-creation. Trust starts with self-trust and expands into trusting your family members, your neighbors, trusting your community, trusting your country, and trusting the members of the global family.

All current approaches consisting of negotiations, treaties, and cease-fires have a legal basis, but they are implemented too often without trust. Therefore, meaningful action for peace and economic fairness are undermined and thwarted. The spiral of distrust deepens and grows more toxic. Many religious leaders talk about trust, compassion, and love. They tell stories and anecdotes from scripture, but do not share procedures for how to develop trust, how to develop forgiveness, how to develop a paradise of dominion where all needs are met, and peace prevails.

TAKE

The sixth component of domination is to take or be taken. Many people believe that they have to take things away from other people; because if they do not, things will be taken from them. Their whole focus is on how much they are going to benefit from what is taken. Business and political leaders on the pathway of domination constantly focus on what they can take, and/or how they are being taken during negotiations, treaties, and agreements. They carry the constrictive consciousness of limited availability. They are not imaginative, innovative or inventive. Their mindset is restricted to a worldview of scarcity. Taking is the only perceived solution to maintain dominance. Any acts of giving are only to fulfill a personal agenda – not acts of sacred selflessness. Thinking outside of the box is the psychology of abundance, co-creativity, and the sharing with others. This creates the joy of living and loving life on the sacred journey coming Home. That is the prosperity.

BLAME

The seventh and final component of domination is blame. In physical reality, a doctor prescribes an anesthetic to a patient suffering from severe pain. Similarly, a dominating person takes an anesthetic in the form of blaming others to numb their constricting emotions of fear, hurt, jealousy, envy, revenge, loneliness, and despair.

Without taking responsibility for thoughts and feelings, blame is projected outward, continuing to rationalize itself into reality. Therefore, a person is surrounded by the resonance of domination, searching for the pathway to develop and build the negative ego. The journey starts with control, by using power to rule and manipulate others. This person develops and builds a repetitive pattern which eventually becomes a part of his subconscious mind. He creates beliefs and attitudes that domination is the only way to live a successful life.

Although physical forms change, the functions remain the same as he continues to relive the past. He conceives and perceives the world as an unfriendly place. Looking for opportunities to take, while simultaneously blaming others to maintain an underlying sense of superiority.

The dominating person does not want to take responsibility for reality. It is easier to blame than to take responsibility. Responsibility is hard work – consisting of thinking, feeling, integrating, acting, imagining, making new choices, taking responsibility for our own decisions, and developing the courage to navigate uncharted waters.

The more we blame each other, the secrets we know about global healing will be taken away from us. The more responsibility we take, the more secrets of global healing will be revealed to us.

global dominion

Let us, the metaphysicians, the Michelangelos of the 21st century, consciously sculpt global healing. We do this with the hope of creating a New Age of Dominion – using the tools of desire, imagination, and genuine expectation. We are the modern Galileos, changing the belief in domination to a dominion that benefits all. With every action we recognize the means are equally important as the ends. We take full responsibility to seed thoughts for the domination to dominion transformation.

49

This process is for the benefit of all. We take this responsibility because we love and care for fellow members of the global family. Our voice will herald our active participation in this transformation. This is our purpose in life. Momentum from this change will shift global wounding to global healing. Fear and anxiety transforming into hope and trust. A domination mindset will transcend with grace into a dominion mindset. Let us prepare ourselves with discipline and conviction to confront and overcome the wind of fear.

Let us prepare ourselves with focused intent. For a peaceful dominion must resist the gravitational pull of reliving the past. Let us develop patience by looking deeper and listening intensely. Being in the moment, seeing beyond the clouds of unfriendliness created by people who blame and take from others. Fellow metaphysicians let us commit ourselves to unwavering perseverance.

Let us sculpt our vision with new choices, activating new decisions, establishing the Central Wisdom Agency (C.W.A.) with a mission of reducing the gaps. The future creates the present in the backdrop of the past. We are creating a peaceful dominion with hopeful attitudes and positive visions. This is generating the resonance for the world becoming new.

To consciously create a global dominion, we must go through a seven-step process: build alliances; act to reduce the gaps; create a spiritual Salem; create a friendly world; establish a psychology of abundance; and eagerly taking responsibility with love and care.

alliances

We the members of the global family will create reality together without using control. There will be political, military, economic, and religious alliances to change our current path. That is the real prosperity. There will be political alliances utilizing enchanted wisdom among nations – reducing the gaps between the hopeful and hopeless. Each country will be able to maintain its own unique ideological identity.

Military alliances will protect all helpless civilians. Creative ways to care for and empower destitute members of the global family will reduce the gaps between the helped and helpless. Fair trade practices will enable self-sustaining communities to flourish.

An abundance of wealth and sharing creates ever stronger waves of love resonance –reducing the gaps between the haves and have-nots. We are realigning, individually and collectively, by ways of spirituality, on the sacred journey to embrace Divinity. This is done by bringing religious groups together, seeking common respect and spirituality, working to reduce poverty, counter fanatacism, etc. Currently we are divided because of ideological and political differences. These divisions break alliances. We need to shift our approach from divisiveness to unity.

A unity where ideological diversity can be established under the principles of dominion. The principles of dominion are respect, mutual consideration, and the creative generation of unity by means of diversity. Then there is no need for the use of control, manipulation, or exerting power to rule over others. These principles will create the constructive resonance of global healing. Many hearts will join us from many countries on every continent. These are exciting times. Creative alliances generate creative solutions and there’s no limit to how good it can be.

act to reduce the gaps

If we create the resonance of dominion, we in turn reduce the political and economic gaps between the haves and have-nots, the helped and the helpless, the hopeful and hopeless.

We are pilgrims at various stages within the hierarchy of needs. On this pilgrimage, the principles of cooperation and co-existence will be used. For progressive evolution, the means are equally important as the ends. The steps to getting there, are the qualities of being there. And the qualities of being there, are the steps to getting there. Those who are making progress on this pilgrimage, those who have help and hope, are responsible to share what they have with those who do not. Providing help to the helpless and hope to the hopeless will generate a cascading effect. This requires a major shift in political, economic, and military decision making. For example, we are currently spending over an estimated 2 trillion dollars worldwide on military budgets. Trillions more are being used to upgrade nuclear warheads. If we shift some of this money towards empowering and caring for the have-nots, there will be far less of a need for endless war and aggressive taking.

50

uniting by spirituality

The members of the global family are awakening. We are consciously engaging – turning global wounding into global healing. The members of the global family will join in spiritual community because we are on the same pilgrimage to embrace Divinity. We will climb the Mountain of Dominion with conviction and commitment. The global family will be futuristic. We are living in the present, with the presence of the future, while releasing any burdens from the past. Scientific technologies will serve the global family. Spiritual metaphysics will develop with remarkable speed. Collective mindsets will initiate dominion by working together to generate the reality of global healing.

Now is the time to give ourselves permission to consciously create global healing. It is the time to inspire and invite other members of the global family, so they may bring lamps of hope to climb the Mountain of Dominion. It will not happen tomorrow. It is a process that will have growing pains, but it can unfold with grace and dignity. This idea is not new.

Mahatma Gandhi generated innovative ideas for winning freedom by non-violence, but it took more than 40 years for it to become effective. Led by Martin Luther King, the Civil Rights Movement in the United States got the Civil Rights Act passed with ten years of dedicated activism. Nelson Mandela and the quest for South African freedom took more than 30 years of passive resistance before apartheid was removed.

We can also reduce the religious gaps by spiritual engagement. Fanatics, who rely on dogmatic fundamentalism to evoke fear and control will wither away from lack of interest. We are all pilgrims on the sacred journey coming Home. Focused intent and action will reduce these gaps by creating the resonance of global spirituality. We will transcend religious boundaries by acknowledging that we are all members of the global family. We are all on our own path back to Divinity. Although from diverse backgrounds, cultures, religions, etcetera, we are all seeking the same goal. Let us connect and bond together with our conviction in order to make a difference. It would be wrong to stand by, merely observe, and allow global suicide to happen. By changing the mass psychology from domination to dominion, we are each playing in a sacred symphony of harmonious living. We create our own reality. We are responsible for what we are. We are masters of our own destiny. Let us co-create global healing. We are not victims fated for global suicide.

creating spiritual salem (temple of love)

The global family will focus on the creation of a new spiritual Salem rather than fighting over past transgressions. Now is the time for us, the metaphysicians, to consciously create global healing with the principles of resonance. Let us together hold the resonance of global dominion. It is only a matter of time, but how smoothly this transition happens is up to us. Let us desire global dominion honestly and emotionally. By using the power of living imagination and genuine expectation, we will manifest our vision of dominion into physical reality.

We call upon spiritual beings who are at the fourth conscious choice – the spiritual choice – to join with us to expand our resonance. This resonance will create a metaphysical nexus of positive energies and forces of dominion.

The nexus will become a catalytic agent for us to discover, unfold, and further awaken our spirituality – our true relationship with Divinity. This awakened spirituality will change our state of mind, from false esteem to true esteem.

We will become more innovative – creating political, economic, military, and religious alliances. These alliances, working together co-creatively, will build the trust needed to create a friendly world. Abundance and generosity will be created as we take responsibility to love & care for others.

friendly world

Members of the global family will be friendly and trust each other because we are all pilgrims on the sacred journey coming Home. The growing realization that there is more to life than just power, fame, and greed is evolving into an empowering awareness of consciously creating reality. We will be more trusting of ourselves and others to create a friendly world.

During the cold war period of the 1960s, the first man in space, Russian cosmonaut, Yuri Gagarin, glimpsed the unity of our global family. Yuri experienced Earth in the context of vast space. Its beauty touched his heart, and he said: “Circling the Earth in the orbital spaceship, I marveled at the beauty of our planet. People of the world! Let us safeguard and enhance this beauty, not destroy it!”

51

With large hearts and open minds, we metaphysically observe humanity as a global family, looking beyond political, economic, and religious boundaries. This is the entire global family consisting of grandfathers, grandmothers, fathers, mothers, siblings, cousins, uncles and aunts, nephews and nieces. People we know and people we do not know – because, we human beings are members of the same family tree. Our roots are so deep that they reach Divinity.

abundance – generously giving Sharing creates the joy of living and loving life. Co-creatively, we will manifest abundance to share with each other. The new measure of wealth will not be how much one has, but how much one is willing to share with others. The leaders will join with us to love and care for each member of the global family on this pilgrimage. We take responsibility to co-create and manifest abundance.

The members of the global family will share with each other. Exalted giving will eventually come as naturally as breathing. The guardians of the global family, political, economic, and religious leaders, are responsible for establishing unity among diversified family members. The guardians (leaders) of the global family should be evaluated and respected according to their contribution to the global family and not by how powerful they are. As the adage states: “with great power comes great responsibility.”

Individually, we take responsibility for maintaining co-existence with other kingdoms of Earth: mineral, plant and animal. Furthermore, we are responsible for the progress and prosperity of the global family by sharing opportunities, knowledge and wealth, with love, caring, and compassion. There are enough resources on this planet for everyone to live an abundant life of health and prosperity. It is up to each one of us to take responsibility for our lives.

We are cultivating wisdom and come from a place of generosity and benevolence. Manifest abundance to share with each other.

The new measure of wealth will not be how much one has, but how much one is willing to share with others. The leaders will join with us to love and care for each member of the global family on this pilgrimage.

We take responsibility to co-create and manifest abundance. The members of the global family will share with each other. Exalted giving will eventually come as naturally as breathing. The guardians of the global family, political, economic, and religious leaders, are responsible for establishing unity among diversified family members. The guardians (leaders) of the global family should be evaluated and respected according to their contribution to the global family and not by how powerful they are. As the adage states: "with great power comes great responsibility."

eager to be responsible and loving

Individually, the members of the global family will be eager to assume responsibility rather than blaming each other. We will be more loving and caring because the steps to getting there are the qualities of being there. Now is the time for us, the metaphysicians, to use spiritual magic with the principles of resonance to consciously create global healing. Let us hold the resonance of global dominion. We accept the challenge of changing and lifting the resonance of domination by our conviction, commitment, and perseverance.

Seeds are being planted. Growth is happening. Let us desire global dominion honestly and emotionally, using our power of living imagination and genuine expectation to manifest our vision of dominion into physical reality. We can make the "dream state of global healing" real by giving it dimension - length, width, depth, time, and space. Fill in the details of how great it is. Imagining a global dominion helps make it a reality. The dream will no longer be a fantasy or utopia. It is real. Let us use our power of will, imagination, and love to manifest the dream into reality. We do so by planning, programming, and processing the resonance of global dominion. In this march of unity, love, and courage, the majority of the global family will be empowered by hope. Together, we will actively participate in consciously creating success.

52

CONSCIOUS REALITY CREATION MANTRA

We, the members of the global family, create our own reality and are responsible for what we are. We are the masters of our own destiny, and not the victims of fate.

we are the world

PERSONAL MATTERING: METAPHYSICALLY HEALING YOURSELF

The power of healing lies within you. Now is the time to awaken that power. Explore and discover various modalities of healing and metaphysics. Seek and select modalities suitable to heal yourself. You are your own greatest healer.

primitive healing

Prevalent in ancient societies, but still practiced today, primitive healing is a general term for the patchwork of curative modalities based on magic and superstition. From this perspective, illnesses are retributions handed down from a temperamental God (or Gods). Sickness is perceived to have been caused by an outside source, a punishment for a “sinful act.” Nature and the cosmos are personified to reflect the deeds or karmic fate of the patient.

Primitive healing is practiced by someone regarded as having access to, or influence over these spirits and forces. They often claim to have been called by dreams or other signs and visions experienced in waking life. Seeing their healing powers as a spiritual gift, they feel "chosen" to heal those afflicted.

Fearful patients seek a cure from someone who can address, beseech, and appease to this outer force – be it a demonic spirit, curse, or displeased deity. Acting as mediators to the supernatural, primitive healers perform elaborate ceremonies on behalf of the patient. Ritual practices are employed, such as chants, sand paintings and beating drums. Emotions of the afflicted person are aroused into an altered state of mind, which in turn can manifest in physical healing.

Primitive healing is the root of our collective journey to more sophisticated and effective treatment methods. It is good to know where we came from, so our healing evolution can unfold with grace.

faith healing

Faith healing is treatment through spiritual means. It is found in major religions as well as in the most remote areas of the world. Akin to primitive healing, faith healing has origins in most of the Earth’s cultures.

Methods in this paradigm can sometimes evolve into spontaneous healing (miracles). However, they can also devolve into manipulation for ego, power, control, and fraud.

Believers assert that healing can be brought on by religious faith. Prayers and/ or rituals are used to invoke a Divine power to eliminate the disease or injury. This type of practice can be applied in person or at a distance from the patient (intercessory prayer). When practiced from afar, it can involve a single faith healer or a group of people praying for the afflicted party.

Often faith healings occur by what is known as ‘the placebo effect.’ For instance, a patient is told they are receiving real drugs, but instead given sugar pills and actual recuperation occurs. By giving faith to a perceived authority, the positive expectation (hope) can create true miracles of mind over matter.

Faith healing works on three basic principles to be effective: hope, faith, and emotional arousal. These key components for healing, are given by the patient with the expectation for recovery. The higher the degree of each of these elements, the greater the chance for success.

54

PERSONAL MATTERING: METAPHYSICALLY HEALING YOURSELF

The power of healing lies within you. Now is the time to awaken that power to metaphysically seek, explore and discover other modalities of healing. Then elect modalities suitable to heal yourself. You are your own greatest healer.

CHANGE THE MINDSET, CHANGE THE HEALING.

The intentions of the healer(s) administering the recuperative ritual, greatly affects the experience and results. There is a large gray area between a predatory charlatan looking for desperate victims to exploit, and someone driven by selfless faith who only wishes to alleviate suffering. There have been many skeptics who have provided proof of deception. On the other hand, there are numerous testimonials of faith healing from ardent believers. As always, personal truth is subjective. Well intentioned faith healers can be effective but must be cautious to not harm the patient with their efforts. For example, a woman’s spine collapsed after enthusiastically leaping from her wheelchair after being told to do so. Faith healing has evolved from primitive healing, while opening the gateway for further evolution.

modern conventional medicine

Modern Conventional Medicine (MCM) is practiced by allied health professionals, most often holders of a Doctor of Medicine (MD) or Doctor of Osteopathic Medicine degree (DO). Many intensive years of prescribed study and training are required before certification. This is followed by working with established professionals who guide the new physicians through protocol and proper procedure.

Conventional medicine, sometimes dubbed ‘western medicine’ or ‘standard health care’ applies bioscience, synthetic pharmaceuticals, medical research, and technology to diagnose and treat injuries or diseases. The application of MCM is broken into three categories: recognition – examination/test samples; acknowledgment – test results/diagnosis; and treatment – prescriptions/therapy/surgery.

Modern healthcare deals exclusively with the physical body and has many specialized fields pertaining to organs and bodily systems: pulmonology, neurology, oncology, gastroenterology, anesthesiology, obstetrics, gynecology, trauma surgery, plastic surgery, orthopedics, etc. There are countless healthcare professionals within MCM who solely want to cure, heal, mend, and maintain health & well-being. That being said, it is a multi-billion-dollar industry based on the business model, which makes finding illness inherently incentivized. Another limitation, is the exclusive focus on the physical body. The root cause of chronic illnesses is often found in the mental/ emotional body and can be effectively treated with other healing modalities, or in a complementary fashion.

During the 19th century, there were many competing (as well as potentially complementary) modalities for health and healing. Naturopathy, homeopathy, hydrotherapy, and other eclectic schools trained new physicians in their prospective field. In 1910, a condemning report by Abraham and Simon Flexner, the Flexner Report, accused these methodologies of being dangerous pseudoscience, or “quackery.” The American Medical Association (AMA), funded largely in part by the richest person in the world at the time, John D. Rockefeller, standardized conventional medicine based on the John Hopkins University model. This is how modern medicine became institutionalized. By 1939, eclectic schools of healing were shut down completely. Without funding and mass media support, a once booming industry withered into near obscurity. Thus, conventional medicine has had a near monopoly on not only the healthcare industry, but also on the mindset of western populations for over a century.

Development of sophisticated technology and pharmaceutical treatments have played a large part in how conventional medicine operates. Many groundbreaking discoveries have revolutionized the understanding of the human body and its physiology. The microscope, X-ray, MRI, ultrasound, and laboratory testing all have produced advancements in diagnosis and subsequent treatments. Anesthesia has allowed surgeries to be precise and alleviates the suffering of patients under the knife. Joint replacements, trauma surgery, devices to aid in hearing and seeing, there have been many procedures and innovations which have greatly benefited humanity.

However, technology is a double edge sword. In modern times, the scientific method has brought logic and reason to the forefront. With all its advantages, what has been lost is the ancient knowledge of our energy bodies and how they interrelate with our mental, emotional and energetic faculties to produce overall health. A myopic focus on the symptoms of ailments, without considering the underlying roots of chronic diseases, limits the ability of MCM to successfully heal such maladies. Treatments also can be long, arduous, and expensive. A purely clinical approach risks losing the compassionate quality of holistic healing. We are not just the physical body. We are not merely a collection of flesh, bones, organs, guts and electro-chemical impulses driving our behavior. Allopathic practices, surgery, and pharmaceutical drugs can have extremely beneficial results in certain cases. However, when MCM experts aggressively disenfranchise alternative healing modalities it can undermine valid schools of thought.

56

There is ample proof for the effectiveness of many alternative healing modalities which have used the scientific method to determine its findings. A pre-determination to refute without genuine consideration leads to conclusions based on beliefs and expectations rather than reality. As found in quantum mechanics “you see what you want and expect to see.”

When attention is paid to the emotional and psychological state of the patient, as many family doctors and general practitioners do, healing becomes more effective. Becoming something of a lost art, family physicians treat their patient simultaneously on multiple levels. Knowing behavioral and emotional patterns over the years helps the medical healer treat the source, as well as the symptoms of a malady. Educating patients on preventative measures, such as nutritional advice and exercise, enables health and prevents disease. After all, this is the essence of the Hippocratic way – preventative maintenance through optimal well-being. Genuine care is vital. Human beings do not respond well to being processed like a machine. Harmful side effects and practitioner error are responsible for hundreds of thousands of deaths per year worldwide. It is important to note, conventional medicine has come a far way. Also, thousands of various procedures and prescriptions have the potential to work in synergy with other healing modalities. For instance, acupuncture and chiropractic care have become more widely accepted. There is overlap between the different modalities mentioned in this section. In the quest for health and well-being, complementary modalities have the potential to transform our lives for the better. Modern conventional medicine has its place within the healing modalities and is a valuable tool among many others.

balancing the energy system

There are many effective and fascinating healing modalities which balance the energy system. They are effective for treating injuries, illnesses, and preventing chronic ailments from manifesting in the first place. Healing modalities balance the energy system, strengthen the immune system, increase vitality, and dissolve energetic blockages which lead to physical ailments. A list of disciplines includes, but are not limited to:

Massage Chiropractic Care Applied Kinesiology Yoga

Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) Reiki

Sound Healing Solar Healing Crystal Healing

These and others like it are often termed: Complementary Alternative Medicine (CAM) or Complementary Integrative Medicine (which includes modern conventional medicine). For instance, massage is the soft tissue manipulation of the physical body. By compressing, kneading, vibrating, holding and sliding the muscles – circulation is increased, toxins are released, and a recuperative state of relaxation is experienced. On a deeper level, subtle energy bodies are also activated and beneficially engaged. Just as you can choose from many types of CAMs, you can also choose from many types of massage i.e. Swedish, Japanese Shiatsu, Acupressure and Reflexology (foot massage).

Chiropractic healing results from the manipulation of the skeletal system for proper alignment, so the nervous system can provide and maintain the overall health of the entire body. The primary focus of this practice is on the spine, but other areas of the skeleton can also be brought into alignment. Releasing subluxations improves brain/ nervous system communication and facilitates the body’s innate self-healing powers.

Founded by a chiropractor in the 1960s, applied kinesiology is a method of diagnosis by various tests to determine weaknesses and diseases within the body. Primarily, Muscle Response Testing (MRT) is employed to gauge illnesses by determining the strength of individual muscles which correspond to internal organs and systems. A nutrient test accompanies the muscle-testing procedure to further diagnosis and provide natural remedies. This muscle/organ phenomenon is known as a viscerosomatic relationship. Hailed by those who’ve experienced its benefits but hated by those who regard it as fraudulent pseudoscience, applied kinesiology is a growing diagnostic approach.

On the surface, yoga (yog) may only seem to address issues of the muscles by stretching and strengthening them. In actuality, yoga greatly benefits all of the body’s systems: lymphatic, vascular, meridian, digestive etc. Yoga literally means “union” and the regular practice of it harmonizes the five bodies (koshas), oxygenates the cells, relaxes muscles, facilitates better organ function, etc. Practitioners commonly report less stress, more vitality, and more clarity. Its curative qualities have been known and documented for thousands of years.

57

Though originating in Hinduism, yoga is for all of humanity. It is much more than physical exercise. Yoga is an inner science – a pathway to union with Divinity.

There are eight steps, or eight limbs of yoga (angas). These are to be utilized for aligning the 5 koshas. With practice, the eight limbs of yoga grow and harmoniously unfold in your life. These limbs have an internal/external relationship.

Four limbs are of the external/physical world (bahirmukhi):

1. Yam is a self-designed and self-directed way of life – moving toward the center of your self-consciousness.

2. Niyam is self-discipline. To self-regulate. The focused observance of self.

3. Asana means posture, a relaxed posture. A relaxed posture comes naturally.

4. Pranayama is the regulation of one’s breath. Breathing is the bridge from the body to the mind and Soul. With the practice of pranayama, you gain power over your mind. The body absorbs energy through rhythmic breathing. The opposite is also true. If your breathing is not rhythmic, the body loses energy.

Four limbs are of the metaphysical, or internal worlds (antarmukhi):

5. Pratyahara is returning or coming home to Divinity. When you are angry, jealous, envious, or greedy, you are moving away from your Divine Home. If you are compassionate, grateful, loving, and caring you are closer to your Divine Home.

6. Dharana is belief. It is one-pointed belief which is in line with conscious choice.

7. Dhyan is the expansion of consciousness by increasing, widening the scope, augmenting, and revealing consciousness itself. Dhyan is subjectivity. It is consciousness only. When ego/I drops out, “amness” remains.

8. Samadhi is where “amness” drops out – a point of no return. You have arrived at the Divine Home. A person of Samadhi is an enlightened being.

Based on the Yin & Yang concept, Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) emphasizes a holistic approach. Each part of our bodily system can only be properly understood in relation to the whole. A symptom therefore is not only traced back to the cause but examined as part of the totality – a more non-linear approach. The logic of Chinese medicine is to bring the body into balance and restore harmonious well-being. An aspect of this ancient craft is the scientific art of acupuncture. Acupuncturists insert thin, solid needles all over the body to balance the disruptions and blockages in our ever-moving vital energy system (chi). These obstructions, often stemming from mental, emotional and physiological stress can later manifest into physical disease and illness. If chi is flowing efficiently through the energy channels (meridians) one feels vital, strong and experiences mental/emotional clarity.

Another way to energetically heal is through reiki. Done remotely or in person, a reiki healer works with their hands to replenish, vitalize, harmonize and heal the energy body. Learning the basic principles of reiki is easy and fun. Practicing on yourself is a wonderful way to develop the advantageous habit of self-recuperation.

A valuable vibratory approach to medicine is sound healing. Therapy is garnered through various techniques and technologies to consciously utilize specific vibrations to reach identified goals and promote wellness in the human system (including the expansion of consciousness). All matter vibrates across spectrums of frequencies. Transformative healing is induced by resonating sound throughout the body with chanting, toning, and overtone singing. Instruments such as crystal bowls and tuning forks, illicit specific healing frequencies and harmonics. Sometimes the best prescription is to simply be with nature – breathing the fresh air and listening to the symphonies of life flowing throughout the atmosphere. Gazing at the sun during sunrise or sunset provides solar healing by harnessing the power of sunlight.

58

The eyes and hypothalmus gland are photosensitive organs. The retina is equipped with photo receptor cells that process incoming light. Practicing solar healing, harnesses the power of the sun to recharge the body and cure illness. At sunrise and sunset, you can begin sun-gazing in short durations and incrementally increase – with a maximum of 30 minutes. While sun-gazing, place your thoughts on envisioning that which you wish to heal. By educating yourself on how to sun-gaze, you can easily begin to gain the benefits of our primary giver of light and life – the sun.

Regenerative healing by means of crystals is a marvelous way to transform into optimal health. Crystals have been utilized to heal and restore balance since time began. Each crystal has a unique vibrational resonance that aids in releasing and clearing negative energy – thereby assisting in energetic healing. When crystals are placed at corresponding chakra points, they begin cleansing, energizing, and activating self-healing mechanisms within the body. Wands, points, and Vogel-cut quartz crystals can be used for healing specific locations with light i.e. tumors or a debilitated organ. Each type of crystal has properties which aid in specific needs. Tourmaline is a great way to clear negative energy. Citrine is brilliant for maintaining positivity. Rose quartz resonates with love energy and aids with forgiveness and empathy. The realm of crystal healing is as fascinating as it is effective.

ayurveda - homeopathy - naturopathy

Within the Ayurvedic, Homeopathic and Naturopathic systems are found powerful, holistic approaches to treating the body, mind, Soul & Spirit– keeping them all balanced and aligned. From ancient Hinduism comes the healing tradition of Ayurveda: the science of longevity. The intent of Ayurveda is balancing the energies (doshas) and psychological states (gunas) to prevent and heal illnesses as well as maintain a high quality of life. Because life is an opportunity to grow, change, and evolve on the sacred journey of life coming Home.

The five elements: air, fire, earth, water and ether (space), make up the material world. These are perceived with the five senses: sight, sound, smell, touch, and taste.They are also associated with three energy types, or doshas: vata (air), pitta (fire), and kapha (water). Utilizing a nutritional diet, herbal treatments, and exercise, can bring our psychological (mental/emotional) and spiritual selves into balance (sattva).

The word Ayurveda can be broken down into ‘ayu’ (life) and ‘veda’ (to know) – “to know life.” Practice of this potent system can uplift your well-being and vitalize the body, mind, Soul & Spirit.

Homeopathy was first mentioned in Hippocratic texts well over two thousand years ago. The healing system established by German physician Samuel Hahnemann during the turn of the 19th century is based on the theory of similarities: “let like be cured with like.” Once there is a diagnosis, the homeopathic technician employs a careful process of distilling the sickness down to imperceptible levels. Diluted to an essential point, the water is then ingested by the patient. Homeopathy has gained popularity throughout the world and is enjoying a resurgence of interest and practice.

Naturopathy holistically employs the beneficial agency of nature’s forces: water, air, sunlight, earth-power, electricity, magnetism, exercise, rest, and proper diet. Combinations of these treatments are employed to suit individual needs. All pertinent conditions of the patient are considered: genetic, environmental, social, emotional, spiritual, etc. An emphasis is placed on boosting the immune system and allowing the amazing human body to fulfill the potential of its brilliant design. It is the goal of naturopathic physicians to remove obstacles so the body can utilize its inherent intelligence and self-healing capabilities. Striving to keep any detrimental side effects to the bare minimum, the naturopath maintains the oath of “do no harm.” The naturopathic physician utilizes psychological counseling, complementary alternative medicine, conventional medicine, spiritual guidance, and any other effective tools deemed useful for the patient.

These three healing modalities require patients to engage in their own treatment. The emphasis is on communication between healer and patient for diagnosis and treatment rather than strictly using empirical data from medical machines and laboratories. This process empowers the ill person to become responsible for their own recovery. With this responsibility comes the freedom to research and intuitively choose which approach works best. Guidance and healing techniques from ayurvedic, homeopathic or naturopathic healers help us to help ourselves.

metaphysical healing (mind over matter)

B efore exploring metaphysical healing, let us first look at what metaphysics is:

59

• The knowledge of the human mind in its total complexity, which is generally known as “self” or “ego.”

• The knowledge of the relationship between mind, body, Soul & Spirit.

• Understanding and knowing the dynamic process of the human mind.

• The knowledge of transmuting, transforming, and transcending negative emotions into positive emotions, negative ego into positive ego.

• A pathway to spirituality.

• The knowledge of how to consciously create reality.

Metaphysics is the knowledge of the human mind in its total complexity within the relationship of body, mind, Soul and Spirit. Practicing metaphysics is inner alchemy, turning negative emotions, such as stubbornness and defensiveness, into open-mindedness and determination. Transforming apathy and procrastination into drive and action. Transcending the constrictive emotions of fear, hurt, jealousy, blame, revenge, loneliness, and despair into the higher octave of expanding emotions such as well-being, optimism, thrill, hope & trust, passion & compassion, happiness, and love.

In modern society, it is standard practice for human beings to suppress and repress negative constricting emotions such as, anger, fear, hurt, anxiety, jealousy & envy, deprivation of love, revenge, loneliness, and despair. They become imprisoned in the subconscious mind as life goes on. These emotions are like prison inmates who crave freedom. Over time, these inmates gang up and break free from their prison. The suppressed emotions express their freedom by reflecting (causing) chronic illnesses in the physical body i.e. cancer, diabetes, heart problems, asthma, back pain, etc. In these cases, modern conventional medicine only treats the symptoms and not the root causes which lie in the patient’s state of mind.

Metaphysically healing yourself, you treat the root cause of repressed negative emotions with prescribed meditations. Since you, the healer of yourself, have an awareness of all the healing modalities – you can meditatively seek and select which co-creative healing modalities are best to heal yourself.

“You are your own greatest healer.” Forgiveness is the greatest elixir.

“Since I have created this illness, I am responsible for that. I am the master of healing myself, starting with forgiving myself for causing the illness.”

spontaneous healing (miracles)

Do you believe in miracles? If not, it doesn’t stop them from happening. However, not believing in miracles can keep them from happening to you. Skepticism can be useful in day to day life. Yet, maintaining an open mind regarding possibilities beyond "normal” reality can be most useful. Countless heralded and unknown miracles have occurred within all the legitimate healing modalities. Spontaneous healing refers to the act of being instantly transformed by another being, entity, or Divine energy.

Ultimately, we are all co-creating together with God/Goddess/All That Is. From this broad perspective, it is all self-healing. We are made of this essence and it is possible to regenerate from this inexhaustible source.

When a true spontaneous healing occurs, the healer is genuinely creating a miracle by co-creating with the patient and the primal force of everything – God/Goddess/ All That Is. Jesus Christ was a practitioner of spontaneous healing. Jesus healed the sick and gave hope to the downtrodden. There are no limitations in Cosmic Consciousness. Enlightened beings are able to be a conduit of Cosmic Consciousness and create real miracles on the physical plane. From a linear, ego-based viewpoint, this type of healing is wholly impossible. In the quantum, non-linear dominion of infinity, where everything is possible – miracles are as normal as flight to a bird. In the words of Albert Einstein: “There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The other is as though everything is a miracle.” Some examples of spontaneous, regenerative healing: crippled bodies become ambulatory, the blind can see, tumors dissolve, afflictions disappear, addicts become sober, internal and external body parts regenerate etc. If any of this is challenging for you, just be willing to have an open mind about it. Instances of spontaneous healing miracles are exciting and reveal the true essence of ultimate reality.

60

METAPHYSICAL ELIXIR OF HEALING

RADIANCE OF FORGIVENESS

The radiance of forgiveness is generated from the resonance of three incredible acts that work together: forgiving yourself; forgiving others; and asking for forgiveness. You carry the radiance of forgiveness with you all the time - physically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually. Everywhere you go, you are different.

FORGIVE YOURSELF

FORGIVING OTHERS ASK FOR FORGIVENESS

PAUSE AND EXPLORE

In the 20th century, one of the central promises of science and technology was that it would give us more time for ourselves. However, in the 21st century, it seems there is never enough time and we are in constant motion to keep up. The demands of modern life can be overwhelming and stressful. News, emails, social media, bills, insurance, appointments, transportation, the to-do list goes on and on. By doing, doing, doing, we at first feel productive and may experience a boost of confidence. However, there comes a time where doing reaches a point of diminishing returns. We feel drained and burnt out. This is the time to pause and explore for intuitive guidance and to restore & rejuvenate physically, mentally, and emotionally.

Being is just as important as doing, if not more so. The practice of pause and explore sets your psychic sails to catch the winds of creativity. Busyness can be a way to bury your beingness. Consciously pause and allow yourself to relax. Be still and let your mind quiet. Receive and accept a state of being. In this state it is easier to connect with your intuition and receive intuitive knowing.

With intuition, the answer is already known. It is a process of spontaneous knowing. Rational thinking separates and divides to understand with methods of deductive and inductive logic and reasoning. An over reliance on rationality has atrophied our capacity to use the human sense of intuition. Intuition is an inner sense which is not bound by the box of linear thinking. It is following that sense of knowing within –which at times may seem quite illogical. By starting with low risk applications, you can experiment to see in hindsight what was intuition versus what was derived from logic and reason – which is so ingrained in our individual and collective psyches. Intuition is our connection to the omniscient field of Cosmic Consciousness or God/ Goddess/All/That Is. In order to grow, change, and evolve as a human being – the intuition must be developed. The practice of pause and explore opens gateways to your intuition for consciously creating creativity.

Pause and explore helps you transform from “getting there” to “being here.” Rest in the moment as it is – even if unpleasant feelings are present.

A moment to pause and explore can initiate the wondrous inner alchemy of transforming stagnation into creativity.

One can start by taking a break, going for a walk, listening to music, changing your approach etc. Feeling what is present, without judgment, is the first step to opening the portal to a state of being. With gradual practice you will recognize and understand that pause and explore is the most elegant way to creativity.

The best place to start is where you are. Breathing deeply and steadily– aware of senses and thoughts – letting them pass by like clouds across the inner sky. Tensions release with deep steady breathing. Relax your gaze or shut your eyes. Explore and expand your awareness. With the expansion of your awareness, the mind becomes quiet. Gateways open into the subconscious mind, the imaginal realm, and beyond into the realm of your Truer Self, Soul, and Higher Self. Your Higher Self and Cosmic Consciousness shower you with nourishing energy. Encoded in this light are creative images and ideas to guide your next steps. These aspects of yourself dwell in Divinity. They know the big picture and are always available for guidance and assistance. This is beyond logic and reason. Direct personal experience elicits trust in the Divine process. Innovative ideas, artistic visions, mathematical insights – whatever your passion is, the Infinite offers an open invitation to you.

By regularly tuning in, by pausing and exploring, a confluence of being and doing begins to flow naturally. This quality, sometimes referred to as “being in the zone” is a state of receiving and graceful co-creation. Often ideas come when we are engaged in a routine task such as taking a shower, going on a hike, or falling asleep. Let the flow of being and doing run naturally throughout your day. Find the rhythm that works for you. Stay open and adapt to any new challenges. Practicing meditation helps to sustain positive habits, such as: taking breaks, switching up your activity, enjoying & embracing beauty, walking in the sun, and other moments of being that connect you with your intuition, imagination, and creativity. Pause and explore is a way to experience the excitement, mystery, and enjoyment of loving life while consciously creating creativity.

62
PILLAR VI

PAUSE AND EXPLORE

When consciously creating creativity reaches the point of diminishing return, it is time to pause and explore within, so the inner world can provide creative ideas and images.

CELEBRATION OF INSPIRATION

Celebration is the inspiration derived from accomplishments, achievements and success made on the sacred journey. Life is a celebration.

year of 1966: inspired to be a sitarist

Inspired by maestro Ravi Shankar, I began playing the sitar as a young man. In the year of 1969, my pianist friend Kartik Trivedi and I performed the classical raga Shiv Ranjani at Case Western University in Cleveland Ohio.

year of 1967: faces of love: romantic love

A very exciting and romantic time was the year I met the love of my life, Hansa. The courtship was thrilling and meaningful. Our hearts came together reading Rabindranath Tagore’s eloquent and powerful poems. These memories are continual reminders of our deep spiritual connection in this lifetime, traveling together on the sacred journey coming Home.

year of 1969: soul’s call to Adventure: migrating to the usa

In 1969, I became engaged to be married with my beloved Hansa. My heart was full of love, yet my intuition was indicating that my life needed a significant shift. Following the call of my Soul, I took a leap of faith with only a few dollars to my name and migrated from India to the United States of America. I was so nervous and filled with anticipation. At the Mumbai (Bombay) Airport, Hansa adorned me with a garland of flowers to bless my voyage and journey.

year of 1970: commitment by marriage

On May 2nd, 1970, I married my wife Hansa in Cleveland Ohio. This commitment was the best thing I ever did. The rewards of our love and spiritual partnership are beyond quantification. We celebrated our union with a traditional Hindu ceremony. Three months later we got married again in August.

This time we celebrated our union with a traditional western ceremony in the Church of God. Hansa looked so beautiful walking down the aisle in her white wedding gown. After the wedding, Hansa and I enjoyed a concert by Henry Mancini to celebrate.

year of 1974: initiation of family

My son was born on October 19th, 1974 in Dekalb, Illinois. The wonders of parental love had begun. We decided to name him after the mystic poet Rabindranath Tagore to commemorate our romance.

year of 1980: fulfillment of family

The joy of family life continued as my wonderful daughter entered the world on April 25th, 1980. Radha was named after the orchestral symphony composed by my friend Kartik entitled: Radhika (Radha). Parental love is now multiplied by 2. Our family grows.

year of 1983: commemorating parental love

This family photo was taken while living in Kankakee, Illinois. The memento commemorates a happy time when our children were young.

year of 1993: initiation of new age spirituality

In pursuit of new age spirituality, Hansa and I traveled to Atlanta, Georgia to experience Lazaris firsthand. Here, I met Jach Pursel, the channel for the entity known as Lazaris. Since then our friendship has continued to deepen. Our life has been incredibly enriched from these relationships and experiences within our community of spiritual friends.

64
PILLAR VII

CELEBRATION OF INSPIRATION

Celebration is the inspiration derived from accomplishments, achievements, and success made on the sacred journey. Life is a celebration. Celebration is to make inspiration sacred and to honor, commemorate, and commit to yourself.

year of 1994: growing my engineering career

As our engineering company was growing, we needed a new location for our business. In 1994, we bought the building where Mehta and Associates still operates. This picture was taken during the opening ceremony to bless this endeavor and celebrate the inspiration of ongoing success.

year of 1995: commemorating our 25th wedding anniversary

Here in Orlando, Florida, Hansa and I celebrated our silver jubilee – 25 years of marriage. With family and friends, we honored our commitment to each other by dancing, singing and laughing. This joyous occasion paid tribute to our love. It strengthened and deepened our bond.

year of 2002: initiating lord shiva (sirian) temple

In this picture, Hansa and I are at the Lord Shiva temple engaged in the Pran Pratishta ceremony, initiating her lifetime commitment of puja prayer and worship. The daily prayer takes about four hours to complete and has benefited all our lives tremendously. To this day, her dedication inspires and motivates me along my own spiritual journey.

year of 2002: moving into our new age home (crystal palace)

After Hansa's initiation to the Lord Shiva temple, we moved into our dream home in Windermere, Florida. I designed the house according to principles of new age spirituality. In 2010, Orlando Magazine dubbed it: The Crystal Palace. This is because we have collected (adopted) many crystals which uplift the resonance of our space. Our dwelling not only provides shelter, it is a sanctuary where I can recharge my spirituality and nourish my Soul.

year of 2006: sacred place – crystal temple of knowing

I wanted to create a sacred place in which to commune with Divinity. In 2006, I created the Crystal Temple of Knowing on the terrace of our home. This is a place where I can just simply be. It is a sacred area to meditate, connect with God/Goddess/ All That Is, as well as communicate with other spiritual mentors who offer guidance and protection.

year of 2008: releasing book 1 of the global healing trilogy

After several years of hard work, it was a joy to release book one of the Global Healing trilogy: Thinking Outside the Box. This book signing celebration honored all those who helped me to create this piece, as well as giving momentum to write the two subsequent books also released by Fulbright Publishing. Harriet Fulbright, wife of reputed senator J. William Fulbright, wrote the foreword and brightened our event with her attendance.

year of 2011: global healing books 2 & 3 – book signing ceremony

In 2011, we celebrated releasing the second and third books of the Global Healing trilogy: Thinking Outside the Box , Awakening Spirituality and New Vistas of Hope. Orlando Mayor, Buddy Dyer, gave a presentation at the Orlando Museum of Art to commemorate the completion of this series. I am very grateful to all those who attended the ceremony as well as all those who assisted creating these metaphysical books.

year of 2013: healing yourself by ways of metaphysics workshop

In 2013, I gave a workshop at the Polasek Museum in Winter Park, Florida. This topic matters a great deal to me. I wanted to share my passion for: Healing Yourself by Ways of Metaphysics. In this multi-media presentation, I gave the root cause of many chronic illnesses, as well as healing modalities in which to cure them. The main thing I wanted to convey: “You are your own greatest healer.” By taking full responsibility for your health, you not only become your own advocate, you also create optimal living and vibrant health.

66

year of 2014: initiation of the mehta metaphysical center

Art is a powerful medium. In 2014, I opened a gallery at the brand-new Mehta Metaphysical Center to showcase digital paintings which have been created over the years. Housed in several rooms, these illustrations depict how to consciously create reality by ways of metaphysics.

year of 2015: magic time with lazaris

At a workshop in 2015 I experienced a pivotal and life-changing interaction. I had the great honor of directly communicating with Lazaris in a segment called Magic Time. This loving conversation was deeply personal and meaningful for me. Lazaris gave perspective on my overactive life, and with tremendous care, provided a mirror in which to see myself in a new light. I learned the lesson of shifting from a state of perpetually doing, to balancing states of being and simply doing.

67

SHARING

Creatively sharing with others engenders the joy of living and loving life. The more you share, the more there will be to share. Basically, there are four ways to share according to a person’s vocational karma and talents. Sharing time and effort to help those in need, steers us all towards a more prosperous dominion. This can be done with a natural grace. There are many famous and anonymous people who have embodied these giving qualities throughout history. Let us celebrate some of them here by honoring and respecting their legacy of sharing.

sharing physically

In the early 17th century, a Native American named Squanto, a member of the Patuxet tribe, was kidnapped by European slavers and brought across the Atlantic Ocean to be put to work. After years in captivity and servitude, he miraculously returned a free man to his homeland in “the new world.” Finally arriving at his village, he found most everyone was killed due to a plague contracted from European settlers. Squanto observed the Pilgrims struggling to survive the harsh winter. He decided to reach out and teach the remaining settlers local agricultural and survival techniques. To thank the aboriginal Wampanoag, the Pilgrims hosted a three-day feast of thanksgiving and friendship. Despite the tragic aftermath, these instances of mutual kindness, generosity and gratitude are the quintessence of Thanksgiving.

During the 19th century, Florence Nightingale observed wounded soldiers of the Crimean War dying more from infections than the injuries themselves. Providing and maintaining sanitary conditions saved countless lives. By demonstrating a high level of professionalism, an esteemed occupation of nursing was institutionalized.

When military conflicts, natural disasters, pandemics, and famine strike; luckily, there are organizations of people who care enough to help those in crisis. Jean-Henri Dunant toured the battle of Solferino's aftermath during the Austro-Sardinian War. Thousands of soldiers on both sides, writhed, screamed, and eventually died on the ground. No largescale medical relief organization existed in the mid-19th century. Moved by the experience, Dunant raised awareness and resources to meet this urgent need. He recorded his vivid accounts into a book: A Memory of Solferino. The book was sent out to the political and military leaders of the world. As a result, the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC) were created. A healing army was established to offer comprehensive triage response. As a result, compassionate care was applied to those in dire need.

Another group on the front lines of emergency assistance is Doctors Without Borders, also known as Medicines Sans Frontieres (MSF). They are best known for going into the harshest warzones and disaster areas on the planet. Exhibiting impartiality, fiscal efficiency, and a rapid response speed, this non-governmental organization (NGO) is comprised of individuals who readily accept that any mission may have fatal consequences. Care for those caught in the crossfire of military hostilities, natural disasters, refugee camps, and outbreaks of endemic disease, are all primarily funded by a multitude of small donations.

After the immediate crisis has been responded to, a whole other level of rebuilding is often needed for the afflicted communities to again be self-sufficient. This is where other associations, such as the U.S. Peace Corps, come in to provide help by building infrastructure, proper sanitation and access to clean water. The writer H. Jackson Brown Jr. sums up the intrinsic rewards of selfless service: "Remember that the happiest people are not those getting more, but those giving more."

sharing mentally

Knowledge is personal power. Even though India has become an innovative part of the global economy, illiteracy is still common in rural areas. Without a means to better their condition, many children yearn for opportunities to alleviate their lot of poverty. Inspired by Swami Vivekananda, the Ekal Vidyalaya Movement was established with a mission to eradicate illiteracy. 52,000 single-teacher schools are staffed with those who give hope to the 1.5 million students currently enrolled. This system engenders holistic, sustainable, and integrated development of rural (often roadless) India. With a criterion based on inclusiveness and equality, Ekal schools provide means for all students to gain confidence and skills. In the words of Vivekananda: "The very reason for nature's existence is for the education of the soul."

68
PILLAR VIII

SHARING

Creatively sharing with others brings the joy of living and loving life. The more you share, the more there will be to share.

Michelle King Robson turned her suffering into solutions. After having a difficult experience with modern medicine, Michelle wanted to provide women with a hub of information, options, and educated opinions. She became “dedicated to helping women improve their health and well-being.” By going into neglected areas of urban decay, such as Skid Row in downtown Los Angeles, Robson’s EmpowHer is bringing hope to the frontlines of despair and desperation.

Unfortunately, the scourge of violence is still wounding people every single day. Those left in the wake of violence often have few resources to process their trauma. The terrible 1994 genocide of Rwandan Tutsi by the majority Hutu, killed an estimated 750,000-1,000,000 people. This atrocity left a large orphaned community traumatized and in desperate need of attention. Dr. Lori Leyden took action to give these kids and other genocide survivors tools for self-healing. Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFTs) have given thousands of Rwandan youth a powerful agency for healing, forgiveness and self-empowerment. Those who have been instructed in the practice, go out into their communities to teach others – spreading the benefits of recovery. Leyden simply states: “Heart centered leadership will inspire global healing and transformation. If it can happen here, it can happen anywhere.”

sharing emotionally

Without emotions, the movement of our moments would be purely mechanical – a humdrum reality. Deaf and blind author, Helen Keller, reminds us: "The best and most beautiful things in the world cannot be seen or even touched. They must be felt with the heart." Sharing one's unique expression, allows our humanity to shine. We reflect one another throughout our shared time here on Earth. Close relationships with family and friends foster a sense of belonging, which is so important to our self-esteem and sense of well-being.

The archetypal rituals of the family allow for the celebrations of life to take place naturally. We discover new aspects of ourselves and each other as shared experience unfolds with perpetual change. Important events of one’s life: playing outside as a child, graduations, vacations, adventures, the magical moments of romantic love, marriage, child rearing, and caretaking, are the essence of happiness and emotional sharing. In the twinkle of an instant, life can radically change. Romantic love is exciting and precious.

Someone to share your deep heart and precious trust. The initial stages of romance are filled with joy. However, the thrill of falling in love can also evoke anxiety or fear. What if they do not feel the same way? Are they still going to love me when they see my shadow side? It takes vulnerability to fall in love with someone, but the rewards are boundless. Being in love reveals the wonder and beauty of the Universe through the eyes of another. Life partners become a mirror in which deep spiritual work can take place. In good and challenging times, emotional bonds infuse existence with magnificence, meaning and creativity. These wondrous experiences can lead to the commitment of marriage. Friends and family gather in ceremony to commemorate this sacred ritual of love. The following “honeymoon period” is known for resplendent times of physical, mental, emotional and spiritual union. Intimacy is fragile and should always be handled with care. Familiarity and resentment can chip away at a couple’s foundation, leaving only rubble where once stood a solid structure of care and trust. Keeping romance alive strengthens the bonds of intimacy and belonging –shared love grows deeper and even more rewarding.

The greatest act of creativity is that of creating a human being. We are birthed into this physical realm by a mother, but those who raise the child are considered family.

Parental love can be tough work but also supremely rewarding. A baby is helpless and needs constant attention in order to survive. Caretakers have the privilege to provide a safe and nurturing environment for children – a space of creative incubation for growth. It is amazing to see how quickly a child develops, physically, mentally and emotionally. Their unique personalities begin to emerge and soon they are establishing their own independence. As children go through stages of development, parents get to vicariously relive the wonders of youth. Imagination, curiosity, and wonder are a few of the qualities that can be enlivened by raising and relating with children. As parents grow older, the roles are often reversed, and the offspring then care for their elders in later life.

Death is just as certain as our birth was. No one knows how long we have in this lifetime. The next moment might truly be the last. As they say, the present is a gift which gives to those living in the present moment. Death can be considered a teacher, an ally, even a friend. Loss and grief can be painful, but it is a part of life which can be traversed with grace. When loss does occur, sadness is an appropriate emotion. If handled in a skillful manner, grief can lead to gratitude and a deeper sense of creativity. Acceptance is paramount to understand our mortality and value the gift of life.

70

spiritually

There are those who live a life of supreme brilliance. Their very presence elicits a great passion. Often sacred scripture is written or recorded to help us find our way. While guides help us navigate this life with grace and care; ultimately, it is up to us to take the important steps in the unfoldment of our own enlightenment.

Gautama Buddha experienced a continual state of enlightenment after practicing Dhyan meditation under a Bodhi tree. After this enlightening experience, he expounded on the nature of suffering and Samadhi (enlightenment). Living with compassion frees us from the ever-churning wheel of karma and craving. Compassion is the way we see the interrelated nature of all beings. It replaces blame and judgment with understanding and respect. These questions the Buddha asked are as relevant now as they were 2,500 years ago: "In the end, these things matter most: How well did you love? How fully did you live? How deeply did you let go?"

Growing up in the elite court of the Egyptian high priests, Moses could no longer ignore the plight of the Israelite slaves. He devoted his life to freeing his people and leading them to the “promised land.” Moses climbed a mountaintop on a pilgrimage to receive Divine guidance. There, he channeled The Torah, and inscribed two tablets with the Ten Commandments.

This moral code is the bedrock in which a joyful, spiritual life is built upon. Living in alignment with natural and sacred forces does not come by accident. Spiritual practice is meant to bring awareness. All the moments of existence are in fact, a spiritual practice.

Poverty, corruption and violence plagued the lands now regarded as holy around the turn of the 2nd millennium. Jesus Christ, a being of love, spread his teachings and healing touch to germinate a fertile bed for “the kingdom within.” He shared his life fully, deeply inspiring those around him with his words and deeds. Jesus espoused a common thread of humanity’s religious quilt: The Golden Rule – “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.” An active empathy is engaged when the heart is purified by practicing love with forgiveness and caring.

A life of abundance, learning, and joy is what God/Goddess/All That Is wants for us. We are made of the Divine. Bhagwan Shri Rajneesh (Osho) lived a life beyond expectation or social conformity. The dazzling dance of insights found in his multitude of books, provide sacred sustenance for modern seekers world-wide: “Experience life in all possible ways -- good-bad, bitter-sweet, dark-light, summer-winter. Experience all the dualities. Don't be afraid of experience, because the more experience you have, the more mature you become.”

71

PART 3

ADDITIONAL RESOURCES FOR CREATIVITY

72

ADDITIONAL FASCINATION PILLAR V-A

1. MINERAL KINGDOM

2. PLANT KINGDOM

3. ANIMAL KINGDOM

4. HUMAN KINGDOM

5. WONDERS CREATED BY HUMAN KINGDOM

6. PERSONAL FASCINATION

73

There was a big bang in Cosmic Consciousness. Units of consciousness separated to know what is beyond Itself by developing their identities and images. Many of these Souls chose to experience the physical universe on planet Earth. The separation from Source began a journey which has two phases: Separating and Forgetting Divinity and Remembering and Reuniting with Divinity.

The journey of separating and forgetting starts in the mineral kingdom. Mother Earth is made up of elements. From her innermost core, all the way up to her lively surface, these elements are the basis of all life on Earth. Fire, water, air, and tectonic movements have created a vast array of inorganic beauty. 4,000 individual mineral species have been identified thus far. The mineral kingdom has been with Mother Earth since her inception. Its species have evolved and diversified, just as plants, animals and humans have. Elemental minerals are much older though. They hold the wisdom of the ages within their timeless vibrations.

The fundamental material of Mother Earth dazzles with astonishing brilliance. A sparkling diamond and the graphite tip of a pencil are both made of carbon. Yet their respective atoms are stacked in a way to make each vastly different. The diamond is the hardest mineral on Earth. It can easily cut through steel. Yet graphite glides onto paper in a soft and easy manner.

The mineral ingredients of igneous rock laid foundational new ground to sustain future life. Bursting from volcanoes, the magma beneath the inner mantle ejects onto the crust. Eventually it cools, forming foundational rock, like black basalt and granite – the skeletons of the Earth’s crust. But even this crustal layer, approximately 30 miles thick, is akin to the shell of an egg – it is merely 1% of Earth’s thickness. The Rock Cycle of melting and regeneration is one illustration of how, as Albert Einstein put it: “Energy cannot be created or destroyed, it can only be changed from one form to another.” Another example is how heat from terrestrial movements produces metamorphic rock – as when limestone is transformed into marble. Mighty mountains eventually break apart and disappear altogether. Over time, these once majestic mounds erode into mere granules of sand and soil. Sedimentary rock, like the limestone foundations of Florida, are made up of such fragmentary bits.

Soils and clays become fertile beds for plants to grow their roots.

Minerals move throughout the bodies of the plant, animal, and human kingdoms. Human beings need minerals, such as calcium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and iron. The same iron in a delicious spinach salad is also the source for the steel frameworks of our city skylines.

Crystals are magical minerals. Unlike other minerals, crystals have the amazing ability to physically grow. They embody a myriad of metaphysical characteristics such as, exalted giving. Other characteristics and abilities of crystals include:

1. Balance and harmony

2. Holding/releasing energy and information

3. Amplify, direct and project energy for needs and desires

4. Transmute, transform, and transcend your mindset

5. Condense, focus and project the forces of your desires and needs

6. Communication

7. Healing

Each crystal species has its own distinct properties. For example, the rose quartz crystal helps with love. Amethyst, also known as “the peace stone,” aids in healing and emotional tranquility. Citrine is well known for fostering optimism, while tourmaline protects you from negativity. Laying crystals in grids of sacred geometry increases the efficacy and potency of your co-creative endeavors. There are exciting metaphysical technologies (meta-tech) which are rapidly evolving to protect humanity and Mother Earth in this tumultuous 21st century.

The mineral kingdom lays quiet and often underground. Rocks, gems, and crystals have much to teach us if we listen properly. They offer a foundation for life. Like a house built on a solid foundation, these elements give the biological entities living aboveground, all they need to grow, change, and evolve.

74 MINERAL KINGDOM

MINERAL KINGDOM

The mineral kingdom has a unique role in the play of elements on Mother Earth. With fire, water, earth, and air, it generates life energy for the plant, animal, and human kingdoms.

PLANT KINGDOM

The Soul, a unit of consciousness, emerges from the mineral kingdom where it learns about growth through crystals. In the plant kingdom, evolution continues with life energy and the force of gravity.

The plant kingdom is now legion. Identified species number in the hundreds of thousands. Originating from unicellular lifeforms, multicellular eukaryotes added complexity to the genesis of greenery. From these humble beginnings, plants have come to inhabit all but the very harshest and most inhospitable places on the planet. Beautiful and varied terrains exhibit the complexity of nature; for instance, biodiversity found in rain forests is utterly astounding.

Starting off their evolution by the blue water’s edge, plants ventured onto dry ground by adapting to the sunlight, wind, and lack of consistent water. At first, mosses carpeted moist mineral rich soil, becoming the ambassadors between sea and land. Plants developed a waxy outer layer called the cuticle. This coating enveloped their bodies with a moisture encasing protective film. Stomata, or breathing holes, then emerged –taking plentiful carbon dioxide from the air and releasing oxygen with imperceptible exhalations. The plant kingdom was the pioneer of creating synergistic parts which benefited the entire life-form.

The secret of the plant kingdom’s success is photosynthesis: converting sunlight into sugars for self-sustenance. Internal vascular systems and self-sustaining seeds evolved Plantae into a myriad of dynamic diversity. Growing throughout their lives, most plants spread roots underground, splaying in search of water and nutrients. Adapting to various climates and biomes, plant species expanded their domains in wondrous manner.

After eons of evolution, flowers began to unfold their petals in marvels of color and symmetry. The iris, orchid, passionflower, hibiscus, and rose, are just a few captivating examples. With their elegant designs of blossoming beauty, they have increased biodiversity with ingenious pollination techniques.

As more time passed, various grasses arose over vast plains and plateaus. They have ever-since billowed in the breezes and winds of Mother Earth’s atmosphere. Individual plants strive to survive by adapting to the ever-changing climate. Using chemical and electrical releases, plants communicate amongst themselves as well as with other species. They are especially attuned to light, sound, and smell. Through their roots and into the air, plants broadcast and receive information on current conditions and emergencies (as well as other fascinating interactions).

Mutualistic relationships between species create synergistic benefit. Fruits and flowers spread seeds and pollen via bats, birds, butterflies, and bumblebees to promulgate the horizon with offspring. The creatures receive nourishing food and ensure the genetic material of the plant is transported to new locales over hills and fertile valleys.

The mineral kingdom flows throughout the plant life of Mother Earth – enriching organisms throughout her genealogical web. This evergreen world reproduces to abide. Nourishment of the soil and atmosphere has engendered efficient and elegant ecosystems to prosper. Bodhi, sequoia, birch, oak, gingko, and maple are just a few of the trees who spread their canopy high and wide. These majestic beings bathe Mother Earth’s equilibrium into being. In autumn regions, transforming leaves paint a tapestry of warm colors before the next cycle of seasons.

Every year, spring brings fresh shoots which provide food and medicine for those hungry or ill from the winter's chill. All animals and humans directly or indirectly depend on plants in order to survive. Plants provide life-sustaining oxygen, store carbon, and offer a pleasing aesthetic to our days. Contemplation of our friends in the Plantae world bares the awe of fascination. You do not have to look far – 90% of Earth’s Biomass is made up of vibrant varieties of vegetation.

The plant kingdom embraces the surface of Mother Earth. It enriches the other kingdoms with nutrition - providing awe-inspiring beauty and fascination for us human beings.

76

PLANT KINGDOM

It is amazing to observe the journey of life energy in the plant kingdom. The seed germinates and proceeds to defy the law of gravity as it grows. With the play of earth and water, it peeps out from the soil to breathe air and bask in sunlight (fire). The sapling grows its stem, creates branches, sprouts leaves, and culminates with beautiful flowers and succulent fruits. When fully ripe, they surrender to gravity and fall to the ground. Life continues...

ANIMAL KINGDOM

The journey of the Soul continues from the plant kingdom into the animal kingdom. Whereas plant-life is primarily sedentary, animals move around Mother Earth to experience a wide gamut of experience. According to Hindu mythology, the journey of the Soul passes through phase 1 (separating & forgetting) into phase 2 (remembering & uniting) during the reincarnations of the animal kingdom. This process of reincarnation, or the ‘Wheel of 84’ states that the Soul reincarnates 840,000 times before entering the human domain.

The Soul grows, changes, and evolves in the animal kingdom by developing physical “familiar” senses, instinctual “unfamiliar” senses, and also the common-sense of balance. The animal kingdom consists of an amazing array of species which traverse the land, dwell underground, fly through the air, and swim in the sea.

The evolution of animals on Earth began with unicellular organisms. It was through these microscopic beings that the first familiar sense of touch was developed. As multicellular entities became more complex, the senses of smell, sight, taste, and sound were established and further cultivated.

In addition to the familiar senses – instincts, unfamiliar senses, and the common-sense of balance are honed and fostered in order to navigate, reproduce, find nourishment, shelter, etc. Instincts play a major role in the animal kingdom. They connect animals directly to Mother Earth with her ebbs and flows of weather. Instincts also alert animals of dangerous conditions, providing alternate routes to survival. Another amazing example of instinctual knowing is how many species of birds, turtles and butterflies can travel to nesting grounds thousands of miles away with only internal navigational instruments.

Giraffes, dogs, dolphins, hippos, lizards, elephants, pink flamingos, rabbits…the varied list of animal life on this planet is truly remarkable. Blue whales sing haunting songs to their family throughout the deep seas. The Artic fox, with its thick white fur, survives despite frigid extremes. Just as they have for millions of years, alligators swimming in swamps, cruise for a meal in their humid home. Hummingbirds, the superstars of flight, dart from flower to flower with dazzling accuracy.

Eagles nest with delicate eggs upon towering treetops, scanning the horizon with extraordinary vision. Swans glide gracefully on the water’s surface. Sharks hunt grey seals that are searching for squid. They swim and swirl in circular cycles of inevitable life and death. Rain forests are teeming with exotic and colorful animals. They survive in the harsh conditions of deserts and icy tundra. Animals are amazing. Each species is fascinating unto itself; but also, it is interesting how they interrelate. Many species are undiscovered. Some survive in the harshest deserts of sand and ice. Animals are amazing.

One of the ways animals are classified is by what they eat. Their instinctively driven appetites aid with their particular growth, change, and evolution. The four major categories are:

1. Carnivorous – Meat eating animals, generally with sharp teeth & short intestines (i.e. lions, eagles, wolves)

2. Omnivorous – Eating both meat and plant-life (i.e. raccoons, pigs, bears)

3. Herbivorous – Exclusively consumes plant-life (i.e. elephants, zebras, cows)

4. Frugivorous – Animals that eat only fruits & seeds (i.e. fruit bats, toucans, Bornean orangutans)

Animals are journeying with us on Mother Earth to experience existence and evolve – just as human beings are. As Chief Seattle once presciently said: “Humankind has not woven the web of life. We are but one thread within it. Whatever we do to the web, we do to ourselves. All things are bound together. All things connect…What is man without the beasts? If all the beasts were gone, man would die from a great loneliness of spirit. For whatever happens to the beasts, soon happens to man. All things are connected.” Through the process of reincarnation, the familiar, unfamiliar, and common senses are evolved in preparation for the Soul’s journey from the animal kingdom into the human kingdom.

78

ANIMAL KINGDOM

The journey of life energy continues to grow and evolve from the plant kingdom into the animal kingdom. One by one, the five senses are developed to perceive the outer world. Instincts guide animals to skillfully move about the planet. Life expresses and reflects a myriad of species co-existing here on Mother Earth.

HUMAN KINGDOM

The sacred journey of a Soul continues from the animal kingdom into the human kingdom. Human beings enter into phase 2 of the Soul’s evolution coming Home –remembering and reuniting with Divinity. The process is of growing, changing, and evolving through reincarnation from one lifetime to another. In each lifetime, the human being develops physically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually. All humans go through this process of birth, death, and reincarnation. Each person is uniquely located on their S.P.S. (Spiritual Positioning System) in each lifetime – individually evolving with other human beings in this global family: “We are the world.”

The human being is incredibly intricate and complex. In order to understand oneself it is imperative to know the outer world, as well as the inner realms. Just as the systems of the human body (skeletal, nervous, digestive etc.) work together for optimal health – so do the five koshas as outlined in the teachings of Patanjali yoga. The physical body, life energy body, mental/emotional body, etheric body, and blissful body synergistically work together for the benefit of the whole person. These systems are in constant motion to provide a temporary home for the Soul to experience life. The human body is a vehicle through which the Soul travels from one lifetime to another.

For purposes of illustration, this spiritual evolution of the human being is presented here linearly – but as quantum physics proves, the nature of reality is nonlinear, multidimensional, and complex. This is the journey from karmic law into conscious creation – the sacred journey of reuniting and remembering.

Survival: This is the state of simply fulfilling basic needs to survive. These needs are food, water, clothing, shelter, and financial/mental/emotional protection.

Security: In order to feel secure, there must be a consistent means for attaining the basic needs of life. Even if on a minimal level, there is a mental/emotional knowing that the necessities of physical life are met.

Having: In the phase of having, one begins to create wealth, status, and position within society. We go beyond the security of basic needs into realms of material wealth, fame, and status. From here, there are two possible avenues to travel:

More Having: Through manifestation one comes to have more and more. This can lead to greed, avarice, hoarding, and unhealthy habits of egoistic competition. In essence, one becomes selfish and self-centered. This is an endless cycle of having more and more. Getting stuck in this phase results in addiction, obsession, and stagnates the process of evolution.

Quality of Life: Relatively few human beings realize there is no end to "more having." These people find a higher quality of life by going within to emanate feelings of love, joy, gratitude, sharing, caring, fun, etc.

Seeker: When one realizes that death is imminent, the questions of life arise: “Who am I? What is the purpose of this life?” The seeker knows that life is an opportunity to evolve by continually remembering and reuniting with Divinity – the spiritual quest of balance between the inner and outer worlds.

Metaphysical Being: On the quest of spirituality, the seeker finds there is also an evolution of consciousness occurring in the inner world. While there is a revolution of science & technology happening in the outer world, the inner world is transformed by metaphysically changing one’s mindset through consciously creating creativity:

I create my own reality. I am responsible for who I am. I am the master of my destiny and not the victim of fate.

Spiritual Being: Here, spirituality is the only priority. With every breath of life, the relationship with God/Goddess/All That Is turns into a magnificent partnership. Trusting oneself. Trusting others. Trusting Divinity. Trusting trust itself. In so doing, trust becomes faith. Faith in co-creation with Cosmic Consciousness.

Enlightened Being: This is the union of the Soul (a unit of consciousness) with Divinity/Cosmic Consciousness.

We are very lucky to be experiencing the human kingdom here on Mother Earth. Every moment of every day is an opportunity to experience the fascinating wonder of what it is to be a human being.

80

HUMAN KINGDOM

The journey of life energy continues growing and evolving from the animal kingdom into the human kingdom. Each human being is unique in their physicality, mental/emotional status, and spiritual inclination. On the journey of life, every individual passes through stages of development - from survival to living as a spiritual being. Along the way skills and abilities are fostered. These are the human gifts of thinking, imagining, feeling, perceiving, conceiving, healing, and loving. Human life continues from one incarnation to another on the sacred journey coming Home.

WONDERS CREATED BY HUMAN KINGDOM

chateau de chambord (france)

Chateau de Chambord is a lesser known treasure of architectural beauty and design. Francis the First chose the low-lying wetlands of the French Loire Valley for the site of his impressive architectural creation. The rooftop was inspired by the skyline of Istanbul and gives the impression of a city in the sky. Four round towers rise amongst a dazzling array of spires, dormers, turrets, and intricately decorated chimneys. Leonardo da Vinci designed a double-helix staircase which is an architectural marvel. The estate sits on fourteen thousand acres of forestland teeming with the animals of Western Europe. A moat that encircles the property is more decorative than defensive, as this palace was an elaborate hunting lodge and social gathering place for the French elite. Cutting edge styles from the Italian Renaissance mixed with gothic French architecture gives this castle-complex an elegant mystique.

the pyramid of kukulkan (chichen itza, mexico)

Within the Yucatan jungle is the ancient city of Chichen Itza. At the heart of the city-complex stands the Pyramid of Kukulkan. It is a magnificent multi-purpose structure with multi-dimensional capabilities. The amazing step-pyramid has nine stacked terraces of stone which are capped by a single platform. Upon this plateau, a rectangular temple majestically sits on the apex. It was designed and built with advanced knowledge of mathematics, geometry, astronomy, architecture, and artistry. The pyramid was the central hub of a city which integrated all aspects of life. For instance, the structures themselves functioned as a calendar (haab). The interplay of sun, shadow, and stars conveyed valuable information i.e. seeding and harvest times. Amazing carved artworks throughout the city provide clues to an enigmatic Mesoamerican culture which continues to intrigue and enthrall.

the great wall (china)

Two qualities attributed to the Chinese people, patience, and resilience, are embodied by the iconic Great Wall of China. In actuality, the immense elongated structure is comprised of approximately sixteen separate barrier complexes which have evolved into each other over a 2,400-year period.

Beginning with the Stone Dragon’s Head, the wall snakes its way westward nearly 4,000 miles. A recent survey using drone mapping technology, estimates the actual length of the entire bulwark matrix to be almost 14,000 miles long. The Great Wall not only served as a barrier, it also functioned as a communication and transportation network. 25,000 watchtowers, platforms, and beacons relayed information along the backbone of the longest structure in the world. The Endless Wall of China, as it is called on the mainland, is now a symbol of cultural pride.

the colosseum (italy)

The Colosseum is an Italian icon. The freestanding amphitheater is a showcase of Roman architecture. It also stands as a stark reminder of the violence and slaughter enacted within its majestic walls. Ruler Vespasian, first of the Flavian Dynasty, made a calculated populist gesture to build a giant stadium on the site of Nero’s gardens. Begun circa the year 72, the Flavian Amphitheater as it was known, was finished in the year 80, soon after the death of Vespasian. His son, Titus, opened the 80 gates of the Colosseum for 100 days of “games” in his father’s honor. Greek influences are mixed with Roman sensibilities to create the template for modern freestanding stadiums. Its three floors are each supported by a distinct type of column and topped off with elegant archways which envelope the entire structure. In its day, the entire stadium was covered with marble, creating a brilliant facade. It was the jewel of the Roman Empire. Today, it stands as a symbol against the violence it once housed. As capital punishment is banned in Italy, the Colosseum glows a golden light at night when other countries choose to cease executions.

taj mahal (india)

In honor of his beloved wife Mumtaz, the Mughal King Shah Jahan created one of the most beautiful buildings in the world. The Taj Mahal is a mausoleum built to express his devotion on an awe-inspiring scale. Treasure from a vast Mogul kingdom was funneled into the city of Agra where twenty thousand workers and artisans labored for over twenty two years. Symmetry was followed to a science with eight being the magic number. Surrounded by four towering minarets, the elegant central dome incredibly uses no supporting beams. The complex is surrounded by gardens and reflecting pools which are laid out in geometric patterns.

82

WONDERS CREATED BY THE HUMAN KINGDOM

Elements from the mausoleums of Jahan’s father, Akbar the Great, and his grandfather, Humayun, are incorporated into its design. Blending Hindu styles with Islamic architecture, the Taj Mahal is a composite of cultures - a unique and magnificent wonder.

city of petra (jordan)

Within the mountains of southwest Jordan is an ancient city carved out of rose-colored sandstone. It is estimated the City of Petra was created around the time of Jesus Christ and the expanding Roman Empire. However, people have lived within this desert canyon complex since prehistoric times. The semi-nomadic Nabataeans chose this strategic location as their home base. They carved a city out of the rock face cliffs. Egyptian, Greco-Roman, and Syrian styles are found in the architecture which is uniquely Nabataean. Overshadowed by the amazing buildings of Petra, are the marvels of hydro-engineering and agriculture. In its day, fountains and pools of water were a welcome sight for weary traveling merchants. A sophisticated agricultural system supported at least thirty thousand inhabitants in desert conditions. What is seen today is believed to be the archeological tip of the iceberg. More than 4/5th of Petra is currently unexcavated. The city of Petra is left for us to discover, the utopian desert dream.

machu picchu (peru)

High atop the Andes Mountains sits an ancient and advanced city of stone. At the time of its construction, in the early 15th century, the vast Incan empire was stretching up and down the western highlands of South America. Pachacuti, the Incan king, constructed a self-sufficient citadel 8,000 feet above sea level. The compound consists of stone structures built into and onto the ridge of a mountain. While other Incan cities were desecrated by Spanish conquistadors, Machu Picchu remained hidden from the world for hundreds of years. Abandoned in 1572, the small city is thought to have been inhabited for only 120 years. While Cuzco was the capital of the Incan Empire, it is believed Machu Picchu was a spiritual retreat and conference site for the elite. Architects, engineers, farmers, astronomers, shamans, and military leaders conferred together in this sacred city in the sky. Its location lies at the heart of what was the Incan Empire with eight major roads radiating outward. The Incan leaders wanted to be centrally located, elevated as close as possible to the sun and stars. This vantage point at Machu Picchu guided their movements and gave meaning to life in the mountains.

the great pyramid of giza (egypt)

Current technology is not able to accomplish the engineering feat that is the Great Pyramid of Giza. It is the only ancient wonder of the world still standing. The Great Pyramid inspires awe and reverence. The complex is also one of the most wonderfully enigmatic places on Earth. The longstanding belief has been that the pyramid was built as a tomb for Pharaoh Khufu around 4,500 years ago. However, there is an exciting array of theories espousing the megalithic structure to be much older. To name just a few of its functionalities: wireless energy, inter-galactic communication, and astral travel. Many metaphysicians believe the pyramids, henges, and sacred sites of the world are an interconnected network of torsion fields found along a global network of ley lines. The Great Pyramid is comprised of approximately 2,300,000 stones of various sizes. Heterogeneous blocks weighing up to 50 tons are made virtually flush with one another. The composition of the mortar is still unknown to this day and has not been replicated. 210 steppes reach 450 feet high at its apex. The perfectly square sides are all 365.25 cubits long – the exact number of days in a year. Mathematical magic is found throughout its measurements. In its day, the entire structure was encased with polished white limestone and capped with a golden pyramidion. The Great Pyramid, with its pyramidal family and mystical Sphinx, continuously dazzles and inspires with geometric wizardry.

ankor wat (cambodia)

Angkor Wat is a massive temple-compound dedicated to Lord Vishnu of Hinduism. This megalithic shrine once gleamed from the center of the sprawling Khmer Empire located in modern day Cambodia. Led by the charismatic and powerful King Suryavarman II, a multitudinous workforce created five main towers representing the peaks of Mount Meru – home of the Devas. Having personally overseen construction of several of the 700 temples found across the region, Suryavarman made Angkor Wat his spiritual headquarters and prospective tomb. 108 stacked spires rise elegantly into the sky from three monumental terraces. The upper level, or Bakan Sanctuary, offers a sumptuous skyline. Incredibly, no mortar was used in its construction. The advanced masonry employed is validated by surviving 900 years of extreme weather events. The moat which surrounds the complex acts as a counterweight to the 500-acres of Earth and stone floating on the subterranean water table. Sculptural art covers the structure with intricately chiseled bas-relief imagery.

84

Hindu cosmology and Khmer history are displayed over walls, columns, and corbeled archways. A staggering array of iconographic Gods (Devas), demons (Asuras) and 3,000 beguiling celestial nymphs (Apsaras) tell a comprehensive story of the four ages (Yugas). The entire structure was covered with gold, which glistened in the heart of Southeast Asia.

leaning tower of pisa (italy)

The Leaning Tower of Pisa has defied laws of gravity for hundreds of years. After the armies of Pisa conquered Palermo in Sicily, the treasure was used to build a religious complex called the Miracle Square (Piazza Dei Miracoli). Four main buildings make up this impressive compound: The Cathedral, Baptistery, Cemetery, and Bell Tower. Construction on the bell tower started in 1173 but was repeatedly halted due to regional wars. Ironically, over its dormant years, the soil compacted, thus giving it the stability needed to survive toppling over. The walls of the upper floors were intentionally built uneven to compensate for the lean. The top belfry was finally finished in 1372. Eventually, all seven bells were installed to ring out notes of the major scale. This generational, collaborative effort culminated into a striking tower of beauty –adored for its uniqueness and resilience. The stacked open galleries with pillared arcades are aesthetically delightful. Built as a hollow stone cylinder, the tower has two spiral staircases, twisting their way to the top. The blind arcade is adorned with diamond-point comapasses - each one having a raised rosette at its center. Repeating archways around its circumference, make the Leaning Tower of Pisa a special piece of architecture. In 1990, the site was renovated. The tilt of the tower was corrected to four degrees - its inclination in the year of 1838. Despite pleas to straighten it completely, the tilt was preserved to lean long into the future.

the forbidden city (china)

The purple walls of The Forbidden City in China contained the “secret center of the world” for 500 years. Built on the site of Genghis Khan’s headquarters, The Forbidden City was a grand palace-complex primarily designed by architect Kuai Xiang. The art of Feng Shui was utilized to align this royal complex with the forces of nature. Important ceremonial and residential halls were laid out on a north-south axis with the other buildings laid out on perpendicular planes. Harmony of balance gives the compound a sense of perfection. It is estimated 1,000,000 workers and 100,000 artisans took anywhere between 4-14 years to build the royal complex during the early 15th century.

An outer court was used for important ceremonies such as swearing in the 24 rulers of the Ming and Qing Dynasties. The fortified and secluded inner court is where the king, his family, and personal servants resided. A sense of tranquility permeates the gardens and courtyards. The seclusion created a mysterious quality to this secret world – further exalting the rulers of Central Asia. Trespassing was punishable with death. Dragons, the flying serpent beasts of Chinese culture, are expertly carved in stone, wood, and porcelain. Seated lions protect entryways, eternally watching over the city’s residents. Numbers and colors all have significant meaning which are found in the smallest of details. Elegant watchtowers with classic curved roofs float elegantly in the sky. They overlook the city’s protective moat, and out beyond the vast kingdom of China. The grandeur and history of this monument attracts millions of visitors every year.

eiffel tower (france)

Artistry and utility were married to make a metal edifice that has become a beloved symbol of culture, romance, and creative expression. The World’s Fair was coming to Paris in 1889. Gustave Eiffel was considered a shoo-in to make its signature piece. Despite considerable opposition, he and his engineering company erected the world’s tallest building – and did so with style. It still proudly peaks above Paris and its winding natural neighbor, the Seine River. Extensive planning ensured the speed of construction was tempered by safety concerns such as wind resistance. At Eiffel’s factory, fifty architects worked on thousands of drawings for the 18,308 structural wrought iron parts used to make the tower. After the four foundational legs were deeply rooted into the ground, the latticed frame began to take form at 60-degree angles. Three levels were fit together using two and a half million rivets. Although appearing solid, the beams and supports for the Eiffel Tower are all hollow. The beautiful beacon is a masterpiece of design. It is as sturdy as stone, but at a fraction of the weight and cost. A series of elevators, powered by an underground hydraulic system, travel up the legs onto the first platform where trendy shops and restaurants are found. Another set of elevators transports people up the lofty tapered spire. The system moved an astounding 1.8 million visitors up the pinnacle and back during the World’s Fair alone. After Guillane Apollinaire wrote a nationalistic poem in the shape of the Eiffel Tower, its fate as a French icon was sealed. Instead of being removed after its 20-year lease, it was instead made a cherished permanent fixture. More than a quarter billion people have toured the monument, making it the most visited paid attraction in the world.

85

PERSONAL FASCINATION

On this sacred journey of remembering and reuniting, I have been especially fascinated with several people during this lifetime. Also, great historical and mythological characters have inspired me to grow, change, and evolve with the tools of metaphysics and spirituality. They have all inspired me to become a seeker, living as a metaphysical being, on the path of becoming a spiritual being.

fascinating people in my current lifetime

mahatma gandhi

I was seven years old when the Independence Movement of India came to its resolution in 1947. The leader of the non-violent movement, Mahatma Gandhi, was totally fascinating to me. For him, spirituality and daily life were one in the same. His experiments with truth and goodness resulted in the Satyagraha Movement which infused spirituality into politics. The result of this great effort was goodness, justice, and freedom with responsibility. Gandhi provided a ballast of leadership in the stormy times of momentous change.

ravi shankar

During my time as a college student, I attended a concert given by the sitarist and composer Ravi Shankar. The Hindustani classical ragas he played deeply moved me. I discovered the healing power of music and was inspired to learn the sitar. Playing the sitar in concert at Case Western University in Ohio, was a thrilling experience that I have always cherished.

rabindranath tagore

Upon meeting my beloved wife Hansa, I fell into a deep and abiding state of love. My life was infused with fun, romance, and spontaneity. The mystic poems of Rabindranath Tagore were a perfect complement to those exciting experiences. His poetry eloquently expresses beauty, love, and joy. Words move effortlessly like a river: “The memories of all loves merging with this one love of ours – and the songs of every poet past and forever.”

bertrand russell

A great writer can connect the dots for you. Reading the philosopher Bertrand Russell in the mid-1960s, brought me clarity on many subjects, but especially philosophy. In my opinion, a philosopher should not tell you how to think but inspires you to examine what you think. For instance, in Marriage and Morals, Russell meticulously dismantles Victorian era neurosis around the natural and healthy act of lovemaking. Russell was not afraid to speak about issues that mattered to him – even if they were considered unpopular or heretical. He was not driven by approval or outside validation, but simply saught truth in all its forms.

KRISHNAMURTI

While I was becoming an engineer in my twenties, my mind was filled with logic and reason. This served me well in my profession, but I was seeking something beyond this. Upon attending Krishnamurti’s discourses in Mumbai, I experienced a trancestate which fundamentally shifted my perspective. From this point on, I began to consciously seek spirituality. The practice of developing a “witness” for thoughts and feelings led to the transmutation, transformation, and transcendence of my mindset.

Later in life, Lazaris gave me a Life Reading which highlighted aspects of my Soul’s journey through its incarnations. I learned that I shared a transitional lifetime with Krishnamurti in ancient Tibet. In this lifetime, Krishnamurti played a pivotal role to inspire my spiritual evolution.

elvis presley

When first hearing Elvis Presley play rock n’ roll music, I couldn’t help but dance. A sensational performer dubbed "The King," Elvis was as provocative as he was entertaining. His integration of African American rhythm and blues with an upbeat country style was new and uplifting. While living in India, it was always exciting when the next Elvis movie was premiering. I even wore my hair in a pompadour style with sideburns reaching down my cheeks. Elvis not only inspired me to dance to rock and roll. I continued learning many other types of dancing as well i.e. the twist, ballroom dancing, as well as various dances of Latin America. The singing and guitar playing of Elvis are filled with a sense of freedom and joy. Today, I live by his favorite motto: “Do something worth remembering.”

86

PERSONAL FASCINATION

On the sacred journey of life, each creative individual has their own personal fascination with personalities that provide inspiration and aspiration. These fascinating characters may be from this current lifetime, historical personalities & mythological characters. Their work and way of life can come from a wide creative spectrum. Who are yours?

rajneesh (osho)

A year after meeting Krishnamurti, my spiritual unfoldment took a quantum leap upon discovering Rajneesh and attending his varied discourses. His articulation, humor, knowing, and spiritual presence, nourished my Soul. In Pune, India, Rajneesh, as my guru, initiated me as a modern sannyasin with the name of Swami Satyamurti Saraswati. Through him, I learned how to break free of limiting beliefs and religious dogma. This led to my world opening in ways I could not have imagined at the time. Over the years, Osho became less of a guru, and more of a spiritual friend – one who I continue to cherish and learn from every day.

Rajneesh initiated me to seek: “Who I am? Where have I come from? Where am I going to? What is the purpose of life?” Life is an opportunity to grow, change, and evolve. I have been listening to his discourses and Q&A sessions on various scriptures of traditional religions: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Christianity, Sikhism, Judaism, Islam/Sufism, Taoism, Zen and many spiritually evolved saints and sages. Spiritually seeking, through understanding these different religions, broke me free of traditional beliefs and dogmas.

Vigyan Bhairav Tantra – Book of the Secrets deepened my understanding of tantra. I have been practicing the Ashtanga eight Limbs of Yoga, physically (Bahir Mukhi) and metaphysically (Antar Mukhi) for strength, focus, and overall health. The metaphysical meditations have helped me change my mindset from negative to positive – leading to a state of Dhyan (expanding consciousness). I feel very lucky to have shared this lifetime with such an Enlightened Being.

lazaris

As a seeker of spirituality, I like to keep an open-mind and have the courage to consider new information. In 1987, I was at the Spiral Circle new-age bookstore in Orlando, Florida. I purchased a videotape: How to Manifest What You Want. After viewing it for the first time, I proceeded to watch it again and again. I wondered: “Who are they?” How could anyone know so much about psychology, the mental body, chakras, history, you name it? What really helped me at that point in my life (and today) are the tools of manifestation: desire, imagination, and expectation. They introduced me to metaphysics as a pathway of spirituality. I began practicing conscious creation and reality manifestation by ways of metaphysics.

The results were astounding. By thinking outside the box of “karmic law” I was able to co-create a life full of joy, love, and prosperity.

I have continued seeking with Lazaris until this day. It is truly amazing to witness their deep love and care for humanity. From 1990 to 2020, I attended many workshops in cities around the world. The new age spirituality I have learned from all of these experiences, distills down to:

I create my own reality and I am responsible for what I am. I am the master of my destiny and not a victim of fate.

The basis of this understanding has led me to practice a futuristic law: The future creates the present in the backdrop of the past.

With their gentle guidance, my understanding of metaphysics has deepened. Most of all, changing my mindset from negative to positive – transmuting, transforming, transcending. This process of changing yourself, does indeed change the world. For example, Lazaris inspired me to write the Global Healing trilogy of books after the attacks of 9/11/2001. The momentum of this creativity has flowed into establishing the Mehta Metaphysical Center – a nonprofit with art galleries, metaphysical libraries, and rooms for healing and spirituality such as The Crystal Temple of Love. The intention of this center is to spread new-age spirituality to humankind.

This pathway leads to Absolute Knowing – merging with Divinity across the spectrum of life experiences. I am very grateful for Lazaris helping me create success and fulfillment.

historical personalities

leonardo da vinci

In my opinion, Leonardo da Vinci was one of the most fascinating people to have everlived. It is truly rare when someone is considered a genius artistically and scientifically. He was a painter, engineer, inventor, illustrator, anatomist, and tireless humanist. Above all, da Vinci was an advocate for all of life.

88

A vegetarian, Leonardo worshipped the living with an unbridled enthusiasm. A true polymath, he was unafraid to imagine things unfathomable at the time.

One of the most striking aspects of da Vinci’s varied work is found in his anatomical codices. He revealed how our health is essentially intertwined with our mental and emotional states. The work Leonardo did on the human brain was particularly advanced – detailing how the third ventricle is instrumental in not only the perception of reality, but also its creation.

narsinh mehta

Since I was a teenager, Narsinh Mehta’s hymns have inspired me to have faith and devotion (bhakti) for Lord Krishna. he caste system was deeply entrenched in 15th Century India. To have any contact whatsoever with the “untouchables” and lower castes was unheard of. Regarding them with respect, friendship, singing and dancing with them - this was considered a grave offense. Mehta was a saint who created real miracles in life. I am proud this great, mystical poet came from my home state of Gujarat, India. However, even if Narsinh Mehta was not a hometown hero who also shared my last name – I believe his message would have still transformed my life. I am filled with gratitude for Narsinh’s example, as well as for the bounty of devotional and sensual prose.

buddha

In hindsight, I had some interesting homework assignments when I attended high school in Mumbai. One such task was to translate the Maha Parinibbana Sutta from English into Gujarati. The title of this text, which chronicles the life of Gautama Buddha, translates loosely as: The Great Transformation and Transcendence. I found many underlying principles within these words. When mulling over the translation, an epiphany struck me like a lightning bolt: Gautama Buddha was a prince, but he was also a human being. A human being who realized enlightenment in his lifetime. So, if he could do it, then so can I. By way of compassion, Buddha inspired me to seek transcendence through the resonance magic of new age spirituality.

mahaveer

Both Hindu and Jain religions advocate non-violence. My mother was Hindu and my father, Jain. Through my father’s faith, I learned of Mahaveer – a great and courageous man. The bravery to confront his ego and evolve in the resonance of love & nonviolence was deeply motivating for me. By means of inner alchemy, Mahaveer transformed negative into positive, constriction into expansion. Blazing a path that was uniquely his own, Mahaveer showed how confronting, and then transcending negative ego (and then ego itself) can be the means to relinquish suffering and embrace the wholeness of life. “Live and allow others to live; hurt no one; life is dear to all living beings.” – Mahaveer

jesus

In my late thirties, I became enthralled with Rajneesh’s discourses on Jesus Christ entitled The Mustard Seed and the Come Follow Me series. I learned how Jesus Christ was a man who transformed into an Enlightened Being. He became one with all creation and sought only to give, heal, and share. With his word and deed, Jesus was a rebel with a cause. Society in Palestine during the Roman Empire was filled with corruption and treachery. A general lack of empathy prevailed. Jesus was a shining example of love and forgiveness in a time of darkness.

socrates

The high priestess known as the Oracle of Delphi heralded Socrates as the wisest man on Earth. When people came to seek this great sage, they found above all, he knew one thing: nothing. The Universe is in a constant state of flux. If all is subject to change, what then can be truly known? What static truth is there to hold on to?

In my adult life, as knowledge and opinions have accumulated, this great teaching of Socrates keeps me humble and open to receive new learning. Socrates was sentenced to death for liberating the young minds of Athens from dogma and limitation. Plato chronicles this event in his treatise Apology. In this piece, he details how Socrates transformed the trial by questioning his accusers with his signature dialectic method. Despite pleas for him to escape before execution, Socrates stood for his truth: “We can easily forgive a child who is afraid of the dark; the real tragedy of life is when men are afraid of the light.”

89

heraclitus

There is a wonderful story that illustrates the genius of the Greek mystic Heraclitus: A renowned logician was walking on the beach, trying to solve a conundrum of epic proportions in his mind. Seeing a man fervently digging a hole in the sand broke his mentation. He became intrigued and asked bluntly: "Sir, what are you doing?” Heraclitus replied simply: “I am emptying the ocean into this hole.” Not usually one for bemusement, the thinker burst out laughing. He bellowed: “That’s impossible! Ridiculous!” Heraclitus paused and then spoke softly: “Let me ask you Sir, you are trying to empty the vastness of the cosmos into the little hole of your mind. From such a limited perspective as ours, explaining the great mystery of life seems ridiculous to me.”

For Heraclitus, logic and reason were practical, necessary tools for living. Yet mental thoughts cannot fully comprehend the nature of the Universe. Wisdom is gained only with experience. To touch the infinite, one must go beyond logic, reason, and thinking in general. Whenever my thoughts are telling me what to feel, I take heed of Heraclitus – widening my perspective beyond the narrative of any situation or moment. Conscious

contact with my Higher Self brings any turbulence to stillness. This process of inner alchemy allows me to shift negative, constrictive emotions, into positive, expansive ones. “The content of your character is your choice. Day by day, what you do is who you become. Your integrity is your destiny - it is the light that guides your way.” – Heraclitus

MYTHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS

lord shiva

In my 30s, I delved deeper into understanding Lord Shiva by listening to discourses on the Shiv Sutra by Rajneesh. And again, with his Book of Secrets series (Vigyan Bhairav Tantra) my connection with Lord Shiva became more powerful. Through experiencing a Dhyan state of no-mind, I experienced communion with Cosmic Consciousness. Lord Shiva’s realm is beyond duality, beyond logic, reason, and the cycles of life and death. Emanating from the source sound of OM, Shiva’s destruction of the old is necessary for rebirth.

The soil of life is tilled for future growth. Shiva is the embodiment of goodness and purity. He is the original yogi and his dance of life is the regenerative aspect of death and destruction. My wife Hansa, devotee of Lord Shiva, has created a magnificent Shiva temple in our home which continually renews and uplifts the family. By connecting with Lord Shiva, I have found the will to co-create life to its fullest.

goddess lakshmi

Goddess Lakshmi is the wellspring of prosperity. Made of pure light, Goddess Lakshmi showers prosperity from her energetic core. Around the turn of the millennium, I was working with Lazaris and Goddess Lakshmi when things really took off. Manifesting prosperity in my career has enriched my life in countless ways. The physical gifts of comfort and convenience are wonderful and very much appreciated; however, it is important to define prosperity as not only material wealth, but also physical, emotional, and spiritual health and well-being. The biggest gift from Lakshmi has been the joy of living and loving life - sharing wonderful experiences with family and friends, meeting new people, learning from them. It has been imperative for me to stay flexible and open. Goddess Lakshmi reminds me to receive with humility, and also to give from a sense of gracious generosity. Whenever greed and avarice become entrenched, Lakshmi will leave. I honor Goddess Lakshmi by receiving blessings with love and gratitude.

goddess saraswati

Seated on a lotus, Goddess Saraswati continually showers our minds with ideas and images for consciously creating creativity. When knowing is aligned with truth and beauty, the mind can be a lush, vibrant garden.

Goddess Saraswati and Lazaris have helped me to uplift and express my deepest creativity. The light of illumination ignited my aspiration. She inspired the creation of the Mehta Metaphysical Center, new-age art galleries, the Crystal Temple of Knowing, the Crystal Temple of Love, multi-media workshops, and this book. These are all the manifestations of love’s play with imagination and will. Consciously creating creativity has been the passion and joy of loving and living life. Goddess Saraswati showed me that you can be creative in all aspects of life.

90

lord vishnu

In the spiral cycle of evolution, from initial creation into phases of maintenance and protection, then ultimately destruction – Lord Vishnu fulfills the role of maintainer and protector as great time-cycles pass through their epochs. He maintains with vigilant compassion and determination. In a way, he is the great cosmic gardener.

By honoring Lord Vishnu and his spouse Goddess Lakshmi, I accept the stewardship of my blessings. For example, I have run my own engineering business for over 40 years. This comes with responsibilities to my workers, collaborators, clients, family, and society at large. Coming from a place of service, neutralizes temptations to dominate and control. The company is entrusted to me; therefore, I am free to serve the greater good. Balancing family, fun, business, creative expression and spiritual nourishment brings contentment and keeps things fresh.

lord krishna

The eighth avatar of Vishnu is Lord Krishna – the mischievous warrior of peace and adaptability. One of Krishna’s great strengths is to instantaneously transform in order to respond to any given situation. The twelve distinct selves, or in other words, the twelve aspects of Truer Self, could be instantly summoned by Krishna, according to what was the most appropriate response to the circumstance he faced.

On the journey of life, human beings pass through these twelve aspects of self, while developing their own unique identity and image. Typically, the stages unfold with the progression of age from birth until death. The twelve aspects of Truer Self are:

1. Innocent

3. Warrior (me, me, me)

5. Seeker of Love (hormone changes)

7. Magician

9. Destroyer

11. Wise Man

2. Waif (terrible twos)

4. Nurturer

6. Seeker of Truth

8. Masterful Magician (I, I, I)

10. Creator

12. Wise Fool

Lord Krishna is both multi-dimensional and multi-emotional. He is flexible and adaptable to whatever life presents in the moment. In my years, I have emulated him, visualizing his grace in the face of danger and the unknown. This flexibility has kept me from getting stuck in rigidity and dogmatic beliefs. I have gained wisdom by experimenting, experiencing, and applying the twelve aspects of Truer Self to any given situation.

91

ADDITIONAL MATTERING PILLAR V-B

1. THE DARK SIDE OF HUMANITY

2. POLITICAL

3. ECONOMIC

4. SOCIAL

5. RELIGIOUS

92
93

THE DARK SIDE OF HUMANITY

Mattering is a synergy generated out of giving meaning, significance, and value to life. Modern history reveals that humanity has been living in the Age of Domination for thousands of years. Growing up and becoming a man in the 20th Century, I have been hearing my Soul cry out over this suffering. Realizing and experiencing the dark side of humanity has become my "personal mattering."

Here on planet Earth, we live in duality: day and night; light and darkness; spring & fall; summer & winter, etc. Humanity is a part of Mother Earth and shares in this duality. This is evident individually as well as collectively. On one side is the light –the Realm of Dominion. On the other side is darkness – the Realm of Domination. Domination is comprised of seven components: control; the power to rule over others; manipulation; reliving the past; unfriendly worldview; taking; and blaming. Throughout the spectrum of human experience, we find how the Age of Domination operates. The way domination is imposed on humanity is classified into four categories:

I. political: Since recorded history, the few have ruled over the many by way of politics. From feudal monarchies to colonizing imperial empires, power has been used to manipulate and control the masses. There have been advances in various forms of democracy, but the persistent thread of oppression and inequality remain. In so called “advanced” nations, the Age of Domination reigns supreme. This is done by means of sophisticated mass-media manipulation – utilizing propaganda & mind-control tactics. For instance, techniques meant to “divide and conquer.” Throughout the 20th, and into the 21st century, there has either been war or the prepartion for more war. Beginning with World War I, World War II, followed by The Cold War, including but not limited to the wars in Korea & Vietnam. This as well as many Middle Eastern wars, including The Gulf War, The Iraq War, and the ongoing Global War on Terrorism.

II. economic: A consequence of Political Mattering has been that global military spending has gone from millions, to billions, to trillions over the last century. The technology and lethality of weapons has grown dramatically. If each country invests these vast sums of money and resources to defend itself, then who is the offender? As we approach eight billion people residing on Earth, approximately 15% of humanity suffers from hunger and malnutrition. Current statistics show 25,000 people die daily due to lack of food. Slums and homeless encampments have been on the rise with no end in sight.

III. social: When one group of people see themselves as better than others, domination is often the end result. Entire populations of people have been blamed for causing the ills of the world. Subsequently, there is the rationalization to control them, rule over them, take from them, and to imprison and/or kill them. Over the course of modern history, differences between people have been used to justify the superiority of one group over another. Examples of such are the Caste System in Hinduism; The Holocaust perpetrated by Nazi Germany; The Civil Rights Movement in the United States; the segregation and discrimination of Apartheid in South Africa; and Gender Inequality under a paradigm of patriarchy.

IV. religious: Domination thrives when religious beliefs (mindset) turn into dogmatic fundamentalism. Believing that their truth is the only truth, that their God is the only God, religious fanatics of all faiths have created intolerance, discord, and war. A sad legacy of persecution, manipulation, and control is found in the dark side of organizations that claim God for their own. This righteousness rationalizes all actions, no matter how immoral. A sense of superiority breeds contempt for those who do not share their religious beliefs. A constant reliving of the past engenders cycles of divisiveness and violence, such as between Hindus vs. Muslims during the partition of Pakistan in 1947; Israelis vs. Palestinians since the creation of Israel in 1948; Catholics vs. Protestants in Ireland during the time of The Troubles beginning in 1969; Islamic Extremism vs. Secularism since the Global War on Terror began with the attacks of 9/11/2001; and Islamic Radicals vs. Others – the rise of ISIL and the terror attacks in Paris over the year of 2015.

In this section, are events and situations that truly matter to me. They make my Soul cry out for an end to the suffering, for justice, and for harmony. Now is the time to change the mindset from constrictive and destructive Domination to that of an expansive Dominion with nourishment, caring, and healing for all.

94

THE DARK SIDE HUMANITY

Political Economic

Religious

Social

Political mattering reveals that humanity lives in two periods: One is preparation of war and the other is war itself on the path of domination. Now is the time to change the mindset from domination to dominion.

the korean war

The number of people who have lived on a unified Korean peninsula are dwindling with time. Elder Koreans recall a harsh life of forced labor under the occupation of Imperial Japan. After World War II, the Soviet Union agreed to a U.S. initiative which divided control of the Korean Peninsula along the 38th parallel – the physical boundary of latitude 38-degree North, agreed on at the Potsdam Conference. The U.S.S.R. installed a Stalinist regime in the north, headed by Kim Il-Sung. With Soviet support and military equipment, the North Korean People’s Army (NKPA) was created at a time when communist governments were gaining strength and popularity in the region. Syngman Rhee was installed by the U.S. to maintain order in South Korea. Rhee became an authoritarian strongman who frequently threatened the North with forced unification. Allies just two years earlier, the U.S.A and U.S.S.R. were highly suspicious of each other’s intentions. In 1947, the Truman Doctrine was passed by congress. This gave the executive branch power to allocate resources for countering a perceived “communist threat.”

After several border skirmishes in 1950, the NKPA executed an all-out offensive into South Korea. The United States approached the newly formed United Nations. A resolution to defend South Korea was approved and a coalition was formed including Australia, France, New Zealand, India, and the U.K. Competing superpowers, with diametrically opposed ideologies, poured resources and lives into the civil war. When communist China joined the conflict in support of North Korea, the 38th parallel turned into a bloody frontline. Both sides held heavily fortified positions. A vicious ongoing stalemate ensued. Jet fighters added a new level of lethality to the battles. The threat of nuclear warfare loomed in the background. Both the U.S. and U.S.S.R. had stockpiles of powerful and advanced nuclear weapons at the ready. After two years of negotiations, a ceasefire was finally called in 1953. Two million civilians were killed in the crossfire. Following the carnage, the geopolitical situation was practically the same as it was before the war started. Henceforth, the U.S. and Soviet Union relied more on proxy armies to fight on the many fronts of the Cold War.

the vietnam war

Communism was on the rise throughout Asia in the mid-20th century. In 1945, Ho Chi Minh led a military revolution to free Vietnam from the occupation of Imperial Japan. The communist regime then battled France, who was trying to reclaim its former colonial territory. Caught in a fierce quagmire, the U.S. began to assist its French ally. There was a lack of clear leadership in Saigon, the capital of South Vietnam. Fearing a sudden expansion of communism, the U.S. government supported an unstable and corrupt South Vietnamese administration. As with the Korean War, President Harry S. Truman’s Domino Theory was the justification for getting involved with the conflict. It states that the first country to fall to communism will then subsequently topple surrounding nations like a row of falling dominoes. The strategy was containment – not allowing the border countries around China and the U.S.S.R. to convert to communism.

The United States became fully committed to quell this perceived existential threat. As U.S. President John F. Kennedy was increasing support and military advisors to Vietnam, the Cuban missile crisis paralyzed the world with mortal tension. After Kennedy was assassinated in late 1963, Vice President Lyndon Johnson took the role of commander and chief. Johnson dramatically escalated the Vietnam conflict. A massive counterinsurgency program was implemented to stem the Vietcong’s asymmetrical warfare tactics. Images of body bags and heart stopping explosions were shown nightly on television news. A segment of the American citizenry began questioning this war on the other side of the world. The late 1960s erupted with anti-war movements taking place in universities, churches, city squares, and Washington D.C. Richard Nixon won the 1968 presidential election by “speaking for the silent majority.” He promised “peace with honor.” The policy termed ‘Vietnamization’ shifted from counterinsurgency to one of building up the South Vietnamese Army. U.S. war-planners became increasingly desperate after extensive bombing did not stop Vietcong fighters, despite heavy losses. Vietcong sanctuaries in Laos and Cambodia were relentlessly bombed in secret. Special operations raged throughout farming communities amid the dense jungle terrain.

96
POLITICAL

Iraq War War on Terrorism

POLITICAL Korean War Vietnam War Gulf War

As waves of violence peaked, President Nixon became embroiled in the infamous Watergate scandal. U.S. troops were hastily withdrawn, and the anemic South Vietnamese Army folded to a Vietcong invasion. Today, the single-party socialist republic is still governed by the Communist Party of Vietnam (CPV). With both sides of the war deeply scarred, successful efforts by veterans and nonprofit groups have created bridges of understanding. These models of caring and forgiveness are the means that an ongoing war paradigm can be shifted into an ongoing peace paradigm.

The Gulf War

Without warning, new Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein invaded neighboring Iran in the year of 1980. Hussein was supplied with weaponry and intelligence by the U.S. and other nations to oppose Iran. After the 8-year war, both Middle Eastern countries were depleted and in ruins. Henceforth, Saddam Hussein became obsessed with neighboring country Kuwait. He accused Kuwait of stealing Iraq’s oil from under its border (slant-drilling); flooding the market with crude (thus lowering the price of oil); and reviving the claim that Kuwaiti territory belonged to Iraq. With this pretext, Hussein ordered the invasion of Kuwait on August 2nd, 1990. After Secretary of State James Baker indicated U.S. neutrality on the issue, U.S. president George H. Bush switched gears and built a coalition of nations for Operation Desert Shield to protect Saudi Arabia. The military build-up on the Saudi Arabian border was in preparation for Operation Desert Storm in early 1991. After a demand to vacate the country was unheeded, a multinational onslaught sent Iraqi troops fleeing within 48 hours. The allied coalition headed by the U.S. flew over 15,000 sorties to bomb military targets and infrastructure. The ‘roadway of death’ incident was the continued bombardment of the retreating Iraqi army until an official ceasefire was established. The conflict is nicknamed the ‘video game war’ due to news coverage featuring only video game-like footage of “smart-bombs” hitting structures from far away. Imagery of the violence and gruesome aftermath was censored and sanitized. Learning a lesson from Vietnam, the harsh realities of warfare were hidden. There was now strict control of media imagery and talking points.

After the 100 days of war, Hussein created an ecological catastrophe by setting Kuwaiti oilfields ablaze. His dictatorial rule became even more entrenched. For the next four years fighting ensued between Saddam and the U.S. military as ‘no-fly zones’ were established in the country’s north and south. The volatile situation was passed onto President Bill Clinton who continued bombing campaigns and implemented

sanctions estimated to have killed hundreds of thousands of civilians. While Kuwaitis have recovered, living conditions in Iraq have deteriorated much further. Some landscapes resemble dystopian post-apocalyptic imagery. The Gulf War Syndrome has devastated veterans who returned to find debilitating symptoms plaguing their lives. Without recognition from the Pentagon & V.A., many sick and disabled veterans faced homelessness and/or tragically turned to alcoholism, drug addiction, gambling, and suicide, to deal with the physical and emotional traumas.

The Iraq War

While executing Operation Enduring Freedom in Afghanistan, the administration of George W. Bush quickly shifted focus from finding al-Qaeda leader Osama Bin Laden, to building a case for pre-emptively invading the country of Iraq. A cacophony of government officials parroted the official line through news outlets: Saddam Hussein possessed weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) and was intent on using them against the United States and its allies. Officials and media outlets made it seem like an Iraqi attack on the United States was imminent. Pre-emptive war was justified with the logic of “getting them before they got us.” Fear was used as a tool for their Machiavellian objectives. United Nations weapons inspectors searched the country for evidence of these suspected WMDs. The U.S. administration would not wait for the search results. Without a U.N. resolution, a coalition of the willing was formed: Saudi Arabia, Poland, Australia, and the United Kingdom. An ultimatum was declared for Hussein to relinquish the alleged weapons. A blitz of pro-war propaganda flooded U.S. airwaves leading up to the invasion which occurred on March 19th, 2003. The strategy used for the first wave of the assault was coined ‘Shock and Awe.’ An initial barrage throughout Iraq shook the country with terror and death. A blitzkrieg style assault from the south was highly publicized with embedded journalists broadcasting live streaming video of the speeding cavalcade headed for Baghdad. Oil fields were seized, and a large bronze statue of Saddam Hussein was taken down to the delight of mostly Shia onlookers. Along with the tragic human consequences of the initial invasion, museums were not protected. Millions of ancient artifacts were looted and vandalized.

Ba’athists were expelled and banned from government participation. A Sunni Muslim insurgency began to escalate against the occupying forces and newly formed Iraqi police force. Improvised explosive devices (IEDs) were planted on roadways, ambushing coalition patrols.

98

Suicide bombers began striking large gatherings of densely populated areas i.e., markets, mosques, government facilities. Car bombs exploded across the country with an unrelenting frequency. The U.S. administration implemented a counter-insurgency program to “root out” suspected terrorists. This house-to-house campaign utilized night raids which often ended in chaos, confusion, and tragedy. More Iraqis turned to the insurgency. Lack of postwar planning led to infrastructure failing on a national level. Shia militias began executing coordinated retributive attacks on Sunnis. As the occupation continued, the U.S. led coalition were perceived as occupiers rather than liberators. Some Shia factions began fighting U.S. forces. Fatwas were declared, pitting jihadist elements against their religious enemy. Foreign fighters poured in across porous borders. They joined disenfranchised natives who rallied around protecting their homeland. Allied assaults such as the two major offensives in Fallujah resulted in huge casualties for soldiers and civilians. A mounting civil war and deadly insurgency sent the country into a tailspin of poverty, extremism, and violence. Operation Red Dawn was completed when Saddam Hussein was captured, tried, and ultimately executed in 2006.

Images of sexual abuse and torture from Abu Ghraib prison dramatically increased recruitment numbers and the frequency of attacks. Reputable sources have claimed that at least one million Iraqi civilians have died, because of the invasion and ensuing civil war. Depleted uranium coating on munitions has contaminated the region with radiation. Iraq’s infrastructure, cultural landmarks, and architecture have been severely damaged. Living conditions are abysmal with high rates of birth defects, pollution, hunger, cancers, and lack of consistent power and water. The preemptive war of aggression derailed international protocol for deescalation and conflict resolution, agreed upon with various existing treaties. It also birthed a vicious caliphate known as ISIL (Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant), thus furthering terrorism rather than quelling it. Iraq currently is a beleaguered, suffering country – it needs creative diplomacy and constructive solutions – not more violence.

War on terrorism

Declared after the 9/11 attacks on the United States by al-Qaeda, the Global War on Terror (GWOT) was put forth to eradicate terrorist organizations and nations who harbored and supported them. So far, there have been two large-scale wars and occupations perpetrated on Afghanistan and Iraq; as well as regime changes and major

operations in: Yemen, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Pakistan, Sudan, Niger, Ethiopia, and Syria. However, most countries in the world have experienced some form of covert action on its soil. Th- us far, estimates of at least seven trillion dollars have been invested in this all-encompassing and never-ending war. Despite the massive expenditure, the world is much less safe. For example, after the Iraq invasion, al-Qaeda moved in to receive jihadists. Factions of Sunni resistance and other radical groups became the self-proclaimed Islamic State (IS), or Daesh, as it is known in the Middle East. Various governments have taken back much of the IS territory since its peak in 2015; however, it still occupies some small, remote areas of Iraq and Syria, and have branched out into other countries. The Islamic State claims dominance over all Muslims. Sharia Law is imposed with an iron fist to enforce the caliphate. Genocide of the native Yazidis and regional Christians was inflicted with unbridled brutality. Instances of which captured the horrified eyes of humanity. Systematic rape, extortion, kidnapping, intimidation, and murder reign supreme in lawless areas of GWOT warzones. Child soldiers are trained with vicious intent. Their bodies and minds are used as weapons to strike out at hated enemies and innocent bystanders. Refusal to openly embrace the Wahhabi or Salafist interpretation of Islam usually results in death. Sex slaves are forced to marry IS soldiers who then trade them for arms or baubles. Social media is used to broadcast beheadings. Slick propaganda featuring popular hip-hop music makes jihad look attractive for angry youth with nothing to lose.

The Paris attacks of 2015 were a coordinated citywide attack on public gatherings of sport, music, and dance venues. Tactics of terror resulted in mass anger and calls for military reprisals. But as in all guerrilla war, the combatants are often indiscriminate from civilians. Remotely operated drones fire high intensity explosives onto suspected targets. The civilian carnage that ensues from these military operations send more seeking vengeance to join extremist jihadists. Unconscionable acts of terrorism and public violence continue. The list of terrorist organizations has grown in number and strength since GWOT began. The War on Terror is now referred to as Overseas Contingency Operations. Despite the changing name, it is still a war without end or a feasible plan for resolution. Perpetual violence has gripped the world since recorded history. The cycles of hostility continue to escalate with record high profits for weapons manufacturers, but poisoned slums for the victims of such chaos. The world desperately needs healing and creative solutions to engender trust and cooperation. There are peaceful ways to realize harmony and prosperity. The ends do not justify the means.

99

Economic Mattering awakens humanity to listen for the Soul's cry to help the 1/3 of mankind suffering from hunger, malnutrition, and lack of access to clean water and sanitation. The worldwide military budget is over $2 trillion annually, including manufacturing weapons of mass destruction, under the guise of defense. Now is the time to invoke compassion, which is caring born from empathy.

This helps humankind by changing our path from global suicide to global healing.

slums & hunger

Slums are informal collective settlements mostly found in and around urban areas. Rural regions in much of the world lack opportunity and are subject to unfavorable conditions such as: drought, poverty, pollution, and local corruption. In hope of a better life, migrations to big cities often results in urgent searches for shelter due to lack of resources. Sometimes, the only viable option are makeshift communities constructed with found materials, such as corrugated metal and other construction debris.

An estimated 200,000 of these enclaves exist today. 90% of slums (also known as ghettos, barrios, and shantytowns) are said to be found in "developing" countries, but this is rapidly changing. A handmade infrastructure with improper sanitation results in preventable diseases such as Cholera. Living in densely populated squalor, leads many into conflict and depression.

The Dharavi slum complex in Mumbai has one million people inhabiting less than a single square mile. With an incredible population of four million, the Neza-Chalo-Itza ghetto outside of Mexico City is a prime example of this type of “illegal” community. Slum populations are growing exponentially around the world with no end in sight. Under the current paradigm, the one billion people surmised to live in slums today is expected to double by 2030.

Living with fear and malnourishment is extremely stressful and detrimental to one’s health and well-being. Over 24,000 people die daily from hunger, and hunger related diseases. Six million children are estimated to perish every year from malnutrition and hunger. If there is enough food to go around for all of us, then why these incredible numbers? Some of the underlying causes are excessive military spending, war, and lack of political will.

It is up to all of us to end hunger and malnutrition. Caring is a start. Action is needed now to end poverty.

worldwide Military spending

Throughout the 20th century, the Age of Domination became more severe. There was an increase of distrust, taking, blaming, and economic inequality. Military spending increased dramatically. Science has been used to create destructive technology, including various weapons of mass destruction. Two world wars and a multitude of other violent confrontations have put humanity on a path of global suicide. Almost all nations have participated in this mass violence and preparation for more violence. As world powers vie for dominance, fear is emphasized to justify massive taxpayer monies for perpetual warfare and potential nuclear annihilation – leaving us all vulnerable to be engulfed in a fatal international endgame.

Using models from the year of 2019, it is estimated that the amount of funds it would take to eradicate extreme poverty and world hunger by 2030, equals a 10-15% reduction in global military expenditure. With efficient and sustainable development programs already in place, funding and attention can accomplish these achievable goals. The sum total of all official military budgets is approximately two trillion dollars.

Trust building and mutual understanding can facilitate a future dominion of peace and prosperity. Caring, responsibility, and effort are needed to heal the divisions – so all may enjoy their intrinsic rights of abundance, peace, and happiness. In the future, hopefully the near future, a person will be valued not on how much they have, but how much they are willing to share.

100
ECONOMIC

ECONOMIC

Worldwide Military Spending Slums & Hunger

Social Mattering reveals that humanity continues to experience systemic injustice. Discrimination creates barriers based on caste, race, color, religion, politics, gender, etc. Now is the time to recognize and acknowledge the truth that we are all human beings - children of Divinity. We can break these artificial barriers by respecting one another, loving, caring, and embracing goodness.

caste

According to Hinduism, human evolution has unfolded by means of karmic law and reincarnation. This karmic cycle of the human Soul from one lifetime to another has been manipulated for purposes of domination. From birth, one is designated to a caste, thus enshrining discrimination and injustice into Hindu society.

On top of the social pyramid are the Brahmins. Responsible for all religious matters, the high priests of Hinduism are the leaders of society. Below them on the hierarchal ladder, are the Kshatriya class – mostly made up of military personnel, administrators, and governors. Merchants and businessmen fill out the ranks of the Vaishya class. Servants and agricultural laborers are designated to the lowest level, the Shudra caste. Yet, a social stratum exists below these four: the Dalits, or “untouchables.” The term "untouchability" refers to the belief that if you contact an untouchable, they will deeply taint, or pollute your very essence. Some even going to the extreme of rigorous bathing if the shadow of a Dalit happens to touch them.

The caste system is socially politicized using karma and reincarnation as justification. In this view, the Brahmins lived many previous past incarnations, achieving good karma by exhibiting sound and selfless behavior. Conversely, unevolved souls, or those who have committed hurtful acts in former lives, are also experiencing karma by being born into the lower Shudra or Dalit social strata.

B.R. Ambedkar, writer of the Indian constitution of 1950, was a Dalit hero who rose to be a leader for the downtrodden. Mahatma Gandhi worked tirelessly to empower those of the lower castes. In their own way, these leaders helped to outlaw the dehumanizing aspects of caste discrimination and “untouchability.”

A sense of inferiority has ingrained itself into the psyches of many living in survival mode. This condition is reinforced by social norms which reflect a tiered society of privilege and oppression. Many Dalits and Shudras left the Hindu religion to escape the caste system, only to find it alive in Sikhism, Christianity, and Islam as well.

The Shudra class and Dalits continually struggle to find dignity. Unfortunately, the immutable fate of lineage still dictates the quality of life for those living in poverty. The inalienable right to lead a life of self-determination needs more than unenforced legislation to become a true reality.

race

Racism is the belief that inherited characteristics biologically determine human behavior. This competitive worldview was adopted by the National Socialists of Germany. Nazism was built around a "survival of the fittest" justification which was eugenically applied to humanity. This fortified an identification with exceptionalism, or feeling oneself superior to another. This mentality was used to justify their belief of a "master race" whose purpose was to subjugate and control any perceived "lesser people." The systematic murder of millions of innocent civilians was manifested by means of this bedrock belief.

Influenced by 19th century writers such as Houston Stewart Chamberlain and Madison Grant, German chancellor, Adolf Hitler, believed humanity to have a natural hierarchy of gene quality. From this view, the legendary Aryan race of Northern Europe was far superior to others. At the bottom was the reviled Jewish people, the ultimate scapegoat for the woes of Germany after World War I.

Hitler gave impassioned speeches combining German and Aryan pride with hateful rhetoric about Jewish and other “socially deviant” groups. In his book, Mein Kampf, he flushed out theories on eugenics, or “racial hygiene.” Hitler accused the Jews of manipulating the masses to unfairly burden and oppress the Aryan race. In his impassioned manner, Hitler warned that inter-racial marriage and mutual co-existence were stealth tactics carried out by “a common enemy from within.” Nazis labeled these non-Aryans as “racial foes” who were degrading the purity of Nordic genes and the German way of life. Charles Darwin’s famous book on the Origin of Species was used as justification for the Holocaust. “Survival of the fittest” became a rallying cry for the fascists.

102
SOCIAL

SOCIAL Caste Race Color Apartheid Gender

The purge of those deemed threats began in Germany. People identified as such were detained and sterilized. As the “slippery slope” of enforcement descended, the mentally and physically handicapped were exterminated. The Nazi empire expanded its borders into Western Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and the Soviet Union. Hitler’s New Order was manifest with mass termination. In his own words: “destroying the weak, to maintain purity and proper space for the strong.” Operating from this deranged perspective, annihilation was rationalized to be “more humane” than tolerance. Hatred became normalized. Nazis sincerely believed these “corrupting lower races” to be unworthy of life. German scientists, such as Joseph Mengele, performed sickening experiments on Jews. This was done to provide physical evidence in support of these claims of superiority. No evidence was found. The only thing proven was the human capacity for cruelty.

Now is the time to learn the lesson that all human beings are unique – physically, genetically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually. We are all fellow travelers – pilgrims on the sacred journey coming Home. We must treat each other with respect, love, care, and goodness. We are all children of Divinity – God/Goddess/All That Is.

color

The amount of melanin in human skin determines its pigment or “skin color.” Exposure to sun can alter this natural hue and produce a tanning effect. Those of African descent typically have a high content of melanin, and therefore appear darker. Unfortunately, beyond this scientific phenomenon, the color of one’s skin has become a hardened social, political, and cultural tool of division. An example of this was the scourge of slavery in the United States and the slow painstaking journey to emancipation.

Abraham Lincoln’s Union forces of the northern states defeated the southern Confederate Army in the U.S. Civil War. The ultimate abolitionist victory had been achieved. African slaves were finally released from bondage and forced labor after centuries of captivity. But the journey to true equality has been long and filled with pain. Jim Crow laws were established in the southern states to create a “separate but equal” way of life. This resulted in a segregated two-tiered society. Most of the northern U.S. population may have supported abolition on paper, but actions belied beliefs when confronted with the reality of integration.

In the 1950s and 60s, a vital movement emerged to challenge this stratified and unjust system of segregation based on skin color. When seamstress and NAACP member, Rosa Parks refused to give a white man her seat on a Montgomery bus, the Modern Civil Rights Movement had officially begun.

Baptist Reverend Martin Luther King Junior was selected as its new leader. Dr. King studied Mahatma Gandhi of India, learning how an activist movement of passive resistance ousted the powerful British Empire. Putting these tactics to the test, the Montgomery Alabama Bus Boycotts resulted in small, but significant legal victories. The Freedom Riders tested whether this new legislation was just words on paper or not. Led by Diane Nash, buses full of ethnically diverse activists rode together into the deep Southern United States. They were continually harassed, abused, and even bombed. Black students sat vigil at “reserved for white only” counter seats at restaurants – eliciting hatred from those who resisted change.

In 1954, school segregation was found to be unconstitutional by the U.S. Supreme Court. Showdowns in major cities such as Birmingham, and Selma, Alabama, resulted in the use of tear gas, batons, and attack dogs when integration was attempted. Televised images such as these, shook those who did not reside in segregated societies. National Guard soldiers were ordered to escort African American teenagers into their new classrooms. These brave young people became the early pioneers of equality in the United States. A mass rally on the Mall of Washington D.C. celebrated the newly legislated Civil Rights Act of 1964. This call for freedom and opportunity is where Dr. King gave his famous “I have a dream” speech to the multitudes gathered at the feet of the Lincoln Memorial. Although segregation has been banned, these last several decades have been a struggle for true equality. The courageous principled stand by those in the Civil Rights Movement made this ongoing evolution of morality possible.

apartheid

Like much of the world during the 16th - 20th centuries, South Africa was not exempt from European colonization. Primarily Dutch and British settlers were attracted to the southern region of the African continent for its abundance of natural resources, especially diamonds and gold. As extraction and removal grew to a large scale, the white minority needed a way to maintain the status quo. In 1910, the Union of South Africa was formed.

104

With the Land Act of 1913, this new government gave political representation solely to landowners: 80 – 90% being white transplants (Afrikaners) who had confiscated the territory. Employing divide and conquer tactics, indigenous blacks were forced onto separate reserves. Three and a half million people were removed from their homes and crammed into de-facto slums.

n 1948, the Afrikaner National Party enshrined Apartheid with 300 laws which institutionalized a stratified hierarchy. Zulus, Bantus, and many other ethnic tribes were forced to live by a strict code of behavior or suffer dire consequences. A tragic example was the Sharpeville Massacre: 70 Native South Africans gunned down merely for not bringing their passbooks to enter “white-only” areas.

Nelson Mandela, the leader of the resistance movement, was inspired by Martin Luther King and the American Civil Rights Movement. Initially they employed non-violent measures. Strikes, boycotts and symbolic demonstrations challenged apartheid policies. Each successive rally was met with increasing hostility and violence from government forces. Mandela and other leaders such as Oliver Tambo and Walter Sisulu, began using sabotage to further their objectives. Trying to avoid taking human life, they bombed essential infrastructure, garnering attention to their cause and disrupting the system of exploitation. Mandela was arrested and sentenced to a life of hard labor at the prison on Robben Island. Consequentially, Mandela became the heart and soul of the liberation movement. Through the years, “Free Nelson Mandela” would be sung on the streets to carry the torch of hope. As the discriminatory apartheid government dug in deeper, support from its allies waned. In 1986, the United States and United Kingdom imposed sanctions. The world condemned the ongoing brutality and dehumanization. Benefit concerts raised awareness about the unjust situation. Due to internal and external pressure, the Afrikaner government (A.N.P.) relented and released Mandela after 27 years of captivity. Nelson Mandela whole-heartedly forgave his captors – evidence of his deep spiritual work while incarcerated. Four years later, he would become the new president of South Africa, thus breaking the chains of apartheid. Nelson Mandela created a space for mutual understanding and tolerance, thereby averting a race riot which could have resulted in an ugly period of retribution. Currently, South Africa has many difficulties; but the wondrous liberation of its people stands as a model for tolerance, forgiveness, and understanding in a continually globalized world.

gender

As the saying goes, in many ways, it is still “a man’s world.” Ironically, there would be no man on this Earth without a woman to give birth to him. Like most species, the human male and female genders are interdependent and complementary. History is comprised of civilizations functioning in a patriarchal manner. Ultimately, most societies fell into systems of patriarchal superiority to varying degrees.

Culturally, this has resulted in a calcification of gender roles. Differences in the physiology of the two genders, along with stereotypical attributes, have long been used as rationale to deny bias. For instance, The United States, long considered a pioneer in gender equality, still shows a significant difference in equal pay.

Violence against women, such as domestic abuse, sexual assault, and murder, is a global epidemic. The feminist movement has made great strides to address these problems and many other challenges facing women today. A concerted effort, in the late 19th century, resulted with civil rights and equal voting victories in Scandinavia as well as some western states in the U.S.A. Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton merged their forces with Lucy Stone in 1890 to found the National American Woman Suffrage Association (NAWSA). This suffrage group transformed into the International Alliance of Women. Their one mission was to ensure equal human rights for females of all ages.

Sexism is deeply rooted within many contemporary cultures. The subordination of women has been a grotesque display of dysfunctional misogyny. Female objectification dehumanizes women as purely sexual objects for the enjoyment of mankind. Women, throughout history, have been regarded as property and not people. Leading heroes such as Susan B. Anthony, Sojourner Truth, and Simone de Beauvoir, worked to overcome a world viewed through paternalistic lenses. This is not to say that culturally produced gender roles are strictly negative. Confucianism for example, emphasizes an adherence to gender roles as essential to a family’s health and happiness. There is nothing wrong with this viewpoint. However, the freedom to live a self-determined life must not be compromised.

Sexism can be unwound with educational outreach, promulgating teachings of mutual respect and dignity. The inspiring achievements of the Women's Movement gives hope to those still oppressed by dominating forces.

105

Religious Mattering reveals that rather than fulfilling religare (realignment) with Divinity, instead, many religions have caused a great deal of divisiveness, intolerance, and violence. Now is the time to awaken spirituality beyond religious paradigms. It is time to realize that all human beings are pilgrims on the sacred journey coming Home. We must respectfully help and guide one another as fellow travelers.

hindus vs. Muslims (1947)

The exuberance of Indian independence was indelibly stained by widespread sectarian bloodshed after the partition of Pakistan in 1947. Decades of organized non-violent agitation, led by Mahatma Gandhi, gave birth to the world’s largest populated democracy. India is an ancient culture, known for its spiritual diversity. Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Sikhism, Islam, Christianity, and others are widely practiced.

After many generations living under imperial British rule, a robust debate emerged of what form a free India would take. The Muslim League, led by Muhammad Al Jinnah, proposed a two nation theory, stating plainly: “Muslims and Hindus were irreconcilably opposed monolithic religious communities and, as such, no settlement could be imposed that did not satisfy the aspirations of the former.” However, modern India was going to be a secular republic. Many Muslim factions wanted to live in an exclusive Islamic state, believing political and religious life to be inextricably interwoven. Heated debate surrounded the Muslim League’s requirement of only allowing those who claim allegiance to Islam. Gandhi and Congress party leader Jawaharlal Nehru pleaded for unity. They spoke of the potential for a stronger, independent, India through cooperation and compromise. Despite their efforts, elections were held in all of the British Princely States (Indian provinces) to determine in which country they would accede: Pakistan or India. Northwest India became the Dominion of Pakistan, with the Northeast border becoming East Pakistan (later independent Bangladesh).

The new governments for these countries were not equipped for what ensued: the largest human migration in modern history. The sectarian violence was so severe, it was classified as ‘retributive religious genocide.’ Many of those who wished to remain in their homeland were forced out by angry mobs. The new border area known as the Radcliffe Line saw especially depraved brutality. Infanticide, gang rape, mutilation, and public displays of corpses, raised the curtain on a horrible theater of madness. 14 million refugees sought sanctuary from the raging riots. Estimates of the death toll vary between 200,000 to over one million.

The ongoing vitriol and violence between Pakistan and India is simply tragic. Hindus and Muslims must find a way to peacefully cohabitate, or all-out-war could be the devastating end result.

israelis vs. palestinians (1948)

The Jewish people have historically endured great afflictions of persecution. Most notably, the 20th century Holocaust perpetrated by Nazi Germany. After the abject genocide of two-thirds of European Jews, the United Nations partitioned traditional Palestine to create a homeland for relocating refugees: the Jewish state of Israel.

The political/religious Jewish group of Zionists see the region of Canaan as their promised land, “rightfully theirs due to ancestral ties.” For most of the diaspora, this was a just and righteous solution. However, for tribal Palestinians and many of the surrounding Arab states, the decision was a threatening incursion.

Initiating action met with immediate conflict. In fact, the first Palestinian war began upon the creation of Israel in 1947. After two years of fighting, Israel prevailed, annexing land in the surrounding area. 700,000 Palestinian refugees flooded into two areas outside the new boundaries: The Gaza Strip on the Mediterranean Sea bordering Egypt and the West Bank on the eastern border with Syria.

Although overt hostilities receded, tensions flared until Israel pre-emptively assaulted its neighboring Arab states in 1967. The Golan Heights of Syria and the Sinai Peninsula from Egypt were captured. The Israeli military also took control of Jerusalem and other Palestinian territories: evicting Jordan from the West Bank and the Egyptian Army out of the Gaza Strip. While the Sinai Peninsula was relinquished in 1982, the other occupied territories have been a source of deep contention between Muslims and Jews ever since. Ongoing conflict, violence and terror have raged between Israel and Palestinians with no sign of peace. Religious divisions and political failure have overridden any peaceful solution.

106 RELIGIOUS

RELIGIOUS

Hindus vs Muslims 1947 Israelis vs Palestinians 1948 Catholics vs Protestants 1969 Islamic Extremists vs Secularists 2001
Radicals vs Others 2015
Islamic

catholics vs. protestants (1969)

Ironically, religions with core messages of peace, forgiveness, and compassion have warred against one another throughout history. Even sects within the same religion battle each other with vicious contempt. Such is the case with Northern Ireland during its period of The Troubles (1969-2000).

Roots of this ethno-religious conflict began in 1609, when Protestant Scottish and English ‘planters’ were given vast swaths of fertile land confiscated from the indigenous, mostly Catholic, Northern Irish. While both sects are Christian, followers of Christ, the Bible, and the Holy Trinity (Father, Son and Holy Spirit), there are differences in the beliefs that distinguish the two congregations. For example, Roman Catholics derive their authority from the Pope, believing he is the Christ-appointed leader, beginning with St. Peter. Protestants emphasize a personal relationship with Jesus and the authority of scripture. Catholics are also known for their veneration to Mary, believing her to be the mother of God. Prayer to the Saints is believed by Catholics to be the vehicle of communicating to those who have passed from this life. This is also a tradition distinguishable from Protestant belief.

In the 1960s, an Irish Catholic minority was staging peaceful demonstrations inspired by the Civil Rights Movement led by Dr. Martin Luther King in the United States. A Protestant governing party referred to as Unionists, or Loyalists, had long discriminated against the native Catholic-Irish. Most indigenous lived in a state of indentured servitude – without equal voting rights or any fair way to own property. Not represented in government, the Irish protested, demanding the justice and equality other citizens of the United Kingdom enjoyed. The police force for the “devolved” North Ireland Government, the Royal Ulster Constabulary, was perceived as a force of oppression, not protection. After attacks from both sides, the situation escalated at the Battle of the Bogside. The once peaceful civil rights movement turned into an ugly civil war: Catholics versus Protestants. Christians against Christians. Armed militias on both sides engaged in low level urban warfare which reached across borders. The Loyalist government called in British troops to quell the uprising. Initially it was effective, but when British troops remained, they became an occupying force. An insurgency by the Irish Republican Army (IRA) used terror tactics to inflict damage.

With support from the United Kingdom, Unionist politicians and police forces enforced increasingly punitive actions. Underlying hatred fueled rage on both sides. Protestants feared a united Ireland would result in retributive consequences as they would then be in the minority. Years of resentment left many Catholic families bitter. They blamed their economic hardship on Protestant power and prejudice.

The Good Friday Agreement of 1998 ushered in a solution to restore rights, ensuring sovereignty would be self-determined by the provinces. Northern Ireland has thus far chosen to remain with the United Kingdom. The issue is far from resolved as many Irish Catholics see the division of their ancestral homeland as an ongoing violation and trespass. The compassionate teachings of Christ were lost when thousands were murdered for lack of diplomacy and mutual respect.

islamic extremists vs. secularism (2001)

Ever since western secular countries have colonized Middle Eastern countries, a fervent undercurrent of resentment and hatred has seethed. Anger has fueled revenge and extremism. Urban warfare, including the use of human and vehicle bombs in public places, is an abhorrent tactic of terror which only escalates harsh reprisals.

On September 11th, 2001, the jihadist group al-Qaeda hijacked four planes on the Northeast seaboard of the United States and used them as missiles to strike the World Trade Center towers in South Manhattan and the Pentagon in Washington D.C. A fourth plane was brought down over Pennsylvania while on route to an unknown destination. Despite multiple warnings from domestic and international intelligence agencies of an imminent terrorist attack, U.S. air defenses and standard emergency protocol were especially ineffective that fateful morning. Ayman al-Zawahiri the ideological architect of al-Qaeda, teamed up with Mujahedeen fighter Osama Bin Laden to orchestrate the large-scale attack. The response to the attacks of 9-11 by the radical group al-Qaeda, has metastasized into a generational global war that has steadily intensified – engulfing entire regions into chaos and destruction. At current time, the Global War on Terror has taken twenty years, millions of lives, and estimates of seven trillion dollars. It has caused significant environmental damage and brings us closer to global suicide.

108

Islamic modernists are working to create secular societies, where equality of the genders and tolerance of other faiths can be practiced. Secular groups are looking to build bridges of understanding. Although not without challenges, the blueprint for peace is more than viable – it is quite possibly essential for our continued survival.

islamic radicals vs. others (2015)

Founded by the prophet Muhammed, the root word for Islam, essentially means peace. The word jihad was used by Muhammed to illustrate a “spiritual struggle” to emancipate oneself from illusion – surrendering oneself to God (Allah). The religion of Islam believes in a monotheistic God. The Tawhid is an Islamic concept of God’s ultimate oneness. All over the world, Muslims strive to practice the 5 pillars of Islam to become moral members of society. Just as secular political militias such as the P.L.O. used urban terrorism to achieve their aims, radical jihadist groups, such as ISIL and the Taliban, incorporate strategies of fear and intimidation for their overall objectives. Rallying around opposition to the western and Israeli presence in the Middle East, radical groups were trained in madrasas focused on militarized jihad. The madrasas of Wahhabism and Salafism have long been supported by the Saud family of dictators.

Ironically, while supplying the western world with petroleum on one hand, the Saud family funds networks of religious radicals bent on the elimination of “infidels on the holy land.”

The Bin Laden Network (BLN) fighting as the mujahedeen, emerged out of a decade's long war with the Soviet Union, only to turn on its former ally and funder: The United States. The west became a target of enmity. The Islamic State of Iraq and Levant (ISIL), a reactionary aggregate of former Baathists and foreign fighters was formed to counter the invasion of Iraq by a western coalition led by the U.S. Distrust, blame, and cyclical reliving of the past has continued the violence.

In 2015, because the prophet Muhammed was portrayed in an illustration by comic producer Charlie Hebdo, their Paris offices were raided by ISIL fighters who executed the artists and staff. French and allied forces struck back with deadly measures. Caliphate leader of ISIL, Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, ordered concurrent retalitatory strikes in France during typical Friday night festivities. Venues across the capital city were viciously attacked.

Fundamentalism and extreme viewpoints of an "us versus them mentality" have brought us great pain, suffering, and loss. Ultimately, the majority of us, the human family living here on Earth, want peace, harmony, and abundance for all. It is time to stand up to terrorism and excessive militarism, by waging campaigns of care, legacies of love, and healing for humanity.

109

ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE AND PROTECTION SEEN AND UNSEEN FRIENDS

1. Hindu holy trinity couples

2. Eastern swamis, saints AND enlightened beings

3. Western saints, apostles AND spiritual beings

4. Other seekers AND spiritual beings

5. Poets AND writers

6. Painters AND sculptors

7. Indian musicians AND singers

8. Western musicians AND singers

9. Philosophers

10. Scientists, innovators AND inventors

110
PILLAR III

According to Hindu mythology, the Goddess Bhavani created existence and life using the 3 Principles of Evolution. The first is creation. Second, is the preservation and sustained evolution of life. And ultimately, comes destruction and recreation. This evolution can spiral upward with innovative creation or downward with total destruction.

mother bhavani devi

Mother Bhavani Devi is the Great Goddess. Bhavani translates to: “giver of life.” She has 8 arms representing infinity. The Goddess Mother is the force of life where all things originate – the Divine. Consciousness is her body. She dances the cosmos into and out of existence. Mother Bhavani Devi created three Holy Trinity Couples. They cohesively work together to realize the 3 Principles of Evolution. It is the great eternal play (Leela).

brahma (the creator) and saraswati (goddess of knowing)

Brahma is one of three Gods in the Holy Triumvirate (Trimurti) of Hinduism. He is the Creator. Lord Brahma manifested the physical universe in order to understand himself. He created the four Vedas, ancient books of holy scripture which are at the core of Hindu belief. Brahma’s consort is Goddess Saraswati. She helps him bring order out of the chaos (in his mind and in creation itself). Knowledge and wisdom are embodied by Goddess Saraswati. Her name translates as ‘essence’ (sara) and ‘self’ (vati). Saraswati is one of the Trinity of the Tridevi. They are a high manifestation of balance, purity, harmony, and virtue. The presence of Saraswati incites right action and grace. She is the Goddess of creative arts: music, literature, painting etc. Goddess Saraswati offers pure knowing from which all things are built upon. The Holy Couple of Lord Brahma and Goddess Saraswati effortlessly generate and emanate knowing and wisdom.

vishnu (the sustainer) & lakshmi (goddess of prosperity)

Lord Vishnu is the preserver and sustainer of creation. He is a large, blue being who maintains order in the Universe.

Vishnu is especially adept at utilizing his awareness and sense of balance to resolve conflicts or paradoxes in the physical world. He has incarnated nine times on Earth to vanquish pervasive negativity, corruption, conflict etc. As the cycles of annihilation and regeneration continue, Lord Vishnu comes in and out of form to maintain the natural order. Goddess Lakshmi, his beloved consort, is the essence of creative success, abundance, good fortune, and prosperity. Clad in red and holding a lotus flower, Goddess Lakshmi embodies the ever-giving nature of God/Goddess/All That Is. The ultimate personification of selflessness, Vishnu is her perfect consort. Together they provide and sustain for the myriad realms of existence.

shiva (the destroyer) and durga (goddess of empowerment)

The third God of the Hindu Trimurti is Lord Shiva. Shiva is the rejuvenating force necessary for new cycles of life. He creates destruction for life to change and grow. This is especially true when time-cycles (yugas) reach their endpoint or when sustaining creation reaches the point of diminishing return. Shiva is the decimator of dark forces (demons) and false illusions. Ashes are spread across his forehead in three lines: The Vibhuti – an ever-present reminder that life and death are interdependent. Lord Shiva is in tune with the vibrations of the Universe to serve in goodness and purity. His consort, Goddess Durga, balances and grounds Shiva’s lifeforce. Durga is the great warrior Goddess of Empowerment. She is a dynamic deity, having ten aspects of self. These avatars combine to form the distillation of true power: empathy, vulnerability, and right action. Her name means “invincible” or “fortress.” Goddess Durga is a source of protection – the personification of motherhood, light, love, and hope. Just as Durga provides a grounding presence for her consort Shiva, the opposite is also true.

112
HINDU HOLY TRINITY COUPLES

HINDU HOLY TRINITY COUPLES

EASTERN SWAMIS, SAINTS AND ENLIGHTENED BEINGS

mahaveer swami (india) 597-525 b.c.

In the Jain religion, Mahaveer Swami is the 24th and last Tirthankara of the Avasarpani era. A Tirthankara was a spiritual master who incarnated on Earth in order to teach and assist others realize enlightenment (moksha). Growing up as Prince Vardhaman, Mahaveer had everything one could want. With great courage he stripped himself of all possessions, even his clothes, to live in the jungle and face his ego. At 43 years old, Mahaveer became complete in consciousness –realizing a state of enlightenment. He traveled over the lands of Bharat (ancient India) giving sermons (divya dhwani). Mahaveer (translated as “great hero”) stated that he did not invent this religion of truth, but only revealed its nature. Before he died, Mahaveer appointed his chief disciple Gautam Swami to disseminate the Jain teachings. The emphasis is placed on non-violence. Adherents to Jainism are encouraged to live peacefully, with morality, and compassion, while avoiding materialism. Mahaveer believed anyone can realize enlightenment – in fact, the onus is placed on the individual to do so.

gautama buddha (nepal) ca: 563-483 bc

The teachings of Buddha are meant to be a blueprint for spiritual liberation. Similar to Mahaveer, Siddhartha renounced a princely life to go on a spiritual quest. Beyond the royal compound, he saw suffering everywhere and sought a remedy. After living as an ascetic for several years, the Buddha, which translates as “awakened one” realized enlightenment after experiencing a dark night of the Soul. For the next 45 years of his life, Buddha spread the dharma (truth) to anyone seeking spirituality. The nature of suffering (dukkha) is simply explained with his Four Noble Truths. Essentially, craving is the root of all suffering. Yet, everything in existence is impermanent. Therefore, attachment of any kind only brings suffering. The solution to this existential quandary can be found in the fourth truth: achieving harmony with life by means of the eightfold path. Equanimity is found when the impermanence of all things is fully realized. The key is compassion. Practicing compassion for oneself and others engenders empathy, caring, and harmony. Today, Buddhism and its corresponding communities (sanghas) flourish throughout the world.

sri adi shankaracharya (india) 788-820

Hinduism was mired in confusion and conflict during the 8th century. The messages within the ancient Vedas had been lost – replaced with idolatry and empty rituals. People fought over which deity should be worshipped above others. Adi Shankara simply stated that all deities are aspects of Divinity – as are we. For Adi Shankara, the indivisible Absolute is our only true identity. His solutions to suffering are, living an ethical life, practicing inner contemplation, and discarding oneself of false identifications. Adi Shankara engaged in great informal and formal debates with the aims of unifying Hinduism and differentiating it from other prevailing religions. Along with philosophical treaties and devotional poems, he wrote commentaries on the Brahma Sutras, the Bhagavad Gita, and the Upanishads. The title of "Acharya" was bestowed upon him for his written contributions. Shankaracharya also established the Dashanami monastic order and created the Shanmata system of worship, practiced within the Smarta tradition. His short 32-year life was truly amazing. Sri Adi Shankaracharya left a legacy of sacred text, revived Hinduism, and brought peace where there was war.

sant dnyaneshwar (india) 1275-1296

Having been versed in the Vedas and Shastras as a boy, Dnyaneshwar wrote the Bhavartha Deepika Teeka in his own Marathi dialect. He wanted to convey the mystic qualities of the Sanskrit language. The book was so popular it became known simply as Dnyaneshwari. The Varkari sect of the Vaishnavites used this text to spread messages of harmony and peace. The Pasayadan Prayer is a prime example of Dnyaneshwar's inclusive approach. His profound Vedantic writing details qualities of non-dualism with wisdom and style. Sant Dnyaneshwar created hundreds of devotional poems (abhangas). A master of Kundalini yoga, he utilized his short life to the fullest. In his last years, he teamed with fellow luminary Sant Namdev to begin the Varkari tradition of making a twice a year pilgrimage to Pandharpur. At the age of 21, Sant Dnyaneshwar felt his time on Earth was complete. He voluntarily sealed himself in a cave to leave his physical body and merge with the Divine (Sanjeevan Samadhi).

114

EASTERN SWAMIS, SAINTS AND ENLIGHTENED BEINGS

narsinh mehta (india) 1414-1481

Narsinh Mehta is considered the first poet of the Gujarati language. Though his life was filled with hardship and loss, he transformed all of the difficulty into gratitude and joy – expressing it through devotional music. The wandering minstrel would sing one of his several hundred songs (bhajans) whenever there was inspiration. People deeply and emotionally connected with his interpersonal performances. He composed thousands of call and response devotional chants (kirtan). His verses celebrate the ephemeral nature of life. The Bhakti movement was given wings with Mehta’s magical songs. He sang for all, regardless of class, gender, or race. In his songs, there was hope for the hopeless, motivation for the weary, and love for the hardened of heart: “The sap of the earth has spread through the branches, the God of love in the eyes has come to dwell!”

kabir (india) 1440-1518

Kabir expressed devotional love in the form of prose and song. He is deeply revered by Hindus, Muslims, and Sikhs. A kind and courageous man, Kabir was a champion for all walks of life. Not only was he important for Hindus and Muslims, but he was also a major contributor to the holy scriptures of Sikhism. From his perspective, practices of organized religion like austerity and idolatry were frivolous and irrelevant. He criticized the hypocrisy within Hinduism and Islam alike: “God is more accessible to the washerwoman and carpenter, then by the righteous holy man.” Many in the hierarchy of professional piety saw him as a threat. Kabir was banished from his homeland in 1495. After his exodus, he sang his songs far and wide. Messages of hope gave courage and confidence to those thirsty for it: "Listen, my friend. He who loves understands." His unifying message evolved into a religion, with followers (Kabir Panthirs) numbering in the millions.

guru nanak dev (india) 1469-1539

Guru Nanak Dev was a prism of light shining through times of darkness and confusion. Born in the village of Talwandi (current Lahore Pakistan), Nanak mastered the Sanskrit language by reading the Vedas as a child. However, he refused the traditional, coming-of-age Hindu thread ceremony, instead choosing to create a spiritual path of his own making. Nanak embarked on four great journeys to inspire spirituality. He taught that one can communicate directly with the supreme teacher (Waheguru) and Divinity (Ik Onkar).

Nanak called on everyone to abandon idolatry, caste hierarchy, and widow sacrifice (sati). This enraged religious leaders. Although his intention was to inspire people to practice their own spirituality, Guru Nanak Dev became the founding leader of the 10 gurus of Sikhism. His 7,500 verses of devotional songs are found in the Sikh holy book: The Guru Granth Sahib. This compilation of sacred hymns is considered the 11th and final guru of the Sikh religion. Its tenents advise daily meditation and yoga, nonexploitive employment, and community sharing - such as the common kitchens (langars) open to anyone in need. Everyday life and spirituality are seen as one and the same for Sikhs. Guru Nanak established a community in Kartapur where he lived a life filled with strength and vitality.

meera bai (india) 1498-1557

Meera Bai lived her life in devotion to Lord Krishna. An arranged marriage bound young Meera to a royal life of misery. In her heart she was already partners with Krishna. Persecuted by her new family, Meera never wavered or compromised on her truth. When her husband died, his family slandered her, abused her, and even tried to kill her more than once. At night she would escape the imperial compound to sing, dance, and share with her sacred community (satsang). The new spiteful king reprimanded her for mixing with societal outcasts (untouchables). As punishment, Meera was locked in her room. At her wits end, she had a vision of Krishna and was released from her castle prison to be reborn as a Gopi pilgrim. In states of bliss, she would share her songs from village to village, spreading vibrations of devotional love (Prema Bhakti). Her passion and joy gave hope and inspiration to the downtrodden living in poverty. Saint Meera Bai, the mystic poet, sang her enchanted words, danced ecstatically, and brought sweet celebration wherever she traveled.

sri vallabhacharya (india) 1479-1531

Sri Vallabha was deemed a sacred writer (acharya) and world teacher (jagatguru) after a historic spiritual debate occurred in the courtyard of the Emperor’s royal palace. Representing the Vaishnava sect, he eloquently expressed the Shuddha Advaita philosophy over 27 days of this epic discussion. Vallabhacharya went on to establish the Pushti Marga sect of Hindu Vaishnavism. In this religion, Vallabha is seen as an incarnation of Lord Krishna. The Nirguna Bhakti system emphasized pure devotion based on mental surrender. The practice of this selfless perspective fosters grace. Vallabhacharya undertook three regional tours teaching devotion, service,

116

non-violence, virtuosity, and liberation. His writing put complex conceptualizations into simple terms for easy comprehension. These tenets were subsequently carried and propagated by 84 disciples. Vallabha wrote ethical guidelines (Bhagavata Dharma) and provided a blueprint for spiritual practice and living a harmonious & healthy life.

sant tukaram (india) 1608-1650

Tukaram, the popular poet-saint of Maharashtra, wrote and sang for all to enjoy. His devotional poems (abhangas) are celebrated for expressing the Varkari spiritual tradition in the common Marathi language. Composed in a rhythmic verse structure (ovi), the prose infuses his personal experience with folktales and devotional worship of Vithoba – a manifestation of Lord Vishnu/Krishna. Tukaram shared his words through song and kirtan. This community-based approach often brought those participating to states of blissful transcendence (samadhi). Ecstatic singing and dancing were advocated as an alternative to grueling asceticism and laborious Vedic study. Tukaram set out with passion to infuse the Bhakti movement with vitality. He is one of only a few non-Brahmin saints recognized in the Varkari-Sampraday tradition. In his own humble words: “When thus I lose myself in Thee, my God, then do I see, and know, that all Thy universe reveals Thy beauty, all living beings, and all lifeless things, exist through Thee.”

guru gobind singh (india) 1666-1708

The 10th and last of the Sikh gurus led an extraordinary life. If it was not for his accomplishments, the great Sikh religion founded by Guru Nanak may not be the thriving spiritual community it is today. Gobind was anointed leader and guru of the Sikhs at nine years old. He made himself physically, mentally, and spiritually adept to lead his people. Gobind Singh established the great Khalsa Order – Sikh soldiers who lived by a high ethical code and spiritual sensitivity. Mughal armies, attempting to eradicate the group, could not defeat the Khalsa warriors of Anandpur. But this is not considered his greatest accomplishment. The compilation and completion of the 1,400+ page Guru Granth Sahib, the Sikh holy book, was his magnificent opus. Guru Gobind Singh’s vision of a spiritual community is found in temples (gurdwaras) and community kitchens (langars) around the world.

swaminarayan (india) 1781-1830

After mastering Astanga yoga with Gopal Yogi, young Nilkanth went on a spiritual quest that lasted seven years. He visited many religious institutions, asking them the same five questions (pancha tattvas). None could answer sufficiently. Finally, in Gujarat, Muktan and Swami answered Nilkanth’s questions perfectly. He was brought to Ramanand Swami, who initiated him into the Uddhav Sampraday. Upon Ramanand’s passing, Nilkanth was anointed to lead the Hindu sect. As their new leader, he gave his congregation a mantra: “Swaminarayan” – which henceforth also became his name. Swaminarayan became the figurehead of Swaminarayan Hinduism. Within this sect, he is seen as an avatar of Krishna and the twin Lords: Nara-Narayan. Swaminarayan built six major temples and appointed 500 elite missionaries to spread his pious philosophy. Adherents followed a strict code of conduct as outlined in Swaminarayan’s book: Shikshapatri. There are an estimated ten million Swaminarayans who practice on five continents around the world.

shri jalaram bapa (india) 1799-1881

Indian tradition holds that “the guest is God.” Jalaram Bapa saw everyone as his guest, no matter their caste, creed, or color. He received all those in need, offering a healthy meal (prasad) 24 hours a day. With great enthusiasm Jalaram and his wife Virbai worked their farm to produce grain and vegetables for Virpur, their communal kitchen. In times of drought and famine, many survived solely because of their continual effort. A priest once asked why he fed “the untouchables?” Jalaram simply replied: “It is Narayana, the Lord himself I am feeding.” He not only offered physical nourishment, Jalaram also provided spiritual nourishment. Miracles were a common occurrence at Virpur, as the faith of Jalaram Bapa defied physical laws time and again. His calm presence, warm words, and generous acts were contagious. People took more than a meal from Virpur, they took away hope. The establishment is providing food for those in need to this day.

ramakrishna paramahansa (india) 1836-1886

Ramakrishna was a spiritual adventurer and visionary of love. His direct and visceral experience of God and Goddess transformed himself and those around him. At times, these powerful trances overwhelmed him. He was deemed to have “spiritual madness.” But with assistance from gurus, Ramakrishna was able to be grounded and still experience intense Bhakti devotion for Kali and other manifestations of the

117

Goddess. An arranged marriage with fellow spiritual being, Sarada Devi, also balanced Ramakrishna. He took on disciples at a Goddess temple on the Ganges. Having viscerally experienced other faiths for himself, Ramakrishna would speak to whichever religion the student believed in. The point of life was to transform worldly passions (avidya maya) into everlasting spiritual qualities of kindness, virtue, selfless action, devotion, enlightenment, and love. This was instilled in disciples such as Vivekananda, who went forth and taught others. Ramakrishna saw no division, only a multitude of paths which lead to the same end: God/Goddess/All That Is.

shirdi sai baba (india) 1838-1918

An intriguing youngster suddenly appeared in the village of Shirdi one day. Little did the locals know, this teenage yogi was to make their home an international site of sacred pilgrimage. Sai Baba settled in a dilapidated Islamic mosque and gave it a Hindu name: Dwarakamayi. Shirdi Sai Baba was a shining contrast to the extreme fundamentalism run rampant in Islam and Hinduism. He fostered tolerance between the two religions which were constantly at odds with each other. Sai Baba became a transformative force in the movement for religious pluralism. There was no scripture, no formal rites, and no passed-down lineage in his name. Instead, he taught in terse and pithy sayings such as: "You seek too much information and not enough transformation." He also utilized unconventional methods such as humor, surprise, embarrassment, miracles, and other paranormal phenomena to awaken those around him.

Shirdi Sai Baba left The Eleven Assurances as a link for his loving legacy to live on.

sri yukteswar giri (india) 1855-1936

Sri Yukteswar Giri, also known as the Bengal Lion, was instrumental in bridging the mindsets of the ancient East with the western world. He had vast knowledge of many subjects, including Christianity, Hinduism, Physics, Astronomy, Astrology, and Kriya Yoga as taught by his guru, Lahiri Mahasaya. Guided by his guru’s guru (paramguru) Babaji, Yukteswar wrote The Holy Science (Kaivalya Darsanam). In his own words:

“The purpose of this book is to show as clearly as possible that there is an essential unity in all religions; that there is no difference in the truths inculcated by the various faiths; that there is but one method by which the world, both external and internal, has evolved; and that there is but one Goal admitted by all scriptures.” Yukteswar Swami went on to found two ashrams in line with these principles.

These institutions provided education, cultural awareness, and meditative techniques for self-realization. They also served as nerve centers for the nascent peaceful resistance to British occupation. Yukteswar Giri was Yogananda’s guru. He prepared Yogananda with an intense regimen of yoga, meditation, and learning, which prepared him to bring Eastern spirituality to the West.

paramahansa yogananda (india) 1893-1952

Paramahansa Yogananda was an emissary of Indian spirituality to the western world. Under the guidance of his guru, Sri Yukteswar Giri, Yogananda was initiated into The Swami order of Giri. He then founded a progressive school for boys, which integrated modern education techniques with spiritual practices. Today, the Yogoda Satsanga Society of India still thrives. Babaji, the great father of the Giri lineage, sent Yogananda on his journey as spiritual ambassador to the West. Several years later, The Self-Realization Fellowship (S.R.F.) was established in Boston, Massachusetts. In 1924, a cross continental speaking tour garnered enormous interest in Kriya yoga. Upon reaching California, Yogananda set up S.R.F. headquarters atop Mount Washington in Los Angeles. He wrote many poetic and instructive books, the most famous of which, Autobiography of a Yogi, continues to enlighten. Yogananda blended science and religion while assimilating the integrative spiritual power of the eastern and western worlds. Today, 500+ S.R.F. institutions are found in 175 countries around the globe.

vivekananda (india) 1863-1902

Vivekananda was an erudite teacher who introduced eastern spirituality to the western world. Upon initiation by his guru, Ramakrishna, Vivekananda became leader of the newly formed Ramakrishna Order. The Ramakrishna Math and Mission he founded, provided a well-rounded spiritual and secular education. This enabled economic opportunity, so people had the means to provide themselves with basic needs. With spiritual growth also came the tools to live beyond a state of survival. In 1893, Vivekananda traveled to the United States to teach eastern perspectives. The seminars became very popular. Vedanta Societies were soon founded in major U.S. cities. Vivekananda wrote extensively, sharing his views on religious tolerance, equality, and yoga/meditation. Returning to India, he went on speaking tours to revitalize his people to their rich heritage. Vivekananda helped to usher in the Bengali Renaissance – an exciting time of spiritual and cultural awakening in India.

118

sri aurobindo ghosh (india) 1872-1950

Sri Aurobindo Ghosh was a revolutionary in more ways than one. Early in life, he became a leader of the Swadeshi movement of non-cooperation and passive resistance to British occupation. In fact, Ghosh was the first to publicly call for complete autonomy from colonial rule. He was jailed three times for his criticisms. During the last incarceration, by means of yoga and meditation, Aurobindo became free without ever leaving his cell. He turned inward, practicing yoga and meditation until all he saw was Divinity. Upon his release, Aurobindo retired from politics and followed the path of his inner calling. He developed not a religion per se, but a methodology of liberation: Integral Yoga. All of the practitioner’s daily life becomes an opportunity to experience the ‘supramental state’ of Divine Consciousness. Ghosh started a magazine, Arya, and wrote books to articulate these views, while also promoting Indian culture. The Aurobindo Ashram was constructed to accommodate an influx of seekers. Aurobindo’s wife, "The Mother," was a spiritual collaborator, working in tandem to facilitate the complex. Aurobindo Ghosh left an inspiring legacy of written work and intentional communities.

j. krishnamurti (india) 1895-1986

As a boy, Jiddu was discovered by Bishop Charles W. Leadbetter and Dr. Annie Besant of the Theosophical Society. They believed he was an incarnation of Lord Maitreya (formerly Buddha). Dr. Besant adopted him and his brother, grooming them to be the leaders for the Order of the Star in the East. This foundation was created for Krishnamurti to assist humanity into its next phase of spiritual development. For many years, he followed the path chosen for him, dutifully gaining world renown for his cogent insights. However, in 1929, Krishnamurti boldly disassociated himself with this role and dissolved The Order. Henceforth, he endeavored to free humanity from conditioned states of fear and suffering.

Krishnamurti suggested one “to be a light unto yourself.” No methodology, guru, or even effort is needed to attain enlightenment – “it simply is.” His seminars and written work were not fact based to build knowledge. They were meant to break down belief systems which bind us to a limited perspective. This wisdom engenders a way of being where one lives in a state of “choiceless awareness” – continual and effortless harmony with Cosmic Consciousness. In his own words: “Meditation is not a withdrawal from life. Meditation is a process of understanding oneself. And, when one begins to understand oneself, not only the conscious but all the hidden parts of oneself as well, then there comes tranquility.”

bhagwan rajneesh (india) 1931-1990

"Be. Don't try to become." Said Bhagwan Rajneesh. He is known as the “master of masters” among his many admirers the world over. This onetime philosophy professor blazed a spiritual path uniquely his own. Popularly known for his space age attire, hypnotic stare, and humor filled lessons, Rajneesh’s unconventional methods and big-picture perspectives continue to amaze (and sometimes offend).

He utilized many pioneering techniques for optimal living such as: Dynamic Meditation. Within structured time intervals, one dances, screams, laughs, cries, whatever one wants to do – but always followed with the most important component: witnessing. “I'm simply saying that there is a way to be sane. I’m saying that you can get rid of all this insanity created by the past in you. Just by being a simple witness of your thought processes.” His tantric approach was in contrast to religious austerity – earning him the moniker of “sex guru.” Rajneesh used liberating Zen-like techniques, ranging from cerebral to the direct transference of energy (shaktipat). Known today as Osho, Rajneesh left several hundred recorded seminars exploring meditation, love, authentic living, celebration, and creativity.

119

WESTERN SAINTS, APOSTLES AND SPIRITUAL BEINGS

abraham (ur kasdim, mesopotamia) ca 1800 bc

Abraham is the primary patriarch for three major world religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam – thus, they are known as the Abrahamic religions. From the Old Testament, we find that Abraham communicated directly with God, or Yahweh (YHWH). God made covenants with him, promising descendants and land, if his directives were obeyed. The first directive was to leave his village and move to “the promised land” of Canaan. So, Abraham; wife, Sarah; and their nephew, Lot; went on an epic quest of faith. Sarah was not able to have children; so, as was custom, their handmaiden, Hagar, mothered Ishmael who is considered to be the "Father of the Arabs." In elder age, a miracle occurred when Abraham and Sarah had another son, Isaac. Both are considered to be prophets and the ancestral roots of Islam. The Book of Genesis goes into detail about the life of Isaac, who is considered to be the progenitor of Judaism – and subsequently Christianity. Isaac fathered Jacob who begat the twelve future leaders of Israel. Through many trials and tribulations, Abraham proved himself to be loyal and faithful to God. The Book of Genesis, Qur’an, and The Torah all give unique light on Abraham – the archetypal father.

king david (bethlehem) ca 1000 bc

The paradox of King David is what makes this ruler of the Iron Age such an enigmatic and exalted historical figure. He is the most often mentioned person in the Old Testament. His provocative legacy evokes debate and conjecture among researchers, historians, and religious enthusiasts. Until the early 1990s, the only proof of David’s existence was evinced through the biblical texts of Samuel, 1st Kings, Psalms, Chronicles, and the Gospels according to Matthew and Luke. He is an important figure in the three major Abrahamic religions, but especially Judaism. His path is said to have been initiated by Prophet Samuel and guided ethereally by Archangel Metatron. By using his renowned wits, David defeated Goliath, a giant Moab warrior. He became a successful military commander, ultimately ascending to be the sole King of Judah. In ancient accounts, he expanded the kingdom northward, establishing the United Monarchy of the 12 tribes. King David conquered Jerusalem, returned the Ark of the Covenant, and claimed Canaan as the holy land of the Hebrews. Along with his great accomplishments, David also made some grave errors which haunted him. Alas, along with his bravery and intelligence, King David is also admired because he strived to learn from his mistakes.

king solomon (jerusalem, israel) ca 990 – ca 931 bc

A weakened and weary King David bequeathed the United Monarchy of Judah and Israel to his twelve-year-old son, Solomon. Most known for his wisdom, King Solomon personally resided in court to hear the grievances of his people. Like David, Solomon married many women to expand and consolidate the monarchy. He had the diplomatic skills to achieve regional peace and safety for decades. Jerusalem and the Kingdom became a prosperous city-state. Increasing wealth enabled Solomon to build the first Temple of Jerusalem on Mount Zion. The non-extant spiritual sanctuary had an inner sanctum which housed the Ark of the Covenant. In ancient texts, King Solomon had magical attributes and esoteric knowledge. He is revered as a great prophet in all Abrahamic scripture. His “wisdom literature” contains a large body of proverbs, poetry, and song. With much praise for Solomon, he is also accused of despotism and greed in older age. The Kingdom did, eventually, fall into tribal warfare. His son and successor, Rehoboam was only able to maintain two of the twelve regions. Yet, King Solomon’s reign saw a golden age of a united Israel with 40 years of peace and prosperity.

moses (goshan, egypt) ca 14th – 13th century

Moses is a central prophet for Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. He is credited with writing the five books of the Hebrew Bible, or as it is commonly known, The Torah: Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. Moses led a most extraordinary life. Born a Hebrew, he was found and adopted as a baby by the daughter of Pharaoh Ramses II. Moses grew up in the opulence of the Pharaoh’s Court, but he more identified with Hebrew slaves. After fleeing the royal court, Moses went on a spiritual quest in the Sinai Desert, where he witnessed a burning bush which spoke with Divine authority. Following a directive from Yahweh, Moses, along with siblings Aaron and Miriam, led the exodus of enslaved Israelites out of Egypt and unto a 40-year journey to the promised land of Canaan. It is written Moses climbed Mount Sinai to transcribe The Torah from Yahweh, who also gave him two stone tablets with The Ten Commandments etched onto the surface.

120
bc

WESTERN SAINTS, APOSTLES AND SPIRITUAL BEINGS

The Tabernacle was created as a nomadic shrine which contained the Ark of the Covenant. Before his people crossed the Jordan River, Moses blessed them, passed his leadership unto Joshua, and climbed Mount Nebo to witness the promised land before dying.

pythagoras (samos, greece) ca 570 – ca 495 bc

The unique life of Pythagoras is steeped in mystique. What is generally agreed upon is that Pythagoras was born in Samos, during the late 6th century. His father was a merchant who exposed him to the cultures of Syria and Italy as a boy. Educated in geometry by Greek masters, he then moved to Egypt, taking his learning to another level. Infusing his mathematics with secret Egyptian wisdom, Pythagoras became a high priest of the Diospolis. Suddenly however, he was captured and enslaved in a Babylonian invasion. His friendly disposition endeared him to the Magi of the Persian Empire and the Babylonians opened their books to him. Again, he absorbed the mysticism and mathematics of another ancient culture. At 56 years old, Pythagoras was freed from captivity. He moved south to Croton (now southeast Italy) and started the Pythagorean movement. For Pythagoreans, numbers are the basis of the Universe. Mathematics and sacred geometry were used in spiritual practice. For Pythagoreans, the Universe can be understood by its numeric composition. Pythagoras is famous for the Tetractys, the Pythagorean Theorem, and other pioneering equations. Music and sound healing were also utilized. The great and mystical life of Pythagoras is found in today’s science, philosophy, and metaphysics.

heraclitus (ephesus, persian empire)

ca 535 – ca 475 bc

Heraclitus, the Greek philosopher, was ahead of his time. He still would be if he lived today. Extant fragments of his book, On Nature exemplify someone striving to convey the truth. A pre-Socratic philosopher, Heraclitus greatly influenced the evolution of thought and metaphysics. The term ‘kosmos’ (cosmos) is iterated for the first time in his writing. From his perspective, human minds can directly attune with the frequencies of Divinity. There are three major components of his cosmology: Everything is in a constant state of flux; there is unity in opposites; and fundamentally – all is one. Opposites like hot and cold, life and death, are integral – one could not exist without the other and vice versa.

The interplay of opposites is how the Universe balances itself in a dualistic paradigm. In his philosophy, the element of fire is emphasized. It represents the transformational aspects of the living moment – always in flux. Heraclitus saw most of humanity sleepwalking through life. His writings are meant to dismantle limiting belief systems. Puns, paradoxes, parallels, and multiple meanings convey concentrated information into a relatively small body of surviving work.

jesus christ (bethlehem) ca 0 BC – ca 33 ad

Jesus Christ is considered a prophet world-wide. To those of the Christian faith, he is the messiah and Son of God. The teachings of Jesus are based upon forgiveness, love, and compassion. A carpenter from Nazareth, Jesus took a spiritual quest to the river Jordan where John the Baptist initiated him as Jesus “the Christ” – a Hebrew term which translates to “anointed one.” This mystical experience originated his Ministry. His ideology of love was radical at the time but resonated with the people of Galilee. The traveling Ministry of disciples focused on alleviating suffering. Thieves, prostitutes, lepers, and others generally rejected by society were given much care and attention. Some disciples were shocked, but Jesus taught with his actions. Public acts of healing and miracles brought seekers of all kinds. High priests of Judaism (Pharisees) became fearful over the surge in interest and plotted his demise. Ultimately, Roman Commander of Judea, Pontius Pilot, crucified Jesus on a wooden cross. He experienced great agony, yet still he cried for God to forgive those who persecuted him. In The New Testament, it is detailed how Christ died, but was resurrected three days later in a cave tomb. On a mountain with his apostles, Jesus ascended to the higher realms leaving an amazing legacy of love and tolerance.

mary magdalene (galilee) ca 1st century

Mary Magdalene is one of the most under-rated people in all of history. Revered in the first half of the millennium, in the late 6th century, Pope Gregory I irrevocably changed her reputation. He depicted Mary as a prostitute who only knew sin before she met Jesus. This false account was rectified by the Vatican in 1969, yet the true Mary Magdalene is mostly unknown to the world. Gnostic scripture tells of a visionary who was an important leader in the Christ movement. Mary and a devoted group of women were an essential part of the Ministry. Jesus repeatedly countered the predominant misogyny to dismayed disciples and onlookers. The Gospel of Philip claims her to be the famous: “beloved disciple.”

122

Some esoteric theologians claim Mary and Jesus were married. Others say they also had a child, or even multiple children, who continued the bloodline of Jesus and Mary. Fragments from the Gospel of Mary give some information, but the gaps mirror the misunderstanding and conjecture over her life. It is clear in any case, that she was a profound teacher and mystic. A courageous woman who stood by Jesus when others fled in fear. The censorship, practiced by medieval churches destroyed evidence about Mary Magdalene, yet her strong and sustaining spirit lives on.

andrew the apostle (galilee) dob unknown – ca 67 ad

Andrew was ostensibly the first disciple of Jesus Christ. An initiate of John the Baptist, Andrew was present when Jesus had his awakening in the river Jordan. Most accounts of Andrew are from the gospels of Mark and John. He was a contemplative man, a spiritual seeker. While his brother Peter was known for bringing the masses to Christ, Andrew was known to bring the individual. He always seemed to meet the right people at the right time – synchronistic meetings such as when he and Philip took the Grecian seekers to Jesus. Andrew also brought forth the small boy who offered two fish and five loaves to help feed thousands of hungry people. From this selfless generosity, Jesus manifest sustenance for the large crowd, who were then spiritually nourished with his gospel. Andrew was present from the inception of the Ministry all the way to the Ascension of Christ. Henceforth, Andrew traveled far and wide proselytizing as witness to the revelation. His excursions led to many countries and cities that hold him as their Patron Saint. Scotland, Russia, Romania, Georgia, Ukraine, Malta, and the City of Istanbul all claim connection to Andrew the Apostle.

matthew the apostle (capernaum)

ca 1st century ad

Levi, son of Alphaeus, was an outcast, obsessed with money and greed. He was a Jewish tax collector (publican) who collected tolls from his fellow Jews on behalf of the Roman Empire. One day, in his hometown of Capernaum, Jesus Christ approached Levi at work and said: “Follow me.” After seeing the vulnerable power of Jesus, he renounced his former life, leaving behind a lucrative career. Levi took the name of Matthew, becoming an apostle and scribe for Jesus. Matthew loyally served the Ministry and completely shifted his priorities from taking to giving. He sought out misfits and outcasts in order to soothe their pain and offer them a community.

His power of observation and assiduous record-taking made him an indispensable member of the Ministry. He recorded The Sermon on the Mount among other teaching parables of Jesus Christ. Matthew’s notes, now referred to as the "Q material," are hypothesized to be the source for both the Gospels according to Matthew and Luke. Matthew the Apostle is often depicted in art as a thoughtful old man with pen and paper – intently listening to an angel whispering in his ear.

apostle james the elder (bethsaida)

ca 17 BC – 44 ad

James the Elder is one of the “Bethsaida boys” who accompanied Jesus Christ on his itinerant quest to liberate the hearts and souls of Palestine. Peter, James, and younger brother, John were a team within Christ’s Ministry. James brought a fiery passion to his spiritual work. In fact, Jesus dubbed him and his brother ‘boanerges’ – translated as “sons of thunder.” One day, a Samaritan village had denied the weary traveling Ministry refuge. James wished the heavens to smite them with fire. Christ used this moment to teach his mercurial student about tolerance, patience, and the consequences of acting on anger with violence. Another valuable lesson to James was about ambition. His mother Salome, often traveled with the Ministry. She once lobbied Jesus on behalf of her sons, seeking positions of power for them. Jesus reminded them that their mission was to be of service, not to be served – generosity should come without a need for status or recognition. James was one of the few disciples who was present for all the major events and miracles mentioned in The Bible.

peter the apostle (bethsaida)

dob unknown – 64 ad

One day Jesus Christ addressed a group of fishermen: “Come follow me… Don’t be afraid; from now on, you will fish for people.” After learning from their new messiah, the spiritual collective dedicated themselves to spreading God’s love. Jesus depended on Peter to manage the nascent Ministry. He was instrumental in coordinating, delegating, and dispatching fellow disciples to ensure speaking events were well attended and ran smoothly. This was difficult due to increasing crowds with many desperate for healing. Peter was present for many of the 37 miracles performed by Jesus as recorded in The Bible. Still, at times he struggled with faith. Three times he denied association with Christ – just as Jesus had predicted at the Last Supper.

123

Peter erred in many ways, but through it all, strived to learn and grow from his mistakes. Often working at the Christian headquarters with James the Elder in Jerusalem, he made many missionary pilgrimages in the Palestine region. Saint Peter is considered the first pope of Catholicism. A foundational creator of the Christian religion, Peter the Apostle left an indelible and very human impression upon the church built on his foundation.

paul the apostle (tarsus) 5 ad – 67 ad

According to his own testimony in the autobiographical Book of Acts, Paul (Saul) worked “zealously” as a persecutor against the followers of Jesus Christ. In fact, he was on the road to Damascus to arrest Christians when struck by an intense, blinding light. A voice emanated from the luminance, asking: “Why do you persecute me?” This vision of the resurrected Christ transfigured him. Paul went on to become one of the primary Christian figures in the Apostolic Age. His letters (epistles) to churches he founded are considered some of the first writings from the Christian perspective. Paul is credited with authoring 13 of the 27 pieces that make up the New Testament. Over his life, he made three epic, missionary journeys. These forays sent him to the eastern edge of the Roman Empire and as far west as modern-day Spain. Some of his noteworthy traveling partners were Barnabus, Luke the Evangelist, Silas, and Timothy. They spread the Christian message to cities all throughout Mesopotamia and beyond. Due to his passion and zeal, Paul and his compatriots were often attacked verbally and at times physically. While continuing to convert multitudes of followers, he also revisited and corresponded with communities he founded. The writing and measureless effort of Saint Paul the Apostle shaped Christian scripture and the cornerstones of Christianity itself.

philip the apostle (bethsaida)

dob unknown – ca 69 ad

A family man with a hearty laugh and joyous demeanor, Philip had an uplifting nature. He joined Jesus Christ as a disciple along with his friends from Bethsaida: Andrew, and Peter. Philip oversaw provisions for the traveling Ministry.

Simply, he lived to serve. The ancient Nag Hammadi library, discovered in 1945, unearthed the Gospel of Philip. This anonymous Gnostic text describes the special relationship between Mary Magdalene and Jesus Christ – extolling Mary as a visionary teacher. After the Crucifixion and Resurrection of Jesus, Philip traveled with his sister Mariamne and Bartholomew (Nathanael) to spread the Word of God. As stated in Acts of Philip found in 1974, their mission took them through Greece, the ancient kingdom of Phrygia, and Syria where they experienced the joy of sharing Christ’s message – but also the pain of persecution. These types of non-canonical scripture are rare mainly due to medieval churches practice of burning any alleged apocryphal scripture. Most of what is commonly known about Philip the Apostle is found in the Gospel of John. Many other details of his life have been lost over time.

luke the evangelist (antioch, TURKEY)

ca 1st century ad

Luke the Evangelist is considered one of the original seventy disciples of Jesus Christ. Growing up in Hellenistic Antioch, Luke was enamored with stories from the disciples of Jesus Christ. Luke was a practicing physician who committed himself to a life of Christian service. He was a traveling companion of Paul the Apostle on one or more of his great missionary journeys. Paul’s injuries were treated by Luke when he met violence due to his preaching. Allegedly, Luke wrote the Gospel of Luke and corresponding Acts of the Apostles. The two books (known as Luke-Acts) serve as a three-part account of Christian history: the birth of Jesus; his life and teachings; and the emergence of early Christianity as a religion. In his gospel, the important role of women disciples is highlighted. The need to alleviate poverty is also a repeated theme. And throughout the texts, compassion and nonviolence are continually emphasized. For instance, Jesus speaking of “loving your enemies” is found in these books. Luke is also credited with being a painter whose subjects include Mary, Peter, and many other biblical figures. Thus, he is considered the first Catholic Iconographer. His personal symbol is that of the winged ox, representing sacrifice, strength, and service.

124

SAINT AUGUSTINE (HIPPO) 354-430 AD

Many of today’s Christian sects are conceptually and spiritually based on the belief and written word of Saint Augustine. A professional teacher and adherent of Manichaeism early in life, Augustine decided to become a student again. While living in Milan, Saint Ambrose became an important teacher and friend. Ambrose explained Christ’s message in a way that Augustine could understand. After reading one of Saint Paul’s verses, Augustine had a revelation. He was guided to return home to North Africa, eventually becoming the Bishop of Hippo. This is where Augustine wrote a prolific amount of Christian philosophy. These texts heavily infuenced the medieval mindset to come. Elements of his cosmology are still held today by untold millions. His most famous work, The City of God against the Pagans, is a 22-book series that expounds Christian viewpoints. He takes strong positions on matters of free will, “just war,” pre-destination, and “original sin.” His correspondence debates with the Donatists and Pelagians, articulated creeds which were institutionalized into the powerful Holy Church of Christ. In his writing, Saint Augustine defined much of what institutionalized Christianity came to be.

Saint Patrick (Britain) ca 387 – 461

Even though Saint Patrick was not Irish, he rivals The Leprechaun himself as an iconic legend of Ireland. One ordinary night on the coast of England, pirates captured young Patrick and sold him to an Irish landowner. Suffering due to his plight, Patrick prayed to Jesus Christ until he began hearing a comforting voice. One night, he had a vivid dream telling him to flee immediately. Patrick escaped his captor, returned to his homeland, and committed himself to Catholicism. Upon becoming a bishop, Patrick was assigned to join Palladius to help convert Irish Pagans to Christianity.

Patrick put everything he had into his missionary work. He cohabitated with Pagan tribes to learn of their ways and customs. Much to the chagrin of tribal leaders, increasing numbers of the Gaelic community were baptized. Even when the Pagans tried to stop him, Patrick doggedly persevered to initiate more. He was an innovator of incorporating Pagan symbols and holidays to more easily convert the indigenous. Many in the church did not appreciate the intermingling of their religion, accusing him of “inviting barbarians” to Christianity. Yet today, Saint Patrick has become one of the most revered figures of Catholicism.

saint francis (assisi) 1181 – 1226

Francis of Assisi grew up with wealth and privilege. Aspiring to be a hero, young Francis was eager to fight in a regional war. Captured and imprisoned, he fell into sickness. Approaching death, Francis heard Divine voices urging him to live. As he got better, Francis developed a deep affinity for Jesus Christ. After his release, he began living as Jesus did. He attracted a dozen new followers, who made a pilgrimage to the heart of the Holy Roman Empire in Rome. In the 12th century, the Roman Church was powerful, rich, and corrupt. Appearing as a pauper before Pope Innocent IX, Francis was remarkably granted permission to form the Franciscan Order. This new sect had one mission: "To follow the teachings of our Lord Jesus Christ and to walk in his footsteps.” Living an austere lifestyle, the Friars (monks) would tend to the most vulnerable in society – lepers, pariahs, etc. The various Franciscan Orders grew quickly. Saint Francis saw all living beings as his “brothers and sisters.” He is well known for preaching to the animals as well as people. His love for Mother Earth is why he was dubbed the Patron Saint of Ecology and Animals.

125

OTHER SEEKERS AND SPIRITUAL BEINGS

zoroaster (persia) ca 6th century b.c.

Zarathustra (translated in Greek as Zoroaster) had a series of visions atop Mount Sabatam at the age of 30. The Persian cobbler by trade, communicated with archangels who showed him the ways of the Universe. Zoroaster composed The Avesta – a collection of text and hymns (Gathas) which is the primary sacred scripture for Zoroastrianism. Free will is introduced and emphasized in his writings. Personal responsibility is seen as the seat of power. Zoroastrianism was one of the first monotheistic religions in a time when a plurality of Gods was the norm. The idea of a single, all-encompassing God was revolutionary and unpopular at the time. However, eventually Zoroastrianism became the religion of the Persian Empire. The almighty creator is Ahura Mazda (Ormuzd). Ahura Mazda created two twin spirits. Spenta Mainyu, the holder of light, and Ahriman (Angra Mainyu), representing the world of lies and darkness. In the Zoroastrian cosmology the force of goodness is in a war against the forces of evil. This conflict is found both in the outer world and also within. Good thoughts, good words, and good deeds, are the weapons against dark forces. By exercising the “good mind” (Vohu Maha) the Soul aligns with Ahura Mazda to sustain a moral life of truth (asha). The Bridge of Judgment determines which afterlife is incurred based on past behavior. In Zoroastrianism, heaven and hell are the direct consequence of our actions. In this worldview, hell exists, but is not eternal. Eventually all souls reunite and merge with Ahura Mazda. Zoroaster was a trailblazing figure during a period of spiritual renaissance occurring around the world.

lao-tzu (china) ca 6th century b.c.

Much of the information about Lao-tzu, or Laozi as he is known in the East, was written by 2nd century biographer: Sima Qian. According to Qian, Lao-tzu wrote the Tao Te Ching or (Daodejing), upon resigning from his job as curator for the Royal Library of Chou. The sacred scripture is comprised of approximately 5,000 Chinese characters organized in 81 brief chapters. In essence, it illuminates the Tao, or “the way.” The Tao Te-Ching became a polemic piece of spiritual poetry to counter the rigid societal structures developing in China at the time. The very first line of the Tao Te Ching reads: “The Tao that can be explained is not the Tao.” In basic terms, the Tao is nature as it is. The Universe is in constant flux – it cannot be defined.

To understand the Tao, it is imperative that one clears any sense of “knowing things” at all. For the known and the knower, the observer and the observed, are one in the same. “To flow like water” is a common metaphor of Taoism. Tuning into the current of life requires living fully in the present moment. By relinquishing preconceptions, one is then free of limiting belief systems. Intuitive spontaneity is an essential component of Taoism. Rules and laws are seen as burdensome – impediments to intrinsically driven morality. After writing this seminal work, Lao-tzu disappeared into the mists of time.

chuang-tzu (china) ca 4th century b.c.

Chuang-tzu, also known as Master Zhuang, or Zhuangzi, was the great elucidator of Taoism. Akin to his spiritual inspiration Lao-tzu, there is scant information on Chuang-tzu’s life other than the writings which are attributed to him. Chuang-tzu read the Tao Te Ching and had a deep spiritual insight. With wit and a spirited style, he wrote allegorical stories to elicit understanding of the Tao. The eponymous book titled Chuang-tzu is a compilation of his work with subsequent texts on Taoism. Confucianism was deeply ingrained in Chinese culture. Etiquette and social conformance were becoming oppressive and stagnant. Critical thinkers and free spirits became attracted to the anti-authoritarian allure of Taoism. For Taoists, all paradoxical aspects of existence are essentially interdependent. This is comprehended by contemplating the Yin-Yang symbol. Opposing forces contain the essence of one another as they swirl in balance – the black in the white and the white in the black. By examining basic assumptions about life and death, preconceived beliefs can be released: "Happiness is the absence of the striving for happiness." There is no personal or anthropocentric God in Taoism. To attune to a natural state of quiescence (Wu-Wei) and attain optimal health, one practices flowing movements and deep breathing. Techniques of Tai chi and Qigong relax the body and mind to become one with the Tao – bringing awareness and flexibility into every moment.

nagarjuna (india) ca 150 -250 a.d.

Nagarjuna was a mystic philosopher who brought Buddhism back into the light. He is considered the 2nd great Buddha, often depicted with snakes, particularly cobras. In fact, the etymology of Nagarjuna’s name is: “noble serpent.”

126

OTHER SEEKERS AND SPIRITUAL BEINGS

Here he discovered the Prajnaparamita Sutras – a Bodhisatvas's guide for perception. Nagarjuna elucidated Buddha’s teachings. By employing The Four Denials, Nagarjuna would logically break down prevailing dogma. He sought to dissolve all the barriers of illusion which create suffering: “There is no difference between nirvana (enlightenment) and samsara (illusion).” Nagarjuna reminds us that when Buddha was asked to describe nirvana, not a single word was spoken. To him, the very belief in a separate independent self was the root of suffering. In his most famous work, Fundamental Verses on the Middle Way, Nagarjuna offers Buddha’s theory of ‘dependent origination’ to show how the impermanence of all things necessitates emptiness: “The purpose of a wise life, therefore, is not to strive to attain some goal or target; but uncover and discover what one already is and has been all the time.”

bodhidharma (india) ca 500 a.d.

The South Indian prince known as Bodhidharma, immersed himself in Mahayana Buddism. Impelled to travel northward, Bodhidharma made the harrowing journey from India to China. Along the way, he imparted Buddhist teachings (dharma) to those interested. Bodhidharma eventually reached the newly constructed Shaolin Monastery. While living amongst the monks, he observed that they were out of touch and overly preoccupied with holy scriptures. So, Bodhidharma climbed a mountain adjacent to the temple and lived in a cave instead. For the next nine years, he faced a rock wall and sat in meditation. This meditation technique came to be known as ‘wall-gazing.’ When Bodhidharma descended from his cave, the monks were still weak and trapped in their intellects. He taught them martial arts and Ayurveda techniques to strengthen their bodies and minds. Bodhidharma then founded Chan as a distinctive school of Buddhism. Influenced by Taoism, Chan emphasizes meditation as means for illumination. Four main tenets encompass this perspective: “be undisturbed by suffering; accept one’s circumstances, be unmoved by good or bad fortune; be without attachment or desire; and govern one’s actions based on understanding the emptiness (non-substantiality) of all things.” The Shaolin Monastery became a temple of Chan Buddhism whose messages traveled to Vietnam, Korea and eventually Japan. In Japan it evolved into Zen Buddhism, with its three main sects: Soto, Obaku and Rinzai.

mansur al-hallaj (persia) 858 – 922 C.E.

Mansur al-Hallaj freely expressed his devotion for Allah (God). By openly voicing his unorthodox beliefs, he not only angered Muslims, but also some fellow Sufis. Growing up with spiritual inclinations, Mansur learned from various Muslim Sheikhs. In Baghdad, he met the great Persian mystic, Junayd – a central figure of Sufism. Mansur became his disciple. Junayd committed himself to al-Hallaj’s spiritual unfoldment while also serving as his protective guardian. Al-Hallaj spoke his truth without fear of rejection or consequences. He did not wear traditional Sufi garb, openly shared mystic secrets, and freely displayed his bliss in public. People seemed to either love or hate him – either way, reactions were usually intense. The most famous writing of Mansur al-Hallaj is the Book of al-Tawasin. In this treatise, Mansur uses visual diagrams and juxtapositions of archetypal symbols to express states of consciousness which words fail to represent. “I am the creative Truth.” This statement by Mansur al-Hallaj was ultimately why he was executed – burned alive at the stake. Al-Hallaj could only be himself and speak his truth, even if it meant being killed for it.

dogen zenji (japan) 1200 – 1253

Dogen Zenji is considered the founder of Soto Zen. Orphaned as a boy, Dogen joined the Tendai School on Mount Hiei, and was ordained as a monk by 14 years of age. Throughout his training there was one question that he could not suppress, nor could any of his teachers answer: “If all beings are already endowed with Buddha-nature, why was it necessary to practice and seek enlightenment?” For over a year, Dogen visited Chan monasteries in China, but became disheartened that his question may remain unanswered. Until the day he met Tiantong Rujing from the Caodong School. Rujing offered that enlightenment was not “achieved” by an accumulation of practice. He explained that Zazen practice is an expression, or manifestation, of an enlightened state that is ever-present. Dogen returned to Japan excited to impart the Dharma, but he was shunned, bullied, and ridiculed. To avoid further conflict, Dogen created the Eiheiji Temple on the remote northeast coast of Japan. Life at Eiheiji was vibrant. Students grew spiritually and prospered. After Dogen died, Koun Ejo edited and preserved his written works. Shobogenzo is a collection of writings which examines psychological and philosophical concepts which have only recently become mainstream. Soto Zen is currently flourishing and practiced world-wide.

128

rumi (persia) 1207 - 1273

The writings of Sufi mystic Rumi are simply sublime. Born in Balkh (Afghanistan), Jalal ad-Din Muhammad Balki (Rumi) became a renowned scholar and theology teacher. In the year 1244, he met a dervish, a traveling sage named Shams-e Tabrizi. Tabrizi became a spiritual mentor to Rumi. After several years, his beloved teacher and friend disappeared suddenly. A profound loss overcame him. Rumi picked up ink and pen to express and understand. Six volumes of mystical poetry make up his masterpiece Mathnawi. Written in a didactic style to illicit feelings of love, the piece also evokes fascination and wonder: "Stop acting so small. You are the universe in ecstatic motion.” He offered guidance for an abrasive world: "If you are irritated by every rub, how will your mirror be polished?" After Rumi’s death, his eldest son Sultan Walad founded the Mevlevi Sufi Order. They are best known as the Whirling Dervishes – named after their ritual twirling dance. Rumi is considered a pre-eminent poet and spiritual master (Mevlana): "Your task is not to seek for love, but merely to seek and find all the barriers within yourself that you have built against it."

motoori norinaga (japan) 1730

1801

Motoori Norinaga was a renowned scholar of ancient Japanese literature who embodied Shintoism and inspired its revival. Shintoism traces back to the early indigenous people of the Pacific Islands. Over the centuries, Taoism, Buddhism and Confucianism were imported into Japan from across Asia. Over the centuries, they became intermixed with Shinto, as Shintoism is not a religion per se. There is no official scripture or weekly congregational service. With his writing and commentary, Motoori Norinaga weeded out foreign influence, distilling the purity of Japanese spirituality. His magnum opus Kojiki-den is a 44-volume compendium of the ancient: Tale of Genji. This collection of love poems reflects Shinto qualities of "musubi " (life giving-harmonizing power) and "makoto" (sincerity). Motoori expounds upon the quality of “mono no aware” – the ephemeral nature of beauty and interconnectedness of objects and beings. Shintoism finds Divinity everywhere. In fact, there are eight million Gods and counting. Known as kami, they can be both light and dark, manifesting as people, birds, beasts, trees, plants, seas, mountains, artifacts, etc. The highest regarded kami is Amaterasu Omikami, the Sun Goddess, who painted Japan into existence. So closely linked to Japanese identity, thousands of distinctive Shinto shrines dot the country’s dramatic landscape. As Motoori Norinaga illustrated, Shinto is a wonderful, unique expression of Japanese culture and spirituality.

joseph smith (usa) 1805-1844

During the turn of the 19th century, a Christian revivalist movement was bubbling up throughout settled America. Young, Joseph Smith could not reconcile the discrepancies between what he read in the Holy Bible and what preachers were preaching. So, Joseph asked God to reveal which sect was most aligned with the teachings of Jesus Christ. He was then visited by the personages of God and Jesus who gave him a mission. An angel named Moroni led Joseph to a book of golden plates inscribed with “reformed Egyptian” writing buried in a box. With help from his new followers, Smith transcribed these plates into The Book of Mormon. That same year, Smith founded The Church of Christ of the Latter-Day Saints (LDS). The charismatic 24-year-old leader quickly had 25,000 followers. But wherever the Mormons settled, persecution and rejection followed suit. Smith believed the message of Christ was lost due to the murder of his disciples. He felt God and Jesus had shown him the truth and had no qualms telling others they were wrong. After Joseph Smith was assassinated, Brigham Young, took the Church of LDS to the open space of Utah. Salt Lake City has become the epicenter of the Mormon Faith, with missionary ‘stakes’ established worldwide.

baha’u’llah (persia) 1817-1892

The Persian sage Baha’u’llah is the founder of the Baha’i religion. For those of the Baha’i faith, Baha’u’llah was a manifestation of God. In 1844, a chance meeting with a mystic named the Bab, changed his life. Taking the name Baha'u'llah, he became a Babi follower. As Babism spread throughout Persia, so did persecution from rulers who feared their popularity. Leaders executed the Bab and his primary followers, but Baha’u’llah survived. However, for the next four decades, he endured a series of imprisonments, exiles, and torture with grace and forgiveness. Over this time, Baha’u’llah wrote seminal works such as The Most Holy Book, and also corresponded with world leaders: Napoleon, Queen Victoria, etc. Baha’u’llah urged peace, stating unequivocally that humankind was a single species, and that all religions led to One God. Ultimately Baha’u’llah and his loyal family and followers, were banished to the walled prison-city of Akka. They were expected to perish in short time. However, the clan found ways to survive and eventually thrive. Baha’u’llah’ appointed his son Abdul’l-Baha, and subsequently his grandson, Shoghi Effendi, as leaders of the church. Its headquarters is now located in the foothills of Mount Carmel (modern day Israel). Today five million followers of the Baha’i faith live to know God and be of service.

129

george gurdjieff (russia) ca 1872-1949

Sporting a clean-shaven head, large moustache, and piercing eyes, George Gurdjieff created a unique and rich life. He did not accept consensus reality as his own. With the blazing heart of a seeker, George set out with like-minded friends to discover mystery schools from ancient, advanced civilizations. Gurdjieff traversed Africa, Asia, India, Tibet, and the Middle East – an 18-year long quest detailed in his book Meetings with Remarkable Men. He returned to Moscow and incorporated the spiritual traditions of monks, fakirs, and yogis into his own system known as The Work, or The Process. His evocative lectures, books, sacred movements, dance, and music are tools to integrate mind, body, and emotion. George saw people living in a type of waking sleep: “Due to the abnormal conditions of modern life, we no longer function in a harmonious way.” In the Process, assumptions, attitudes, and beliefs are unwound in order to see the present moment as it truly is. Using discipline and an emphasis on conscience rather than morality, a Socratic-like approach is employed to induce awakening. Gurdjieff founded the Institute for the Harmonious Man in Paris, France. One of his first students was the writer P.D. Ouspensky, who brought The Process to England and coined it as The 4th Way. George Gurdjieff’s teachings are an invitation, not a command: "I ask you to believe nothing that you cannot verify for yourself."

alan watts (england) 1915 – 1973

During the 20th Century, western civilization needed a spiritual translator for the East and Alan Watts fit the bill perfectly. His many recordings and books continue to provide conceptual bridges for common understanding. Metaphysical topics include stories, anecdotes, and explanations with a personal touch. They run the gamut of human experience: natural history, semantics, sexuality, aesthetics, world religions, but mostly the mysticism of the Far East. After finishing seminary, Watts became an Anglican Episcopal priest, but the allure of ancient eastern wisdom continually beckoned. Watts immersed himself in the literature of The Vedas, Zen Buddhism, and Taoism. The Way of Zen was published in 1957 to great enthusiasm.

Watts became a popular fixture on KPFA Pacifica Radio as a volunteer programmer and host. He would at times burst out with an infectious laugh at the absurdity of modern life.

Regarded as a scholastic and religious outsider, his appetite for understanding offered a treasure trove of pithy statements: “Trying to define yourself is like trying to bite your own teeth… What you are basically, deep, deep down, far, far in, is simply the fabric and structure of existence itself.” His mission was simply to help liberate us from the game of life, to become one with the natural world, and underlying order of the Universe.

barbara marx hubbard (usa) 1929 – 2019

Upon witnessing atomic warfare perpetrated on the Japanese cities of Nagasaki and Hiroshima, young Barbara Marx Hubbard questioned: “What was the purpose of humanity’s power?” She yearned for that power to be harnessed for the common good. After experiencing a sudden vision of the Earth as a living organism, Barbara repeated a mantra to herself: “The only solution is our evolution.” So, she became a pioneering futurist, speaker, and author. Barbara was optimistic a new world was forming, that humanity is merely experiencing a birthing crisis. In the 1980s, as military superpowers bared their nuclear teeth, Marx Hubbard worked to bring accord through Soviet-American citizen summits. A model called SYNCON, or ‘Synergistic Convergence’ was employed to resolve conflict between opposing groups. Other innovations included the Peace Room – a governmental nerve center. This detailed proposal would utilize ‘dynamic scanning’ to identify co-operative projects of sustainability – a connective resource for mutual success. Hubbard established the Foundation for Conscious Evolution in 1992. The purpose of this organization is to awaken the spiritual, social, and scientific potential of human beings. Specializing in collaboration, Barbara also co-founded the World Future Society as well as the Association for Global New Thought. Several of her groundbreaking books have permeated into mainstream culture. The social innovation and visionary quality of her work is why Barbara Marx Hubbard was nicknamed the Voice of Conscious Evolution.

130

dhyani ywahoo (usa) 1945

Dhyani Ywahoo is an elder teacher of the Cherokee (Tsalagi) nation. Her clan is the Green Mountain Aniyunwiwa of the Eastern United States. Nicknamed The Wild Potato Clan, this group of Eastern Cherokee lived for centuries in what is now the Southeast United States. ‘The Trail of Tears’ was the tragic forced march of the Cherokee Nation to the unfamiliar lands of Oklahoma. From generation to generation, sacred rituals and rites were passed on to keep their traditions alive. Reverence for nature is at the root of ancestral knowledge. The Sacred Hoop is symbolic of the interconnectedness of all life. Dhyani Ywahoo shares the heritage of her people so that we may benefit from their gifts and wisdom. For instance, the utilization of crystals and minerals for personal transformation and the healing of disease. Dhyani also has deeply explored Tibetan Buddhism. Ordained as a Khandro, or female teacher of Vajrayana in the Drikung Kagyu and Nyingma tradition, she weaves these practices of compassion into her traditional Tsalgai heritage. A fine example of spiritual synergy, the Sunray Meditation Society & Peace Village Ywahoo founded, offers a unique blend of these eastern and western traditions.

don Miguel Ruiz (mexico) 1952

The profound teachings of the Mesoamerican Toltec are embodied and promulgated by don Miguel Ruiz. Born in Mexico, Miguel’s family encouraged him to carry the wisdom of their Toltec heritage. His mother was a healer (curandera) and his grandfather was a shaman (nagual). However, Miguel had other plans for his life. After navigating the long and arduous process of becoming a medical doctor, Ruiz was involved in a near fatal car crash. This wake-up call shifted his perception. He developed an insatiable appetite for his ancestral knowledge. After completing a shamanic apprenticeship in the Mexican desert, Ruiz continued the Eagle Knight lineage in the tradition of the Toltec civilization. Don Miguel Ruiz distills Toltec teachings into 4 simple yet transformational practices: The Four Agreements. The agreements are as follows: 1) Be impeccable with your word. 2) Don’t take anything personally. 3) Don’t make assumptions. 4) Always do your best. These simple lessons are well suited for complicated people living in modern society. It is a process for sharing your unique contribution to life: "The whole world can love you, but that love will not make you happy. What will make you happy is the love coming out of you.”

mooji (Jamaica) 1954 –

Moving from Jamaica to be with his mother in England, Antony Paul Moo-Young was a happy young artist. One day he had a synchronistic meeting with a Christian-mystic named Michael, who helped him to experience waves of connectedness and joy. Soon thereafter, he intuitively entered a bookstore and purchased his first book: The Gospel of Ramakrishna. This masterwork helped him make sense of his recent psychic sensitivity and feelings of aliveness. Guided to India, Antony met H.L. Poonja, also known as Papaji. Papaji introduced Antony, now named Mooji, to a method he learned from his guru, Sri Ramana Maharshi. This practice of self-inquiry became the means to remove remnants of ego attachment. The question: “Who is thinking this thought?” is used as a mantra. The ego self is an illusion of separateness that can create misery and suffering: "Step into the fire of self-discovery. This fire will not burn you; it will only burn what you

are not."

Mooji holds Satsang for the purposes of awakening to the experience of oneness (Advaita). Whether through books, videos, Q & A sessions, or shared silence, the care and humor of this unique teacher is uplifting: “I have come to teach you nothing.” Mooji created an ashram in Southern Portugal – Monte Sahaja Mandir – a sanctuary of sanity and peace.

Michael bernard beckwith (usa) 1956 –

Experiencing the challenges of medical school and hectic modern life, Michael Bernard Beckwith was shaken by a series of intense visions. Inspired by The Science of Mind by Ernest Holmes and The New Thought Movement in general, Beckwith founded the Agape Spiritual Center in Los Angeles California. This spiritual collective stands for love, peace, and being a beneficial presence on the planet. Agape has active ministries that alleviate suffering and improve living conditions in countries such as: Afghanistan, India, Iraq, Bosnia, Columbia, Sri Lanka and more. A portion of its mission statement reads: “As a trans-denominational community, we serve within all levels of society to reveal the underlying perfection and harmony of the Universe. We embrace the transformational and evolutionary impulse of the planet through our spiritual practice, sacred service, and unconditional love.” Michael Beckwith is an inspiring speaker known to engage audiences with cosmic streams of consciousness and lighthearted moments of fun. Deeply motivated by the powerful examples of Dr. Martin Luther King Junior and Mahatma Gandhi, Reverend Michael co-chairs the annual Season for Non-violence founded by Gandhi’s grandson Arun. Beckwith reminds us that: “We’re not here to get something, we’re here to let the Divine unfold in and as you.”

131

POETS AND WRITERS

kalidasa (india) 300 – 380 a.d.

Kalidasa (servant of Kali) the classic Indian Sanskrit writer, most likely lived in the fourth century. Born in Kashmir, Kalidasa explored the outreaches of the Himalayas as a young man. Extraordinarily handsome, he was courted by a princess who quickly married him before anyone else could. However, with familiarity she became offended by his uncouth ways and left him. Distraught by her rejection, he decides to commit suicide. But Kali, his Goddess and guide intervenes and offers him a purpose. From that point on, Kalidasa educated himself and learned to write. Trying out his newfound abilities, he composed what is considered some of the most notable and transcendent of Sanskrit prose. The most popular of his three plays The Sign of Shakuntala was the first Indian classic to be translated and brought to European audiences. Kalidasa translated the mysticism, wisdom, and romance of India. His epic poems elevate with elegant detail. The resonance of his words and the worlds they convey enrapture the reader with inspiration: "Yesterday is but a dream, tomorrow is only a vision. But today well lived makes every yesterday a dream of happiness, and every tomorrow a vision of hope."

dante (italy) 1265 – 1321

Due to a contentious political situation in Florence, Dante was banished from his cherished home. Yet, his imagination flourished while living in exile. Dante’s classic, The Divine Comedy is not the light-hearted read its title might suggest. In the book, Dante as himself is accompanied by a tour guide, Virgil, the Greek philosopher. Together they explore the nine circles of hell. Descending to the lowest level of the underworld they find Lucifer, the fallen angel among other disfigured and tortured souls. As the epic poem unfolds, Dante then explores the plateaus of Mount Purgatory. This is the limbo of uncertainity - the world in-between. On the peak of Mount Purgatory is the lush Garden of Eden, where Adam and Eve lived as the forebearers of humanity. Next, Dante transcends to heaven – the Ultimate Realm. He meets with the unrequited love of his life, Beatrice Portinari, who elucidates the upper echelons of heaven for him. At the apex of the Ultimate Realm is the Triune God, represented as three concentric circles: Father, Son, and The Holy Spirit. Meeting the Divine fills Dante with God’s love. This international masterpiece illustrated the medieval Christian paradigm in explicit detail, and also unified many disparate Italian dialects into a cohesive Tuscan style.

narsinh mehta (india) 1414 – 1481

From the village of Talaja came the musical saint, Narsinh Mehta. A cherished figure from the Bhakti Movement, Mehta is known as the first Gujarati poet. His spiritual verses are in the form of padas, bhajans, abhangas and kirtanas. With a stringed instrument, Mehta performed his songs with zeal and energy. His potent prose awoke dormant spiritual awareness in those he played for. Some of Mehta’s early works are of a sensual nature (sringar). For instance, the erotic adventures of Radha and Krishna are found in Chaturis and Surata Sangrama. Poems written later in life have themes of dynamic morality and spirituality: “If this knowledge is born in him. For by killing ignorance, his real foe, he can have only friends! Be it a prince or a pauper His royal cover shelters all! One foolishly worries what is in store for him, vines, leaves and fruits grow spontaneously and on their own! Pointless it is to lament!” Although shunned by many in the higher caste during his life, Narsinh Mehta became widely celebrated throughout all of society. His ageless songs have endured for centuries and continue to touch hearts with their genuine appeal and eternal beauty.

kabir (india) 1440 – 1518

The prose and lyrics of Kabir serve many purposes: celebration, guidance, inspiration, sacred communion, and last but not least, sheer enjoyment. Many in the poor, lower castes championed Kabir. They treasured his short poems and songs. Penetrating words clear the fog of obscurity and challenge us to make spiritual emancipation the priority: "If you don't break your ropes while you're alive, do you think ghosts will do it after?" Originally written in the Hindi language, his prose is mostly in the form of padas, dohas and ramainis. Drawing from Sufi mysticism and elements of the Hindu Nath yogic tradition, his poetry transcends any dogma of sectarianism. With a simple but profound style, Kabir made his work accessible and easy to understand:

“All know that the drop merges into the ocean, but few know that the ocean merges into the drop.” Kabir rejected complex grammatical constructions of the time and developed his own unique vernacular. Using bold statements, he was very popular with the masses, but angered many in the elite ruling class. However, forced exile did not stop Kabir. He just took his show on the road: "Just throw away all thoughts of imaginary things and stand firm in that which you are."

132

POETS AND WRITERS

meera bai (india) 1498 – 1557

The Rajput princess turned Gopi pilgrim, Meera Bai shared her passion through musical poetry. In her songs, the great yogini of the Bhakti movement expressed the ecstasy of union with her beloved Lord Krishna (Giridhara Gopala) and also the pain of separation. Meera communicated with Krishna through her songs (bhajans). She specialized in concise ballads from the heart (padas). Her music assuaged the suffering experienced due to persecution and cruelty. Those in the presence of her ecstatic and soulful performances were deeply moved. They adored Meera Bai for sharing her gifts and passion. Her union with Krishna was expressed in lyrical verses that grew naturally like flowering plants from her Soul: “O my companion, worldly comfort is illusion, as soon you get it, it goes. I have chosen the indestructible for my refuge, Him whom the snake of death will not devour. My beloved dwells in my heart all day, I have actually seen that abode of joy.” As many tried to control and suppress Meera, her heart would not be oppressed. Meera Bai’s sweet songs of devotion continue to awaken truth and beauty: “Life waxes and wanes imperceptibly, it does not stay long. The leaf that has once fallen, does not return to the branch. Behold the Ocean of Transmigration.”

william shakespeare (england) 1564 – 1616

England’s national poet is also one of the world’s foremost storytellers. Considered a master of the English language, William Shakespeare was an English actor, poet, and playwright. Shakespeare conjures romantic prose that stands unrivaled in the western world. He took the sonnet to soaring heights with iambic pentameter and archetypal imagery. From eloquent Sonnet 18: “Nor shall Death brag thou wander'st in his shade, when in eternal lines to time thou grow'st; So long as men can breathe or eyes can see, so long lives this, and this gives life to thee.” Shakespeare’s plays are of the most performed in the world. They are translated into every major language. Comedies such as Twelfth Night, A Midsummers Night Dream, and As You Like It, expose the absurdity of human existence and the foibles of our flaws: "The fool doth think he is wise, but the wise man knows himself to be a fool." On the side of drama, Henry V, Othello, King Lear, and Hamlet are multi-layered masterpieces of tragedy. William Shakespeare’s work lifted the art form of literature and theater to a higher level: “All the world’s a stage, and all the men and women merely players; They have their exits and their entrances, and one man in his time plays many parts…”

william wordsworth (england) 1770 – 1850

William Wordsworth was a pioneer of poetry. He and his friend Samuel Taylor Coleridge intentionally shifted the prevalent Neoclassical style to create the first examples of Romantic Period prose. During what is considered his great decade (17971808) Wordsworth produced profound pieces of poetry such as Descriptive Sketches and Tintern Abbey. Reunited with his sister Dorothy later in life, she often served as his creative muse. William also received inspiration from nature. From the French countryside to the Swiss Alps, he conveyed experiences in the wilderness with beautiful verse. Wordsworth claimed his work was an experiment to create a new type of prose, based on “the real language of men.” He defined poetry as: “the spontaneous overflow of powerful feelings: it takes its origin from emotion recollected in tranquility.” Departing from the rigidity and haughtiness of poetry at the time, Wordsworth evoked feelings across the emotional spectrum: “Wisdom and spirit of the Universe! Thou soul is the eternity of thought! That giv'st to forms and images a breath. And everlasting motion!” Unusual at the time, Wordsworth also embraced existential themes such as death and grief. Released postmortem, The Prelude contains his great unfinished work The Recluse as well as homages to his friend, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, and sister, Dorothy.

lord byron (england) 1788 – 1824

Sometimes negative criticism can be a source of motivation. After years of bad reviews, George Gordon Byron tried a new style with his book English Bards and Scotch Reviewers: A Satire. This critique on critics and fellow poets gave the public a dose of genuine candor they were unaccustomed to. Many of the lampooned critics responded with great enthusiasm. When Byron released Childe Harold’s Pilgrimage, he suddenly became a big-time celebrity. As noted in the preface, Lord Byron himself was the protagonist of this epic narrative poem. Through the character of Harold, the ‘Byronic Hero’ was born. In the comedy Don Juan, Byron chronicles his reluctant hero’s perilous adventures and erotic interludes. Lord Byron was at the pinnacle of fame when multiple scandals over his extravagant personal life boiled over. Ultimately, he self-exiled from England, never to return. The remainder of his short life is a wild ride through the Mediterranean. In the end, he fought in the Greek Revolution against the Ottoman Empire. Greece holds him as a hero to this day. “The great art of life is sensation, to feel that we exist, even in pain.”

134

ralph waldo emerson (usa) 1803

1882

After graduating from Harvard School of Divinity, Ralph Waldo Emerson became ordained as a priest by the Unitarian Church in 1829. Facing an existential crisis after the death of his wife, Emerson voyaged to Europe and met with trailblazing writers such as, John Stuart Mill, Thomas Carlyle, William Wordsworth, and Samuel Taylor Coleridge. One day, Ralph had a profound metaphysical experience while touring a botanical garden in Paris. Antoine Laurent de Jussieu’s extensive categorization of plants revealed an interconnectedness of all life. Returning to the United States, Emerson began lecturing on his newfound insights. Out of this, Nature became the inciting document credited with starting the American Transcendentalist movement. Emphasizing personal responsibility, he encouraged the reader to find a connection with their own spirituality by means of self-will, inner contemplation, and a developed intuition. In the same vein, The American Scholar implores prospective and established writers to find their own style and not be corralled into proscribed emulation of “established and accepted” modes of the past. H.D. Thoreau took Emerson as a mentor and wrote Walden, a highly influential piece, fusing philosophy with environmental values. Emerson’s magazine, The Dial, gave many new writers such as Margaret Fuller and T.S. Elliot literary freedom and a chance to establish themselves.

walt whitman (usa) 1819 – 1892

Dubbed the Bard of Democracy, Walt Whitman’s words were his truth. In typical New York fashion, he was not timid about expressing his beliefs, even if they were unpopular. Although admired as an editor, he was fired from seven periodicals in a fouryear period. So, Whitman decided to explore his free-verse and first-person style of writing which was quite unconventional at the time. Readers looking for something fresh, appreciated his direct approach. Over his life, Walt was a caretaker for multiple siblings. One alcoholic brother impelled him to write the temperance novel: Franklin Evans – elucidating on themes of sobriety and the dangers of addiction. Another brother was injured in the American Civil War and Walt traveled to Washington D.C. to help him. He was moved by the tragic scenes in the medic wards and volunteered to care for an estimated 100,000 wounded veterans. Whitman desired for people to know the veteran’s point of view by penning: Drum-Taps. Considered his greatest work by many, Leaves of Grass, a collection of poetry, has become a beloved American classic: "What is that you express in your eyes? It seems to me more than all the print I have read in my life."

leo tolstoy (russia) 1828 – 1910

On his return from fighting in the Crimean War, Leo Tolstoy set out to pen one of history's most famous novels: War and Peace. The epic novel is known for the depth of its characters and striking descriptive realism. Tolstoy’s second renowned piece, Anna Karenina, dealt with topics regarding class status and personal relationships. The power in many of Tolstoy’s fictional works is attributed to the autobiographical nature of the portrayals. While finding success and wealth in his career, Leo struggled with depression. To be a pacifist and anarchist in 19th Century Russia was especially challenging. Leo wrote to soothe and understand. In the books, The Kingdom of God is Within You and A Confession, Tolstoy articulates his passion for pacifism and non-violence. These lesser-known essays found an audience with the likes of Martin Luther King Jr. and M.K. Gandhi, who employed his tactics to benefit humanity. A common theme in Tolstoy's writing is that the small actions we take in everyday life are just as important as big decisions: “The art of art, the glory of expression and the sunshine of the light of letters, is simplicity."

rabindranath tagore (india) 1861 – 1941

If one is searching for inspiration, it is advisable to peruse the profound writing of Rabindranath Tagore – the mystic-poet from Bhengali. Tagore wrote and composed over two thousand songs, one thousand poems, eight volumes of short stories, dozens of plays, eight novels, as well as other books and essays. His poetry is highly potent and elicits a magical connection to beauty: "Beauty is simply reality seen with the eyes of love.” Words flowed up and out of Rabindranath like spring water emerging from its underground journey. After receiving The Nobel Prize, Tagore lectured internationally concerning the elimination of war, poverty, and divisive nationalism. Education, tolerance, and cross-cultural sharing were his panaceas to these afflictions. The profits from his popular written works enabled him to establish schools such as Visva Bharati University and The School of Wisdom. These institutions offered a well-rounded curriculum of eastern spirituality, western science, and the creative arts. Rabindranath Tagore demonstrated that creativity has no bounds. Known as a true polymath, he also was a noteworthy painter, philosopher, and had a deep fascination for physics and quantum mechanics. He gifted his sagacious and eloquent expression with relentless enthusiasm: “Let your life lightly dance on the edges of time like dew on the tip of a leaf.”

135

mahatma gandhi (india) 1869 – 1948

The nonviolent revolution for the independence of India may never have been realized without the tremendous creative vision and leadership of Mahatma Gandhi. Listening to the broken spirit of his countrymen, Gandhi inspired the strength to act out with civil disobedience (satyagraha). These powerful demonstrations and strikes led to the autonomy of India from British rule, and human rights for its people: “The only real dignified human doctrine is the greatest good of all.” At first, very few believed a bloodless revolution was in any way possible. Resonating with peace, Gandhi envisioned a country standing in unity and personal responsibility: "Be the change that you wish to see in the world." Tactics such as the Home-Spun Movement enabled the poor and lower caste to create their own textiles and clothes. This engendered self-respect by means. The alchemy of transforming negative into positive was one of Gandhi’s hallmark abilities. Both Muslims and Hindus revered and respected him because Mahatma’s vision did not place one side over another. The spiritual campaigns of nonviolence were only effective because they were rooted in an active morality. Gandhi’s unique contribution was to show how truth, spirituality and nonviolence could be used to convert wrongdoers by witnessing courage and strength. The practice of nonviolent resistance was not to dominate antagonists, but to take the relationship to a higher level. The written works of Mahatma Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King Jr, Nelson Mandela, and Cesar Chavez in their quests for justice, tolerance, and truth: "Live as if you were to die tomorrow. Learn as if you were to live forever."

robert frost (usa) 1874 – 1963

In middle age, Robert Frost transformed himself from an unsuccessful chicken-farmer to one of America’s most read and respected poets. To gain perspective and start his life afresh, Robert moved to England. After years of rejection in the U.S., Frost presented his poems to hungry British publishers. His perseverance paid off and there was a sudden surge of interest in the U.K. With positive reviews from Ezra Pound and Edward Thomas in his pocket, Robert and his family returned to the U.S. three years later. The very magazines which previously rejected his submissions, were now fervently knocking on his door. For instance, Frost submitted the same poems to The Atlantic Monthly, but this time recieved glowing accolades. His signature colloquial style embodied rural New England life. Depictions of complex but common people were portrayed with respect and humor.

Readers responded with great enthusiasm. His poems North of Boston and The Tuft of Flowers were fresh air to vent out overused Victorian era styles. Frost communicated the full breadth of human experience. Suffering from hereditary mental illness and the death of his children, Frost transformed his pain into heartfelt verses and raw rhythmical prose: “In three words I can sum up everything I've learned about life: it goes on.” Robert Frost never went to college, but was given forty plus honorary degrees and four Pulitzer Prizes in recognition of his contribution to poetry.

kahlil gibran (lebanon/usa) 1883 – 1931

Writing philosophical essays and mystic poetry in English and Arabic, Kahlil Gibran's work is profound and sublime. His most popular piece, The Prophet, is a collection of 26 poetic essays in the form of inspirational fiction. Timeless spiritual qualities are imbued throughout his passionate prose: “To wake at dawn with a winged heart and give thanks for another day of loving; To rest at the noon hour and meditate love's ecstasy; To return home at eventide with gratitude; And then to sleep with a prayer for the beloved in your heart and a song of praise upon your lips.” Gibran is considered something of a literary rebel in the Arabic world. As president of the Arab-American Pen League, Gibran added this to their mission statement: “The tendency to keep our language and literature within the narrow bounds of aping the ancients in form and substance is a most pernicious tendency; if left unopposed it will soon lead to decay and disintegration… We must be true to ourselves if we would be true to our ancestors.” Although Lebanon and the United States hold him dear, today Kahlil Gibran is internationally celebrated for his transcendent writing.

jawaharlal nehru (india) 1889 – 1964

Living within the wealth and privilege of a respected Brahmin family, Jawaharlal Nehru was homeschooled in a supportive environment which he characterized as “sheltered and uneventful.” The rest of his life was not this way. Steeped with historical knowledge, his sense of nationalism grew with his interest in politics. Nehru’s vision was that of an independent India. But what would be effective against the reigning world empire? Nehru found the answer in the words and deeds of Indian National Congress (I.N.C.) leader M.K. Gandhi. He learned about the power of civil disobedience, or in other words, the Movement of Non-Cooperation and joined the I.N.C. to become Gandhi’s successor and the first Prime Minister of sovereign India.

136

In the Indian Declaration of Independence Nehru wrote: “We believe that it is the inalienable right of the Indian people, as of any other people, to have freedom and to enjoy the fruits of their toil and have the necessities of life, so that they may have full opportunities of growth.

We believe also that if any government deprives a people of these rights and oppresses them, the people have a further right to alter it or abolish it.” Undeterred by nine separate incarcerations equaling nine years of his life, four assassination attempts, and the cessation of Pakistan, Nehru unified his country into a secular democracy. During tenure as Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Neh-ru put great effort into reforming education, the caste system, and creating equal rights for women.

jhaverchand meghani (india) 1896 – 1947

Jhaverchand Meghani loved his country of India. A Manbhatt poet in the Gujarati language, Meghani was known for his distinct folk style. He was also known for his gregariousness and booming voice. Jhaverchand engaged people around him with enthralling tales and ancestral songs. During the British occupation of India, Meghani spent two years in jail for Sindhudo, a book of songs encouraging the youth to discover their identity and join the liberation movement. His redemption songs inspired Gandhi to declare Meghani the National Poet of India (Raashtreeya Shaayar). Jhaverchand would scour villages in search of rare folklore. He compiled these stories in Saurastra Ni Rasdhar, a very popular work which revived cultural pride suppressed by years of colonial “cleansing.” Always looking for ways to educate with his writing, Meghani’s poems for children entertained as they informed. While his novels and plays had a way of stimulating the elders, filling them with pride and passion. The intention of his work was to create awareness and empowerment for his fellow countrymen and women.

As an editor, he preserved and promulgated important stories which contained these beneficial qualities. As a teacher, Meghani lectured at the schools of Ragindranath Tagore. He also translated Tagore's book of ballads: Stories of Martyrdom. With a life full of exuberant sharing, Jhaverchand Meghani was a bearer of light in times of darkness.

ernest hemingway (usa) 1899 – 1961

Ernest Hemingway had a larger-than-life presence and a groundbreaking body of work. Hemingway had a transformative effect on literature. Early in life as a war correspondent, Ernest reported with informative articles that focused on the conflicts with brevity and clarity – relating complex situations in concise yet engaging accounts. While living in Paris as a journalist, Ernest met Gertrude Stein, the modernist matriarch, and Ezra Pound, an expatriate American poet. They encouraged him to write fiction. After positive feedback from his short stories, Hemingway committed to becoming a novelist. He became fascinated by the bull fighting culture in Spain and wrote what is widely considered to be his most important work: A Sun Also Rises. This novel dawned a new day for contemporary fiction.

The unique casual style made it easy to follow and flow with as the plot unfolds. A Farewell to Arms is manifest from his experiences as an ambulance driver in World War I and fast became a best seller. He explained his “less is more” writing strategy as: The Iceberg Theory. Whereby relating less information to the reader about the meaning of the piece, makes it more subjective, and thus more personal. For example, The Old Man and The Sea tells a very simple story – yet there is an expansive ocean of allegory to be explored. Hemingway created a bold new style with a body of work which unapologetically shines with audacity.

137

PAINTERS AND SCULPTORS

donatello (sculptor) 1386 – 1466

The style and technique of Italian sculptor Donatello created a new wave of artistic expression. Living in Florence during the early Renaissance, Donatello was commissioned by the powerful Medici family to create his first statue of David. This bronze piece stood in the city square of Florence as a resilient symbol of unity. His innovative style was a catalyst for the artistic explosion of the 15th Century. Mastering the gothic style, he infused it with innovation and excitement. Exploring perspective, Donatello was a pioneer of low-relief sculptural scenes – such as The Feast of Herod, found on the doors of Siena Cathedral’s baptistery. His subjects, carved from marble appear natural, as if frozen in time, rather than rigid and posed. The body language and facial expressions of his pieces convey layered emotions; for instance, the statue Zuccone created for the Cathedral of Florence. At that time, this depiction of the prophet Habakkuk was widely considered the most lifelike representation of a person. Donatello’s city square monuments, elaborate tombs, and figural sculptures were groundbreaking – forever transforming western art.

leonardo da vinci (painter) 1452 – 1519

Leonardo da Vinci’s name is synonymous with genius. He was the quintessential Renaissance man. Leonardo’s paintings and notebooks (codices) are legendary. They convey the artist-philosopher’s deep fascination with nature and humankind. The contemplation of his subjects shows a profound curiosity. His powers of observation and artistic vision infused pieces with timeless appeal. The Mona Lisa is one of the most famous paintings in the world. It continues to evoke wonder through the eyes of this unassuming portrait. The Last Supper is an iconic religious depiction of Christ’s final gathering with his disciplines prior to the crucifixion. The brilliance of his paintings evinces a thorough understanding of botany, anatomy, geology, light, and perspective. Da Vinci’s codices also include blueprints for inventions far ahead of their time: flying machines, submarines, musical instruments, tanks, mechanical animatronics, etc. His codex on anatomy illuminated new ways of seeing the human heart, spine, and brain, while also investigating how muscles and emotions interrelate. A free spirit guided by his own light, Leonardo da Vinci was a genuine humanist with a creative spirit and unbridled mind.

michelangelo (painter & sculptor) 1475 – 1564

Michelangelo Buonarroti elevated multiple mediums of art with his unbridled imagination and passion. Fresh from the School of Ghirlandaio, the serendipitous sale of his sculpture Cupid brought the artist to Rome. Here, Michelangelo created an elegant and evocative work: The Pieta. This piece galvanized the nascent movement towards expressive sculpture. Michelangelo employed innovative, sophisticated techniques, but ultimately claims to have “listened” to the stone for it to reveal the form waiting inside. Attention to detail elevated his artwork to unprecedented levels. In the dawning of the Humanist Movement, this prodigious artist was very human indeed. In the eyes of his epic statue of David, we recognize both heroic courage and human fallibility. Sculpting was his true love, but he also dedicated many years creating great works of painting and architecture. The biblical frescoes painted on the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel is a religious and cultural icon. Despite fame and wealth, Michelangelo lived the austere life of a mercurial loner. Driven by his creativity, it is said he “ate only for survival and slept with his boots on.” Later in life, Michelangelo relished being chief architect of St. Peter’s Basilica – including its majestic dome. A founder of the mannerist style, Michelangelo challenged us to exceed mediocrity:

“The greater danger for most of us lies not in setting our aim too high and falling short; but in setting our aim too low and achieving our mark.”

giovanni lorenzo bernini (sculptor) 1598 –1680

A deeply religious man, Giovanni “Gian” Lorenzo Bernini saw his artistic gifts as God-given. To honor these gifts, he fully dedicated himself to his craft. Recognized as a protégé of the Renaissance Movement, Bernini was awarded papal commissions while still a teenager. The realism of his sculptural creations is marvelous. The fact Bernini used no measurements, calculations, or assisting constructions to create his pieces is truly impressive. The meticulous detail achieved through his masterful carving earned him the reputation as a virtuoso of precision and skill. His figures are imbued with complex emotional character. Expressive pieces such as Saint Theresa in Ecstasy evoke a visceral connection with the viewer. Without any requisite training, Bernini produced largescale architecture. For instance, multiple rows of columns envelope the Piazzo San Pietro – majestically embracing the courtyard of St. Peter’s Basilica. Rome is adorned with a plethora of Bernini’s fountains found throughout its myriad squares. The Fountain of

138

painters and sculptors

Four Rivers and the Fountain of the Triton took the artform to a new level of kinetic beauty. An originator of the baroque style, Gian Bernini has touched and inspired generations of people who have walked amongst his great works.

rembrandt (painter) 1606 – 1669

Rembrandt is known as the father of the Dutch golden age of painting. After several years of training with masters Jacob van Swanenburgh and Pieter Lastman, he created a collection of small portraits which ignited a successful (yet tumultuous) career. His portrayals and self-portraits are intimate and filled with underlying emotion. Complex scenes such as Night Watch make you feel as if you are there. An expert of light and shadow, Rembrandt created rich images demonstrating depth, focus, and subtle complexity. As he said to his pupils: "Without atmosphere a painting is nothing." Rembrandt generated a great deal of excitement over this style. Susannah and the Elders exemplifies his use of tones and contrast to infuse the piece with character and mood. He taught an estimated fifty students the varied skills of his chiaroscuro technique. Employing inventive methods, he kept exploring and discovering new ways to convey his work. The prints and etchings of Rembrandt revitalized the genres. It is said the etching, Christ Driving the Moneychangers from the Temple, solidified the medium as an artform. Rembrandt is still very popular as his work continues to connect aesthetically and emotionally.

johanne vermeer (painter) 1632 – 1675

Johanne Vermeer left a time capsule of thirty-four paintings depicting Dutch living in the mid-1600s. Many details of his own life are merely speculative. In fact, there could be more paintings from this enigmatic artist, but these are all that are known. Johanne has been dubbed The Sphinx of Delft. It is suspected that his self-portrait is found in the bawdy painting: The Procuress. Vermeer’s fame has spread ever since his paintings were discovered in the 19th century. Mostly set indoors, detailed portrayals depict the routines of Dutch people living in the city of Delft. He is most known for the engaging portraits: Girl in a Red Hat and Girl with a Pearl Earring. Depth of perspective, striking realism, and rich symbolism, are a few hallmarks of this master of the baroque style. In The Music Lesson, rays of light stream through glowing stain glass windows, illuminating detailed textiles, wall hangings, and furniture – offering a clear view into the past. In similar fashion, his two exterior landscapes, The City of Delft and The Little Street transport you to that time and space. A powerful, albeit small body of work has inspired and fascinated artists and art lovers alike. Perhaps one day we will learn more about this

visual magician, but at least for now we have thirty-four wonderful paintings.

francisco goya (painter) 1746 -– 1828

Francisco Goya was a prominent painter in 18th century Spain. After years of honing his craft, Goya’s portfolio garnered the attention of Spanish royalty. At first, he was commissioned to paint large-scale fabric murals to adorn the cold castle walls. After proving his worth, Francisco was tasked with representing the nobility themselves. Goya was sometimes surreptitiously critical of his elite patrons. This is evident in his later portraits, such as Charles the IV and His Family, where the unflattering characterizations of the royal family are a bit too on point. Francisco continued to paint under Napoleon’s brother during the French occupation. When the throne was retaken by Spain, Francisco was reluctantly pardoned by King Ferdinand, whom he lampoons in the series Los Disparates. This was a poignant follow up to Los Caprichos, a satirical collection of eighty prints made from etchings. Like many artists, Goya would develop his personal style when not working on commissions. However, an onset of sudden deafness left Goya to cope with the creeping madness of isolation –influencing his potent later work. During this time, he unwittingly opened the art world to modernism with his Black Painting series. As champion of the poor and artist to the elite, both aspects brought forth an extremely interesting, unique point of view and body of work.

CLAUDE MONET (PAINTER) 1840-1926

Enchanted by nature, Claude Monet spent a lifetime observing and painting it with dots and strokes of transcendent color. The reason many rejected Monet was why others celebrated him – his inventive style. Claude was part of a French artist collective which rejected and transcended rigid standards of what was considered acceptable art. Impression Sunrise is a piece which was showcased in rebuke to the traditional salons of the time. A critic levied an insult at Monet’s painting, claiming it to be a mere “impression of reality.” Subsequently his work and work like it was dubbed to be of an impressionist style. Without hard defining lines, landscape elements blend and almost seem to vibrate with life. Many of his paintings were done outdoors, or plein air. This new style communicated not only what nature looks like, but also how it feels. Thanks in large part to Monet, the hold realism had on the collective imagination was finally slipping from centuries of tension. Claude’s history of depression, self-doubt, and anxiety were mitigated by creative immersion. For instance, the series Ice Drift was a cathartic expression of grief after the loss of his wife Camille. Over the years his success and notoriety grew.

140

After recieving a windfall of funds, Monet moved to Giverny, France, to create his sanctuary of creatitivy. This estate, surrounded by nature, is where he painted his famous Water Lilies and Japanese Bridges. Monet’s wish for the garden was that: “one could retreat to a haven of peaceful meditation.”

auguste rodin (sculptor) 1840 – 1917

Auguste Rodin’s passion became a portal for sculptural modern art. An artistic renaissance was emerging in Paris and Auguste Rodin was at the center of it. His full-bodied male figure, Age of Bronze, was so realistic, many refused to believe he sculpted it. Deeply inspired by Donatello and Michelangelo, Rodin defied stereotypes and infused his portrayals with character and feeling. He did not wish to merely exalt the "winners of history." Rodin wanted the sculpture to speak for itself, as itself. His large-scale commissions required a team of hired artisans. The Gates of Hell was an epic doorway piece which Rodin worked on for over 37 years until his death. Elements from this single piece were separated and later deemed as classics in their own right: The Kiss, The Thinker, and The Three Shades. Like much of his work, he later chiseled larger marble versions of these smaller bronze pieces. Commissions such as the Burghers of Calais and a Monument to Victor Hugo caused controversy and derision at first, but they now stand as cherished landmarks. In addition to his inventive sculpture is an exquisite collection of drawings and paintings numbering in the tens of thousands.

paul gauguin (painter) 1848 – 1903

Never formally trained, Paul Gauguin was unencumbered by “proper method and form.” Gauguin had a flare for experimentation. He let his artistic instincts drive him. Impressionism was breaking through in Europe, but Paul became bored and disenchanted with England’s art scene. As a former merchant marine, he voyaged to Tahiti and set up a studio. Gauguin painted exotic scenes with brilliant colors and a fresh style. His work was ahead of his time. Branded as “primitive” by critics, a small but growing recognition emerged for his unabashed and sumptuous style. Repelled by the western world again, Gauguin returned to the Pacific islands. He drifted to remote areas outside the reach of colonialism. Here, living amongst the indigenous islanders, his artistic expression soared. He reflected their lifestyles, rituals, and art in his paintings. Using bold strokes and inviting colors, Gauguin conveyed rich island scenes as found in La Orana Maria.

Eventually migrating to a remote Polynesian island, Gauguin painted masterpieces like Where Do We Come From? What Are We? Where Are We Going? and Oviri. Adding to his mystique is a legacy of sculpture. Gauguin was not validated by mainstream society during his lifetime, but his contribution to art, sociology, and history is internationally recognized and valued.

vincent van gogh (painter) 1853 – 1890

Vincent van Gogh’s paintings are vibrant and beautiful, yet his personal life was infamously turbulent. Contending with persistent emotional and mental illness, at times his only relief was engaging himself in the creative process. To become a professional artist, Vincent moved from the Netherlands to cultural centers around Europe, such as Paris. Over ten years, he experienced an explosion of productivity, creating great works such as Sunflowers and Irises. Van Gogh received inspiration by working with contemporaries Toulouse-Lautrec, Pissarro, and Gauguin. But he had difficulty tempering his feelings, often putting colleagues off with quarrelsomeness. When he was submerged in the process of creation, Vincent transmuted these emotions into thick, deep brushstrokes of vivid color. He is famous for using large quantities of oil paint which give the pieces texture and life. People and their environments are juxtaposed in rich compositions as in The Potato Eaters and The Siesta. In his painting Starry Night, atmospheric swirls and radiances of light overlook a mountainous village. His series of mesmerizing self-portraits look back at us through time with piercing stares. The compelling dream-like quality of his chair paintings have motivated many artists to do in-depth object-studies. Vincent was not recognized in his time. He took his own life at the age of 37. Soon thereafter, the world came to know the splendor and innovation of Vincent van Gogh’s works.

henri matisse (painter & sculptor) 1869 – 1954

No idea was off limits in the long, prolific, and profoundly lived life of Henri Matisse. One thing that is evident throughout all his varied pieces is the sheer enjoyment of the creative process. Working in the cultural epicenter of Paris, Matisse was a forerunner of modernism. Very popular with critics and enthusiasts alike, Henri was a good example of a successful artist who constantly re-invented his style without pretense. Over a six-decade career he satiated the art world’s thirst for fresh works. The disarming qualities of his whimsical pieces led a vanguard of western style-makers.

141

Henri’s unconventional methods produced artwork which embodied his process of spontaneous discovery. Matisse explored multiple mediums, especially printmaking, sculpture, drawing, and painting. In his two-dimensional works, gestural lines and bold colors seem to buzz off the canvas. Brilliant compositions give his illustrations a sense of movement, as the print Dance 1 does. His painting, Woman in a Purple Coat, is a wonderful example of alluring forms, illustrated with bright, saturated colors. As if from a fantasy land, his series of bronze busts are fun and capricious. Henri Matisse’s contribution to art was vitally important. He brought the Joy of Life to an art world that needed some.

albin polasek (sculptor) 1879 – 1965

All throughout his life, sculptor Albin Polasek carved his destiny one hammered chisel at a time. His pieces reflect the joy with which they were made. In his own words: “True art stimulates beautiful thoughts, and one cannot occupy their mind with beautiful thoughts and not be the better for it.” The verve of life was conveyed with sculpted bronze, stone, and wood. Throughout his career Polasek made 53 versions of his masterful piece: Man Carving His Own Destiny. The final interpretation was created while relegated to a wheelchair using only one arm to make a larger-than-life artwork. For three decades Polasek was the head of the Sculpture Department for the Art Institute of Chicago. He found that teaching others fueled his own creative desire and imagination. After a debilitating stroke and the loss of his beloved wife, Albin refused to give up. Pulled by his vision, he continued to grow as an artist. He completed an eighteen-piece set of sculptures made with only his right hand. These were created at his estate on Lake Osceola in Winter Park Florida – which is now the Albin Polasek Museum & Sculpture Gardens. This paradise of plants, fountains, paintings, and sculptures is where you will find half of his four hundred major pieces.

pablo picasso (painter) 1881 – 1973

No list of artistic superstars would be complete without Pablo Picasso on it. He is credited with cofounding the artistic movements of cubism, collage, and surrealism. His works are categorized in the genres of abstract expressionism, neo-expressionism, and neo-classicism. Picasso’s body of work had six distinct phases which are all celebrated. He believed his work kept him alive.

The Blue Period were paintings which came out of a time of loss and sadness for Pablo. Soulful and sad figures like Old Guitarist and Blue Nude showed new ways of representing life on canvas. The Rose Period is epitomized with pioneering paintings like Gertrude Stein and Two Nudes. Picasso’s Analytic-Cubist phase was the genesis of Cubism – a collaboration with colleague Georges Braque where elements are de-structured and reordered by essential shapes. A few examples from this groundbreaking time: Three Women, Bread & Fruit Dish on a Table, and Girl with Mandolin.

During his Classicist and Surrealist periods, Picasso created works of distorted forms, like Woman with Flower. Again, he pushed through the boundary of contemporary art and took it to another level. The revolutionary Pablo Picasso became famous in his lifetime for influencing a dramatic shift in visual representation. His zest for life and love of art created a magical canon of artistic expression.

marc chagall (painter) 1887 – 1985'

Marc Chagall was a unique style-maker who created visual worlds of dreamlike imagination. Chagall meshed Judaic iconography and his Russian folk heritage with fantastical scenes of color, shape and imagery. Making art was a mystical experience for Marc. After relocating to Paris, the romance and poetry of his work added much to an emerging movement of modernism and the Avant-Guard. In Marc Chagall’s images, whimsical and folksy characters dwell and play in colorful worlds of wonder. With humor and fantasy, he blended various styles happening at the time: surrealism, symbolism, and fauvism. Inspired by his friend Pablo Picasso, Chagall tried Cubism, but found the geometry confining. He preferred to work in a flowing, intuitive way: “If I create from the heart, nearly everything works: if from the head, almost nothing.” Chagall not only made classic contributions in painting, but also stained glass, stage sets, ceramics, tapestries, and murals. His astounding large-scale mosaic mural Four Seasons is breathtaking. There is a magic in Chagall’s work that evokes a connection to the inner worlds. The beauty of his painting La Mariee gives a taste of this timeless appeal. Another prime example is the stain-glass windows of Saint Stephen's Church. The windows are adorned with multi-colored panes of Marc Chagall provided much beauty to the world.

142

salvador dali (painter) 1904 – 1989

The wildly eccentric artist Salvador Dali brought a new dimension of visionary surrealism to the fore. In his creative process, Dali employed the Paranoiac-critical method of dredging the subconscious for archetypical imagery. This personal language of symbols was visually represented with a myriad of dream-like images. Symbology melts into meaning as clocks in a desert landscape do in The Persistence of Memory. His unique brand of ‘nuclear mysticism’ plays with ideas of science, spirituality, eroticism, and existentialism. He explored all media, including fashion, photography, and even holograms. Wife, muse, and manager Gala Dali motivated Salvador. She encouraged him to infuse realism into his surreal Dadaist dreamscapes. He incorporated Gala’s image into many paintings: Sky and Architecture, Three Vertebrae of a Column, and Contemplating Her Own Flesh Becoming Stair. Salvador’s skills of imagination are evident. He employed optical illusions in many of his works. This offered the viewer dual, or even multiple ways of seeing the same image. Fine examples of this artistic magic are: Swans Reflecting Elephants, Man & Dancers, and the installation: Face of Mae West. With expert skill, Salvador Dali weaved visual dimensions together with an exuberant flair and artwork untethered by convention.

frida kahlo (painter) 1907 – 1954

Frida Kahlo was a special kind of wonderful. As an impassioned young woman, Frida was fast becoming a political activist. One day, she observed Diego Rivera painting The Creation at the National Preparatory School in her native Mexico City. This was the genesis of a passionate and temperamental relationship. In 1925, a streetcar slammed into a bus full of unsuspecting passengers, including Frida. What followed was a slow and grueling road to recovery. In traction and bed for long periods of time, Frida found freedom and solace in painting. Art became her means to cope: “I am happy to be alive as long as I can paint.” She laid herself bare in her works. Much of her story was told through self-portraits. Exposing her inner world with a surreal collage of personal symbols.

Dreamlike imagery floats around compositions laid out like religious iconography. These elements coalesced to become a type of family crest of her heart and Soul. With paintings such as The Two Fridas and Henry Ford Hospital, it is as if Frida is allowing us to read her visual diary. Vulnerability and courage shine throughout her pieces. Art enthusiasts, feminists, surrealists, those suffering chronic pain – Kahlo has a broad spectrum of fans who find inspiration in her. As Frida’s health conditions further diminished, her paintings evolved even further. Frida Kahlo had a resilient spirit and an ability to celebrate life despite pain and adversity.

andy warhol (painter) 1928 – 1987

There is something undeniably fun about Andy Warhol. Andrew Worhola, from Pittsburg, moved to New York City and became one of the most successful American illustrators of the 1950s. Andy Warhol relished the attention he received. Coming from an advertising background, he was fascinated with the gray area of commodity and culture, especially in the United States. Addressing themes of idolatry, excess, and fame in his work, the dividing lines between satire and culture worship are indiscernible. Pop art was born with the first stack of Campbell’s Soup Cans – blending and blurring the line between commercial and fine art. Some were vehemently against this “commercialization” of fine art – ironically, this only increased its popularity.

At The Factory, Warhol’s famous studio, eccentric expression was the norm. This creative laboratory was truly an imagination station. Sixty movies, multiple books, video installations, photography portfolios, and T.V. shows were merely some of what was produced here. Wild and creative celebrations were held accompanied by the famous house band: The Velvet Underground. In a constant state of creation, Warhol tried to bring out the best in prospective artists of all kinds. Andy challenged future creators: “They always say time changes things, but you actually have to change them yourself.”

143

INDIAN MUSICIANS AND SINGERS

baiju bawra (classical singer) 1498 – 1563

Nothing in the life of Baiju Bawra can be said with any veracity; however, when it comes to Hindustani music, this legendary Indian vocalist is a star. On a pilgrimage with his mother, young Baiju met the musical master Swami Haridas. Haridas took him to live and learn in the Gurukula tradition. Baiju’s vocal talents quickly blossomed under his tutelage. Word spread of his singing ability and royal courts demanded to hear him perform. In short time, he was commissioned by one of the greatest musical assemblages of medieval times: The Gwalior Court of Raja Mansing Tomar. Persian and other Central Asian influences mixed with traditional folk music to produce a powerful new sound. Baiju’s impassioned singing was heralded far and wide. People were enchanted with his fluid use of the Dhrupad style. His innovative vocal techniques spread fast, inspiring a new wave of experimentation and musical expression. Later in life, Baiju descended into a state of madness (bawra) and became a mendicant. There are many other tales filled with supernatural miracles and dramatic singing duels. It would not be a surprise if Baiju Bawra’s life was as extraordinary as legends say.

tansen (classical singer) 1506 – 1589

The vocal ability and inspired talent of Tansen has given him the reputation as the greatest Indian singer of all time. Considered the father of Hindustani classical music, many of his ragas are staples of Indian culture. After an apprenticeship with mystical musician, Swami Haridas, Tansen returned home to perform in a temple to Shiva. Audience members were enthralled hearing him sing ragas composed in the Dhrupad style of his teacher. The Sufi master, Muhammad Ghawth became another musical and spiritual mentor to him. Tansen became the vocalist for King Ramachandra of Rewa, until emperor Akbar the Great called upon him to serve at the heart of the Moghul empire. There was no recourse, at 57 years old Tansen’s life began anew. Within the courtyards of Fort Fatehpur Sikri was a natural paradise where he would play his Rabab and sing his ragas at specific times. While maintaining his Hindu roots, Tansen infused compositions with Sufi stylings to create a vibrant sound. The music of Hinduism and Islam were harmoniously integrated and expressed by Mian Tansen. He was named one of the nine gems (Navaratnas) of Akbar’s Kingdom. Marrying Akbar’s daughter, they had five children who all became prominent musicians.

Today, Tansen lives in the vibrations of India's heart and soul.

ustad bismillah khan (shehnai player) 1913 –2006

It is a beautiful thing when a musician and their instrument become one. This is the case with Ustad Bismillah Khan and the shehnai – a wind instrument in the oboe family. A third generation shehnai player, Bismillah committed himself to mastering the instrument. He found serenity practicing by the Ganges River.A humble man, Bismillah Khan had profound impact on Hindustani classical music and Indian culture. The limelight glowed bright with his performance at the 1937 All India Music Conference in Calcutta. His popularity had a meteoric rise when he played “Raag Kafi” on the eve of India’s independence ten years later. Another key moment was his performance on the first Republic Day of India in 1950 at the Red Fort in Delhi. Khan’s cultural legacy was recognized with the Bharat Ratna Award – India’s highest civilian honor. Practicing a devout Shi’ite lifestyle, he was also a devotee of Goddess Saraswati. Speaking on societal divisions, Khan remarked: “Music has no caste.” He wished only unity for Hindus and Muslims. Bismillah Khan offered his music to the world for healing and celebration.

ustad alla rakha (tabla player) 1919 – 2000

Famous percussionist Mickey Hart, nicknamed Ustad Alla Rakha: "the Einstein of rhythm." Bringing the tabla out from the background, Rakha exhibited its capabilities as a solo instrument. His astounding abilities of syncopation are almost other-worldly. Copious amounts of practice enabled Alla Rakha to achieve a high-level of percussive dexterity. Alla accompanied many great musicians throughout his five-decade career: Yehudi Menuhin, Buddy Rich, Vilayat Khan, the Kathak Dancers, and his most famous collaborator – Ravi Shankar. In the late 1950s throughout the 1960s Shankar and Rakha brought classical Indian music to the world. Their musical dialogue exemplified the rich history and assimilative culture of India.Western audiences were immensely enthusiastic.With all things, attention was on quality over quantity. No exception was his work composing for theater and Bollywood film under the ghost-name of A.R. Qureshi. Concentration, listening, and the physical skills of tabla playing were developed under his

144

INDIAN MUSICIANS AND SINGERS

guidance. Students learned to quiet their mind in order to execute the subtle movements of one's wrists, palms, and fingers. He performed classical ragas with exemplary execution and energetic passion. Ustad Alla Rakha was an eminent example for those who wish to en- joy a successful and fulfilling career as a professional musician.

naushad ali (musician & composer) 1919 – 2006

Naushad Ali experienced a true “rags to riches” story. While living homeless outside of a famous theater venue, Jhande Khan, the owner of the Broadway Theater took in young Naushad and taught him the tools of the trade. After learning the basics, Ali hit the road with a traveling performance group: The Indian Star Theatrical Company. Exposure to indigenous Punjab, Rajasthan, Gujarat, and Saurashtra regional folk music gave Naushad plenty to draw upon throughout his incredible sixty-two-year composing career. At twenty-one years old, Ali was given his first film to score: Prem Nagar. Two years later his composition Sharda received critical praise. But it was the music from the film Rattan which broke open his career. During a significant and transformative time for India, Ali would go on to compose Bollywood movies which have become treasured classics. Twenty-six of his films had jubilee runs. In 1957, the epic film Mother India garnered international acclaim, and Naushad was recognized for his consummate workmanship on the soundtrack. He popularized classical Indian music through the powerful medium of motion pictures. Ali was very innovative, incorporating western instruments such as brass horns, accordions, flutes, clarinets, mandolins, and harmonicas. This hybridization of eastern and western music can be especially appreciated in the films Jadoo, and Mere Mehboob. Sound mixing, recording at different speeds, and using separate tracks, were all pioneering techniques employed by this assiduous master-composer.

pandit ravi shankar

(Sitar player & composer) 1920 – 2012

Listening to Ravi Shankar play the sitar is like listening to the universe tell a story. His distinctive style is steeped in classical Hindustani training and seasoned with influences from around the world. At ten years of age, Ravi worked in Paris with his older brother, Uday, who owned a dance company. Ustad Allauddin Khan joined the troupe as a soloist. He recognized greatness in Ravi and offered to be his teacher. Ravi lived with Khan’s family in the gurukula tradition, learning the fundamentals of the sitar and sursingar. He became close with Khan’s son, Ali Akbar, with whom he first played

live in jugalbandi fashion (duet). Shankar incorporated Carnatic rhythms of South India and western influences – gently infusing them into traditional formats. Ravi Shankar and Ali Akbar Khan enchanted world audiences with their magnificent playing. They expressed the transpersonal dimension of Indian music which has evolved over the eons. Shankar founded various schools of music in India, and one in Los Angeles, California. Ravi always challenged himself. He wrote three concertos and a symphony for his beloved daughter and student, Anoushka Shankar. Ravi Shankar traveled the planet as an ambassador for the spiritual music of his homeland. This master sitar player and composesr was a “world musician” before the genre even existed.

ustad ali akbar khan (sarod player) 1922 – 2009

Ali Akbar’s father, Dr. Allauddin Khan, is known by many to be the most significant 20th century figure in Hindustani music. He devised a notation system to record over 10,000 compositions which had been handed down orally. Ali Akbar Khan was taught music at the same he was learning to speak. Training began at three years old, and even then, it was rigorous and thorough. Ali Akbar’s days were filled with repetitive drills and study. His esteemed father and uncle required total commitment and devotion to the craft. This work ethic continued to bear fruit throughout his extraordinary life. Over his twenty plus years of intensive education, Khan learned voice, sitar, sursingar, and various drums. But his love was always the sarod – a 25 stringed lute instrument. The sarod is capable of expressing a range of emotion with its deep tones of melodic resonance. Khan recorded 95 albums with the sarod. He also composed several significant Bollywood movie scores, including Ivory & Merchant’s first film: House Holder. Ali Akbar has been recognized world-wide for his tremendous contribution. Known as a musician’s musician, Khan founded schools of music and taught internationally. One of his students, Zakir Hussain said of him: “Ali Akbar Khan is a musical miracle.”

mukesh (singer) 1923 – 1976

Born Mukesh Chand Mathur, this legendary Bollywood playback singer was raised in a large family of modest means outside of Delhi. He is considered one of the three best male vocalists of vintage Bollywood – standing alongside all-time greats: Mohammed Rafi and Kishore Kumar. Growing up, Mukesh adored the cinema and idolized playback singer K.L. Saigal – emulating his style and inflections to the point of mimicry.

146

His career began with movies that did not garner much attention, so he began acting to sustain a living. Mukesh got his big break singing for the film: Pehli Nazar. The track “Dil Jalta Hai To Jalne De Aansoo Na Baha” became a huge hit. In the film Mela, Mukesh began to carve out his own distinctive singing and composing style. Audiences admired his golden timbre, pure diction, and ability to express an array of emotions. Melancholy, reverence, the bliss of romantic love, and the sadness of heartbreak, were some of the qualities Mukesh conveyed with conviction. Renowned Bollywood director Raj Kapoor, partnered with Mukesh for two plus decades of fantastic work. Award winning movies such as Anari, Penchan, Beimaan, and Kabhie Kabhie, gave him a platform in which to share his memorable vocal performances. Mukesh is well remembered and celebrated for his eloquent and soulful voice.

shankar–jaikishan (musicians and composers)

1922 – 1987 * 1929 – 1971

Shankar Singh Raghuvanshi and Jaikishan Dayabhai Panchal united to form a super-duo of movie composing, known simply as: Shankar-Jaikishan (S-J). A synchronous meeting landed them at the door of film maker Raj Kapoor. Together with top-level lyricists Shailendra and Hasraj Jaipuri, this creative team became the composer core of RK Films. Their raga-based soundtracks were extremely popular in the mid-20th Century. Each artist complemented the strengths of the other by focusing on their own specialty. Their collaborative effort produced results which transcended what any of them could have individually created. Shankar primarily teamed with Shailendra to produce serious thematic songs imbued with meaning and feeling. The tabla drum enabled them to find just the right tempo and crescendo points for maximum effect. Jaikishan enjoyed bringing out the lighter side with fun-filled ditties, specializing in romantic numbers and effervescent background music. Jaikishan’s singing and harmonium playing charmed people off their feet and into the movie seat. After the hit movie Barsaat, top name talent became attracted to their projects. Their music embraced traditional folk sounds yet also modernized the art form with jazz and other inventive genres. Together they produced classics during the golden age of Bollywood cinema: Shri 420, Sangam, Awara, and Basant Bahar. The work of Shankar-Jaikishan was the magical alchemy derived from creative collaboration.

mohammed rafi (singer) 1924 – 1980

Mohammed Rafi is one of, if not the biggest male playback singers of all time. Credited with recording several thousand songs for the silver screen, his evergreen hits

abound. Rafi took the craft of playback singing to new heights, conveying the appropriate mood and pathos of the actor. From enchanting romance to the grieving pain of loss, Mohammed Rafi shared his gift in a wholehearted way. Music directors lined up for his services: Laximkant-Pyarelal, Shankar-Jaikishan,

O.P. Nayyar,

Madan Mohan, Rajesh Roshan, Ravi and more. They were not only attracted to his talent, but also enjoyed working with a kind and humble professional. Mohammed’s timbre was limber, and he was always prepared to give his best. Rafi sang duets with all the top names in the industry: Shamshad Begum, Geeta Dutt, Lata Mangeshkar, Asha Bhosle and Kishore Kumar. Songs like “Baharon Phool Bharsao”, “Kashmir Ki Kali” and “Kya Hua Tera Waada” still play on. Mohammed was a devout Muslim who did not let the addictive trappings of fame derail his career. He sang sacred Qawwalis, Ghazals, and Bhajans in 20 languages. Mohammed Rafi’s singing continues to enchant new and old listeners alike.

lata mangeshkar (singer) 1929 – 2022

The matriarch of Bollywood movies is none other than Lata Mangeshkar. Against all odds, Lata, an orphaned caretaker for her little sisters, became the singing queen of the silver screen. The most popular playback singer of all time was continually rejected for having a voice which was too “thin and weak.” While landing acting roles to support her younger siblings, Lata trained with Aman Ali Khan to fulfill her dream of being a professional vocalist. Her persistence paid off when she recorded solos for the 1948 hit movie: Majboor. From this point on, Lata-mania swept over India and beyond. She has accomplished a remarkable seven-decade career as a playback singer and music director. The Nightingale of Bollywood has sung in 36 languages, performing for over one thousand Hindi movies alone. She has had the pleasure of working with almost all the major composers. C. Ramchandra is widely recognized as bringing out the best in her, but Lata also shined under the direction of Madan Mohan, Kalyanji Anandji and many more. Her most prolific collaboration was with the creative team of Laxmikant-Pyarelal with 712 songs. A prime example of her singing is the evocative ballad “Pyar Kiya to Darna Kya” in Naushad’s movie Mughal E Azam. It would take a lifetime to explore all of Lata’s beautiful music – and that lifetime would be worth the while.

kishore kumar (singer) 1929 – 1987

Kishore Kumar never had any formal music training, he just loved to sing, dance, act and write.

147

Kishore flourished with comedic acting roles throughout the 1950s, but his goal was to be a professional playback singer. Like so many others in the field, he worshipped and mimicked the famous pioneer singer K.L. Saigal. S.D. Burman once told him that emulating skilled singers was good, but it was important for him to develop his own style Kumar did so with gusto. For instance, he loved the yodeling of Tex Morton & Jimmie Rodgers and incorporated the technique into his distinctive style. Kishore especially excelled with comedic and romantic tracks. In the 1960s, Kumar worked in every aspect of production. He seamlessly directed, acted, produced, and composed music, while also writing lyrics and sometimes even the screenplay itself. After burnout and the excesses of fame took their toll, Kishore answered his own wake-up call. The jubilee lights were ablaze again with the blockbuster movie: Aradhana. “Roop Tera Mastana” a collaboration with R.D. Burman returned the musician to his former prominence. The vivacious stylings of Kishore Kumar brought smiles, tears, and joy to those he touched.

pandit jasraj (classical singer) 1930 – 2020

The voice of Pandit Jasraj fully encapsulates the transcendent beauty of India’s classical music. The fourth-generation musician began training in the Mewati Gharana tradition at three years old. After the early death of his father, his brother Maniram taught him the fundamentals of this ancient and spiritual musical system. The intensive tutelage continued with Maharaja Jaiwant Singh Waghela, who not only taught him Hindustani classical music, but also became a guiding light for Jasraj in turbulent times. Jasraj broadened his perspective even further by learning from the Agra Gharana and extensively studying composition. Expressing his singing voice over an amazing 4 ½ octaves, his perfect diction and distinctive voice elicits peace and tranquility. Rare ragas, including Todi, Abiri, Gyankali and Purba, are kept alive with his prolific recordings. Another innovative contribution is his method of duet called Jasarangi, where a male and female vocalist sing different ragas at the same time. Embraced by a world audience, Jasraj spread his sweet vibrations with live performances. Pandit Jasraj was a walking treasure trove of information and skill. His devotion to India and its music shines through his students by way of music schools founded in his name.

asha bhosle (singer) 1933

Asha Bhosle is an eminent Bollywood playback singer and renowned international vocalist.

Being the younger sister of Lata Mangeshkar did not ensure an easy path to success. In fact, for many years Bhosle sang mostly for “low grade movies.” This however did not daunt her. As Asha simply states: “I like a challenge.” This attitude has served her well over a seventy-year career. Bhosle has reached the pinnacle of Bollywood stardom while also exploring various genres: rock, jazz, pop, disco, fusion, classical and cabaret. It is no wonder she ended up marrying fellow musical adventurist R.D. Burman. Until his death, they incorporated the sounds of the world, synthesizing them with traditional Indian folk & classical music. Asha is known for bringing great sensuality to her work. Romantic numbers with premiere male playback singers have rendered her a cultural icon. Her playback singing for the performer Helen, Queen of the Cabaret, is a renowned collaboration. When Asha started being typecast for only “naughty numbers,” she reinvented herself once again. “Piya Tu Ab To Aja” from Caravan won awards and “Dum Maro Dum” in the movie Hare Krishna quickly went viral. Bhosle also sang challenging poetic ghazals, bringing her an even deeper level of respect and recognition as an artist. Now in her eighties, Asha continues to excel:

“I love to work, I sleep only four or five hours because I’m excited for the next day.”

shivkumar sharma (santoor player) 1938 – 2022

Shivkumar Sharma is synonymous with the instrument he popularized: the santoor. In fact, this once ensemble background instrument for Sufi devotional music was brought to the fore by the Sharma family. Shivkumar’s father was a musician who was especially fascinated by the santoor. Tutoring his son in the Benaras Gharana tradition, Shivkumar learned the fundamentals of music early. Growing up in Kashmir, he listened to both Hindu and Sufi music. Shivkumar enjoyed playing the tabla, but the santoor would always evoke joy and wonder in him. The santoor is a 100-stringed instrument of the hammered dulcimer family. It has a distinctly evocative and rich sound. In fact, Sharma improved the instrument to better concord with Hindustani classical music. His brilliant innovation yielded a three-octave range which opened up a whole new chromatic arrangement of notes. The album Call of The Valley recorded. In 1967, the album Call of the Valley was a seismic success. The combination of santoor, flute, and guitar is magical. The innovative album was lauded for infusing spiritual sensibilities so essential to the genre. Sharma is also known for scoring several popular Bollywood movies with flautist collaborator, Hari Prasad Chaurasia (Shiv-Hari). The sheer number of Shivkumar Sharma's recordings and collaborations is incredible and inspiring.

148

r.d. burman (musician & composer) 1939 – 1994

Rahul Dev Burman, known simply as Pancham, revolutionized the sound of Bollywood music with his inventive wizardry. Son of the great music director S.D. Burman, Pancham absorbed everything his knowledgeable father had to offer. Musicians were always around due to his father’s productions and R.D. was exposed to all the great music of the world: jazz and rock from the United States, samba sounds from South America, Mali music from Africa etc. Pancham loved all musical instruments, but he excelled playing the sarod under the guidance of Ali Akbar Khan. Serving as an apprentice throughout his adolescence, Burman added flavor to spice up his father’s more traditional style. In 1961, his first film score for Chote Nawab quietly impressed aficionados, but it was the sountrack for Tesri Manzil which exploded him onto the scene. R.D. became known for his contagious grooves and unique compositions. A love of experimentation yielded many fruits. Pancham often used unconventional household items and natural elements to record fresh sounds for his eclectic recordings. From soulful to spunky, sad to serious, the eccentric composer’s distinctive style has been recognized for its inventive and culturally significant value. “O Haseena Zulfonwaali” is a good example R.D.’s fusion of eastern and western orchestrations. Taking the best from the world’s stage, R.D. Burman made Bollywood music fun again.

anuradha paudwal (singer) 1952 –

With her ethereal voice, Anuradha Paudwal sends appreciative listeners into the stratosphere. Relying on her own practice regimen, Anuradha traversed the rocky terrain of professional singing with no formal musical training. She put out a Marathi album and gained regional acclaim. Paudwal’s breakout hit came with the 1976 soundtrack to Kalicharan. Anuradha found herself working with premier playback singers Lata Mangeshkar, Asha Bhosle, and Kishore Kumar. Over the next several auspicious years she worked with powerhouse composers: Rajesh Roshan, Jaidev, Usha Kahanna, Shiv-Hari, and Laxmikant-Pyarelal. The latter team created the megahit Hero which skyrocketed Anuradha’s popularity to the stars. “Tu Mera Jaanu Hai” swooned hearts of the early '80s, and Anuradha felt the love from fans and critics. Gulshan Kumar, founder of the T-Series label, knew that Anuradha Paudwal had the charming touch. Together, they brought many previously unknown singers, composers, and music directors to the fore. Under this label, Anuradha dove into the deep end of devotional music. A fine example being the empyreal “Krishna Mahamantra” with Pandit Jasraj.

Anuradha Paudwal has stayed true to her artistic intuition and produced a wealth of treasured music.

a.r. rahman (musician & composer) 1967 –

Allah Rakha Rahman is living proof that there are no limits to creativity. Born Dileep Kumar, A.R. came from humble beginnings. A big-time breakthrough happened in 1991, when Mani Ratnam asked Rahman to score his movie Roja. The film became a huge crossover hit throughout India. A.R. received a national award for this introductory work. In the tradition of R.D. Burman, Rahman incorporated influences from around the world, mixing them with classical South Asian motifs. Integrating Carnatic, Hindustani and Qawwali sounds with hip hop, disco, jazz, latin, reggae, rock etc. Styles miraculously blend in and out of his prolific compositions. Rahman directed the music for such ageless hits as Bombay, Rangeela, and Elizabeth. But his artistry was brought to the world stage with the soundtrack for Slumdog Millionaire. To counter his studio work, A.R. also tours the world with high energy live performances. Playing multiple instruments and singing with passion, fans leave buzzing with excitement. Now considered one of the top and most sought-after composers in the world, the ‘Mozart of Madras,’ A.R. Rahman continues to thrill with every new endeavor.

shreya ghoshal (singer) 1984 –

Shreya Ghoshal glows with joy as she sings. Her immense talent was recognized on Zee TV’s singing program: Sa Re Ga Ma Pa when she was a child. When the decision was made that she wanted to be a Bollywood playback singer, Shreya committed to training with master musician Kalayanji. After relocating to Mumbai, headquarters for India’s film industry, Shreya recorded old time Bengali favorites like R.D. Burman’s “Bendhechhi Beena.” Returning to compete in Zee TV’s singing contest as a young adult, everyone was spellbound with her enchanting voice. Director Sanjay Leela Bhansali found the perfect playback singer for the role of Pardo in his film: Devdas. Songs “Silsila Ye Chahat Ka” and “Bairi Piya” became instant classics. With skill and articulation, Shreya sings her lyrics with pure emotion. The humble confidence she exudes adds sophistication to all her performances. Mixing golden standards with new pop singles, Shreya’s mellifluous singing flows with an elegant grace. Active on social media, Shreya Ghoshal offers the secret of her success: “I’ve had so much fun, doing what I love to do.”

149

WESTERN MUSICIANS AND SINGERS

johann sebastian bach (musician & composer) 1685 – 1750

The iconoclastic song “Air,” breathes in and out of polyphonic layers with a gentle rhythm of strings. This is one of over a thousand eclectic compositions created by master maestro Johann Sebastian Bach. As a devout Lutheran, Bach expressed beatific themes in his music. Contracted to serve multiple churches, he supplied preludes, fugues, and cantatas for Sunday services. Even though Johann never left Germany, he infused his work with French and Italian influences – Antonio Vivaldi was a favorite. Unlike many contemporaries of his time, Johann took chances, creating new forms of innovative contrapuntal compositions. Unconventional aspects of his music made some listeners nervous, but many acquired a taste for the pioneering tunes. The demand for religiously infused music was high throughout his life and he supplied copious amounts of it. However, as his eyesight diminished from candlelit composing, so did baroque style music fade from popularity. Today however, Bach and baroque are both widely celebrated. Johann Sebastian Bach was a prodigal composer who brought an energetic enthusiasm to every line of musical notation he penned.

wolfgang amadeus mozart (musician & composer) 1756 – 1791

The meaning and value of life itself emanates from the unfinished “Requiem” of a dying composer. The compositions of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart skillfully weave together harmonious tones of life – the pain and the joy of it. Throughout his brief existence, he explored many genres of the classical style. With his father as a teacher, young Wolfgang was proficient with the violin and keyboard – composing at the age of five. With his equally precocious sister Marianne, he performed across Europe throughout his childhood and adolescence. Wolfgang became enthralled with the piano – a new invention at the time. “Piano concerto K 271” was a breakthrough work for the instrument, fueling its popularity. His operas, such as The Marriage of Figaro and The Magic Flute satisfied crowds hungry for original sounds. Often portrayed as supremely mischievous, he spent countless hours exploring and developing his craft. The result of his determined efforts resulted in effulgent, often transcendent music. Mozart believed the secret ingredient of mastery is love. The music spoke to him from within. There was no greater authority than his own intuition: “I pay no attention whatever to anybody's praise or blame. I simply follow my own feelings.”

ludwig van beethoven (musician & composer) 1770 – 1827

Beethoven’s “9th Symphony” is a sublime “Ode to Joy.” Ludwig’s brilliance was a beacon of inspiration for emerging composers moving into the unchartered waters of the Romantic Period. Popular classical music was becoming rote, uninspired, lacking passion. Emotional expression was Beethoven’s specialty. His personal style developed with teachers Joseph Hadyn and Salieri. The German maestro enchanted audiences with captivating songs like “Septet Op.20” and “Moonlight Sonata.” Known as his Middle or Heroic phase, the turn of the 18th century was a very prolific time for Beethoven. “Eroica Symphony” exemplifies his signature style of undulating peaks and valleys culminating into a grand crescendo. Known for temperamental mood swings, Ludwig persevered through depression and strife. Through it all he played and composed. As the years passed, so did Beethoven’s hearing ability. Remarkably, as the outer world descended into silence, he composed even greater pieces in his mind. Working up until his demise, in the end he composed the beautiful: “Missa Solemnis.” The inscription on the title page reads: “From the heart. May it return to the heart.”

frederic chopin (musician & composer) 1810 –1849

“Nocturne Number 20 in C Minor” is one of approximately 230 brilliant musical inventions by Frederic Chopin to survive and thrive. The piano virtuoso and composer trail-blazed a path into and throughout the fertile terrain of the Romantic era. Frederic’s life was extraordinary. At seven years old, his talents were comparable with the great composers of Warsaw. Chopin relished his Polish heritage. While living in Paris, he composed “Revolutionary Etude” and many other nationalistic ‘polonaises.’ Polish folk styles intermingle with the influences of masters Mozart, Bach, and contemporary Ludwig Van Beethoven. “The Fantasie Impromptu Op.66” showcases his proficient technical ability and evocative flair. Performing concerts only a few dozen times, the reviews of these events were outstanding. However, it is said his best performances were impromptu concerts at home with friends. A volatile love life fueled his ballads and etudes with resounding tones of adoration and sadness i.e., “Piano Concerto No. 1.” Frederic Chopin was recognized internationally as an essential musical contributor in his lifetime.

150

WESTERN MUSICIANS AND SINGERS

johann strauss ii (musician & composer) 1825 –

1899

“The Blue Danube” is a tribute to a river which flows through Vienna – the homeland of Johann Strauss II. Known as the Waltz King, Johann overcame great obstacles to become a predominant source of 19th century European dance music. Dommayer’s Casino gave Johann the stage he needed to showcase his talents. Eventually, Strauss and his orchestra swept Europe with an infectious brand of easy-listening, classical music. Their regional tours were in high demand as word spread of his highly entertaining fiddle-in-hand ‘vorgeiger’ conducting style. Strauss transformed a type of bohemian peasant dance song, the Polka, into a celebrated genre of world music. While he composed operettas and other styles, the Waltz is considered his wheelhouse. “Kaiser Walzer Op.437” and “Tales from the Vienna Woods Op.325” are two songs showcasing his proficient abilities. In later years Johannes became overworked and stressed. To reinvigorate him, his two brothers joined the orchestra, and together they embarked on world tours. The family fun onstage was a hit. The energetic and interactive shows became legendary.

louis armstrong (singer & musician) 1901 – 1971

“What a Wonderful World” is a testament to a life well lived. Recorded later in life without his companion horn, this song encapsulates Louis Armstrong’s attitude of gratitude – a theme carried throughout his storied career. Often living alone as a child, he survived poverty by navigating the hard streets of New Orleans. Music was his salvation. With coronet in hand, he led funeral marches, Mardi Gras parades, played on steamboats, and jammed all around the great port city. An opportunity arose to showcase his improvisational skills and onstage antics in Chicago & New York City. “Heebie Jeebies” became a national hit, and with it, Armstrong’s unique scat-singing was born. Breaking the mold with his raspy voice, Louis opened the door for unconventional singers. Featuring his charismatic band-leading and renowned trumpet playing, Louis Armstrong and his Stompers toured the U.S. with great fanfare. “When it’s Sleepytime down South” became their group anthem. With manager Joe Glaser at the helm, Armstrong brought jazz overseas where Europeans yearned for originality. Dubbed ‘Ambassador Satchmo,’ his big winning smile lit up the room. Louis Armstrong has become one of the best known and admired American artists of his time.

frank sinatra (singer) 1915 – 1998

We all can’t sing as well as the Sultan of Swoon, Frank Sinatra, but hey, “That's Life.” This signature song was featured on the eponymous 1966 album produced by Sinatra’s own Reprise recording label. With no formal training, this first-generation Italian-American singer learned by ear. Quickly becoming a sensation, Sinatra struck a nerve with teenage fans known as bobbysoxers. With seventeen top-ten singles in a span of three years, radio airwaves were filled with his romantic serenades. Sinatra’s rendition of Cole Porter’s “Night and Day” played day and night. The consummate crooner would reinvent himself amid changing times, developing a more mature sound during the 1950’s. On the album Songs for Swinging Lovers, “I’ve Got You under My Skin” is a sultry example of his distinctive adult contemporary style. Hits such as “Come Fly with Me” translated perfectly to Las Vegas where Frank Sinatra became synonymous with the high life. Joining Frank onstage was, Sammy Davis Jr, Dean Martin, Peter Lawford, and Joey Bishop – the Rat Pack. Together, they lit up the night with a politically incorrect, vaudeville type variety show. As Frank would say, he did it “My Way” right up to the end.

dean martin (singer) 1917 – 1995

“Everybody Loves Somebody” sung by the baritone Dean Martin, is a classic that keeps on being classy. Born in Ohio, Dino Paul Crocetti bounced from job to job with a whistle on his lips and a song in his step. Traditional Italian romantic singing came naturally to him. After performing publicly at the behest of friends, Dean Martin toured the Atlantic coast charming audiences with his easy-going aplomb and witty sense of humor. Hosting a radio show enabled him to showcase his new work with Capitol Records. A serendipitous meeting with comedian Jerry Lewis changed everything. The Lewis & Martin comedy duo became a smash-hit parade. After making sixteen movies in seven years, and touring for a decade, Dean decided to disband the comedy team. This break-up shocked and angered some loyal fans, but this bold move created new momentum. Dean was off to the races with new big-time solo numbers: “That’s Amore” and “Memories are Made of This.” Moving to Las Vegas, his afterhours allure complemented an all-star cast of veteran crooners - the Rat Pack. “When You’re Smiling (The Whole World Smiles with You)” and “Volare” were released on Sinatra’s Reprise Records to great acclaim. Dean Martin’s signature goodtime ballads satisfied adoring fans and cemented his name alongside the great ones.

152

yehudi menuhin (violin player) 1916 – 1999

“Violin Concerto No.4” was expertly reprised by premiere violinist Yehudi Menuhin. Yehudi found an affinity with the violin as a child. Recognized as an uncanny talent, his first professional feature was with the San Francisco Orchestra at age seven. Yehudi’s technical skill was remarkable, but an unabashed playing style set him apart. His impassioned interpretations of classical compositions created a resurgence of interest for German composers. The teenaged virtuoso toured the world, performing in over seventy countries in one year alone. He was still extensively touring in his eighties. Maestro Menuhin explored genres with wide-ranging musical explorations and collaborations. Known as much for philanthropy as music, the organization he founded, Live Music Now, sends musicians out to soothe and uplift the downtrodden. This deep held belief in the power of music led him to open many schools and nonprofit organizations. Menuhin’s instructive books guide those interested in a musical life: “Anything one wants to do really, and one loves doing, one must do every day. It should be as easy to the artist as flying is to a bird.”

henry mancini (musician & composer) 1924 –1994

According to Henry Mancini himself, the number one hit “Love Theme from Romeo and Juliet” started when an Orlando, Florida radio station played it as an afterthought in the wee hours of the night. The calling board lit up and the song was soon surfing radio waves across the world. Mancini’s orchestrations accompany a cavalcade of movies which sprung out of post-war Hollywood. Working 9-5 on the Universal lot, he had a hand in creating over one hundred movie scores in only a six-year period. “Moon River” is the romantic centerpiece of the hit movie Breakfast at Tiffany’s, starring Audrey Hepburn. This is but one of the 26 Blake Edwards films scored by the legendary composer, arranger, and conductor. Henry Mancini had the ability to create music which perfectly complemented a film maker’s vision. He explored multiple genres and was sought out for his versatility and imagination. Mancini also created a large catalogue of theme songs for television, including: Peter Gunn, Hawaii Five-O, and What’s Happening!! With a plethora of awards for composing, he was also a master conductor, leading all the world’s major symphonies over his life. Henry Mancini profoundly influenced the world of music with his soundtrack scoring for film and television.

andy williams (singer) 1927 – 2012

Andy Williams wowed a worldwide audience when he performed “Moon River” at the Academy Awards in 1962. When Bing Crosby heard Andy and his brothers singing, he knew they were something special. In 1944, Crosby recorded “Swinging on a Star” with the Williams Quartet. Comedienne Kay Thompson caught wind and picked up the brothers to do a variety show tour. The troop toured the world becoming the highest paid theatrical act up to that point. After three years together, Andy Williams went solo. Kay Thompson landed him a recording contract with Cadence Records and hits began to fall like rain. Columbia signed the engaging performer to begin a mutually successful 28-year relationship. Up and coming acts were featured on his popular TV variety program The Andy Williams Show. Thirty years after his performance at the Oscars, Williams opened his Moon River Theater in Branson, Missouri. This venue in the Ozark Mountains is the culmination of a long, illustrious singing and producing career. Williams played well into his eighties, stating in an interview on tour: “It keeps me vital.”

harry belafonte (Singer) 1927 –

When you hear: "Day-O!" You know a good time is about to go down. This Carribean classic was originally sung by Jamaican dock workers loading banana fruit onto freighters. Harry Belafonte popularized the classic, now known as “The Banana Boat Song” on his breakout Calypso album in 1952. The record maker was a record breaker – the first album to sell over a million copies. He was also the first African-American producer, creating the popular variety show: Tonight with Harry Belafonte. Performances by the ‘King of Calypso’ are legendary. With an energetic presentation, Belafonte and his band elicited audience participation amongst a jubilant atmosphere of dancing and singing. A dramatic rise in popularity spiked with the release of his calypso-styled song "Matilda" – a number one hit for 31 weeks. As friend and confidant to Martin Luther King Jr, Belafonte financed and organized many of the key events in the U.S. Civil Rights movement. He also helped to end apartheid policies in South Africa and free Nelson Mandela from captivity. Co-producing the collaborative benefit song “We Are the World,” Belafonte raised awareness and funds for the blight of starvation in Africa. His latest project was many years in the making: The Long Road to Freedom – a genealogy of African-American music.

153

elvis presley (singer) 1935 – 1977

“Don’t Be Cruel” is the classic 45-inch Sun Records megahit by Elvis Presley. On the B-side is the track first made famous by blues singer Big Mama Thornton: “Hound Dog.” This dynamic duo of songs topped the pop, country, and R&B charts for eleven straight weeks. Rock & roll was here to stay, so sayeth The King. In the mid-1950s, music was experiencing a transformative period of experimentation and excitement. Presley’s fusion of rockabilly, country, and rhythm & blues was pure gold. His manager and producer, Colonel Tom Parker made sure these fresh sounds were heard. Elvis chose cover tunes and had songs written for him in various styles. This balance of tradition and progression allowed Elvis to walk the fine line of cultural acceptance with the rebellion of rock n’ roll. Several years of intensive movie production and a growing dependence on prescription drugs nearly rendered Elvis into a superficial commodity. However, a bold TV comeback in 1968 catapulted him back into the forefront of this exciting time in music. Graceland Mansion in Tennessee stands as a memorial to Elvis Presley, an American treasure.

tom jones (singer) 1940 –

Located on international waters, the offshore pirate radio station Radio Caroline broadcast “It’s Not Unusual” in 1964. The BBC had resisted releasing the single due to the prurient reputation of Welsh vocalist Tom Jones. But alas, his good time vibes spread far and fast. Plenty of men were intrigued by this new robust voice. However, it was the ladies who particularly enjoyed the Tom Jones experience. His seductive vitality combined with a definitive sixties sound created a whirlwind of excitement. Gordon Mills, Tom’s aggressive and shrewd manager, quickly capitalized on his initial success by landing soundtrack hits and creating publicity. Tom Jones concerts were notoriously bawdy affairs. Fans swooned and sang along with sentimental ballads like “The Green, Green, Grass of Home.” While “She’s a Lady” brought them to their feet every time. With dynamic charisma, Jones thrived on the big stage of Las Vegas. Over time however, the decadence of stardom began taking its toll and his act was verging on self-parody – but son Mark Woodward came to the rescue. Taking over the managerial reigns after Mills died, Mark helped to revitalize his father’s career. New recordings and collaborations showcase his larger-than-life voice and spirited style. One thing is certain, the enthusiasm and passion of Tom Jones abides.

barbra streisand (singer) 1942 –

All sorts of people love the song “People” from the Broadway hit Funny Girl. This popular number was performed and recorded by legendary singer Barbra Streisand. Affectionately known as Babs, Streisand is the epitome of a modern Renaissance woman. Her first three self-titled albums were filled with cabaret and musical theater standards. The tracks showcase her incredible vocal range and depth of feeling. Popular variety shows all began featuring the quick-witted young singer with exotic looks. Streisand recorded ten albums in five years while also creating the TV special series: Color Me Barbra. A synergistic career unfolded as blockbuster acting roles exposed new audiences to her title songs. “The Way We Were” from the film of the same name was an instant worldwide hit. Streisand has received the gamut of awards for her outstanding career in music and film. She is the only solo performer to have a gold record in six consecutive decades. Barbra Streisand is adored for the immense body of quality work she shared and continues to share.

rodgers & hammerstein (composers) 1902 – 1993 * 1895 – 1960

The hills are still alive with “The Sound of Music.” The titular song for the famous Broadway musical is a collaborative result of Richard Rodgers and Oscar Hammerstein II. With the empowering message to follow one’s dreams, their final collaboration was a huge sensation. The two musical professionals were already well established and respected before their 16 years of collaborative work. The composer and lyricist created musicals which reinvented and reinvigorated the form. Their integrative approach weaves serious issues with lighthearted song and comedy. In 1943, Rodgers and Hammerstein united with the common interest of turning the stage-play Green Grow the Lilacs into the musical production Oklahoma! Opening on Times Square, folks were soon whistling “Oh, What a Beautiful Morning” all around town. Next, the duo took on heavier themes of domestic violence with Carousel. “You’ll Never Walk Alone” is a reassuring ode to those who must endure after being traumatized. The romantic musical set-in paradise, South Pacific gave us “Some Enchanted Evening.” And their tale of tolerance, The King and I, was Yul Brynner’s triumphant start. In 1957, the creative duo’s TV-movie of the fairytale Cinderella recorded 107 million viewers in the U.S. – especially impressive as the population was only 171 million at the time. The popularity of Rodgers and Hammerstein inspired a revival of musical theater and film.

154

diana ross (singer) 1944

There “Ain’t No Mountain High Enough” to keep Diana Ross from a successful singing career. Motown Records was established to put the soulful music of Detroit Michigan on vinyl. Owner Berry Gordon formed The Supremes with three young girls who loved to be around the recording studio. After two years of struggle, Diana Ross, Mary Wilson, and Florence Ballard exploded onto the scene. In fact, they had 10 number 1 hits in less than three years, including: “Come See About Me” and “Stop in the Name of Love.” The popularity of The Supremes rivaled only The Beatles in the 1960s. Leaving the band to go solo was a bold move for Ross, but it paid off. The theme song for the movie Mahogany: “Do You Know Where You’re Going To” is a poignant example of her distinctive style. Ross was always up for a challenge. Her depiction of Billie Holiday in Lady Sings the Blues highlighted her varied skillsets. When disco became the rage, dance clubs couldn’t get enough of tracks such as “Love Hangover” and “Upside Down.” It is no wonder why Billboard Magazine dubbed Diana Ross: “Female Entertainer of the Century.”

michael jackson (singer) 1958

2009

“Thriller” shook up the year of 1984 with a disco-funk energy and Michael Jackson’s signature dance-pop style. The album contains an unprecedented seven top-of-thechart hits. "Beat it" rocks, and the duet with Paul McCartney “The Girl Is Mine” adds a soothing serenade. The music-video for “Billie Jean” debuted ‘the moonwalk’ – his signature dance move. Since childhood, Michael had been performing with his four brothers in The Jackson 5. He blew crowds away with his voice and spectacular dance moves. Motown caught wind of their great talent and Diana Ross became the band’s ally in the music industry. Jackson’s solo career began with his album Off the Wall, produced by Quincy Jones. The sexy track “Rock with You” demonstrates its smooth sounds. Later in his career, Jones and Jackson teamed up again to create “Man in the Mirror” – a powerful song on many levels. An accident while filming a TV commercial left Michael burned and scarred. Following this incident, an addiction to plastic surgery and skin augmentation brought his neurosis out for everyone to see. Tabloids had an almost weekly obsession with him and his Neverland Ranch. The disturbing aspects of his final years stands in contrast to the legacy of enthusiastic creativity and unworldly talent of Michael Jackson.

whitney houston (singer) 1963 – 2012

Whitney Houston’s version of Dolly Parton’s “I Will Always Love You” is one of the most popular songs ever recorded – the coruscating crown jewel on the best-selling soundtrack of all time: The Bodyguard. Whitney came from a prestigious lineage of female vocalists. When president of Arista Records, Clive Davis, heard her perform, he knew Whitney was a star. On Valentine’s Day 1985, The self-titled debut album Whitney Houston hit the shelves. The tunes “How Will I Know?” and “Saving All My Love for You” created a multitude of devoted fans. The way Houston sings “The Greatest Love of All” is why she is known as the Queen of Pop. Her incredible range shines with crystal clear tone and precise diction. Whitney’s adept vocal control did not hamper her ability to convey emotions. Drawing from her gospel roots, she soulfully sang her heart out every time. With a magnificent range, she often used dazzling melismatic techniques. Her second record, Whitney, exceeded expectations which were already sky high. The album produced seven consecutive top hits, like the upbeat and fun “I Wanna Dance with Somebody.” Despite mental illness, addiction, and a tragic early death, Whitney Houston’s songs are like flowers, giving nectar to make our lives sweeter as time moves on.

celine dion (singer) 1968 –

“My Heart Will Go On” by Celine Dion captures the romance and pathos of the wildly popular 1997 film Titanic. Dion enjoys international fanfare for albums recorded in English as well as her native French language. Her debut release in English, Unison, is typified by the emanative “Where Does My Heart Beat Now.” Celine’s harmony with Peabo Bryson in Beauty and the Beast was a smashing success for her and Disney. Her second English release, Celine Dion, established her self-assured style of powerful ballads. “If You Asked Me Too” and “Love Can Move Mountains” exemplify her smooth vibrato, refined technical skill, and expressive catches which make her uniquely effective. Throughout her career, Dion repeatedly returns to her origins, recording French favorites like: "Pour Que Tu M’aimes Encore and D’eux." Celine revealed her love for longtime friend and manager Rene Angelil with the album: The Colour of My Love. Their fairytale wedding was held at Notre Dame Basilica amidst the surroundings of her beloved home. Celine Dion has influenced the genres of pop, adult contemporary, and soft rock with her dynamic style.

155

confucius (china) 551 bc – 479 bc

A man of humble beginnings, Confucius brought morality and social ethics to the fore in ancient China. Emphasizing personal responsibility to one’s family and society, he outlined a code of ethical behavior. Initially rejected, the doctrines of Confucius eventually became state sanctioned in China as Confucianism – a religion still practiced today. The benevolent teachings of Confucius spread throughout the East and has since influenced the whole of humanity. He wanted to empower the individual to act in accordance with the higher good of oneself and the greater community. From this perspective, knowing one’s role in family and society provides needed structure. The resulting freedom from existential angst relieves inner and outer conflict. A relationship with morality guides appropriate action – harmony becomes a shared benefit. The focus is on decluttering the mind rather than filling it with rigid beliefs: "Life is really simple, but we insist on making it complicated." Confucius spoke of the need for compassion, stating the Golden Rule, only in reverse fashion: “What you do not wish for yourself, do not do to others.”

socrates (greece) 469 bc – 399 bc

For most of us, answering “good” to the question “how are you?” is enough for social protocol. However, imagine you were asked this by Socrates under the Athenian sun. Next thing you know, you’re answering a series of questions determining what the definition of ‘good’ is. For this was the method of questioning (Socratic dialectic) employed by the preeminent provocateur who is now seen as a primary founder of western philosophy. Transcending the skepticism and relativism of the Sophists, Socrates determined immutable definitions for qualities such as truth, justice, and virtue. The charismatic Greek philosopher shifted focus from the investigation of natural phenomena to the inner search for intrinsic, universal truths. By not claiming facts, Socrates freed himself of cumbersome and limiting beliefs: “As for me, all I know is that I know nothing.” Meant to be a pedagogical tool, the Socratic Method breaks apart contradictions held within our belief systems. Nobody was immune to the penetrating questions of Socrates. Ultimately, the public embarrassment of corrupt aristocrats is what ultimately cost him his life. In the end, he used the prosecuting kangaroo court as a teaching moment for those witnessing. Although never writing a word, Socrates revolutionized western thought through the work of his devoted students.

plato (greece) 427 bc – 347 bc

Socrates lived on through his brilliant student Plato. Western philosophy and the very building blocks of perception unfold from Plato’s profound literature. These philosophical writings, such as Dialogues, give a framework for the understanding of cosmology, epistemology, politics, religion, mathematics, metaphysics, aesthetics, and more. For example, the Allegory of the Cave, is a metaphor to explain how unchanging qualities such as truth or goodness literally exist in a ‘realm of forms’ invisible to us, but comprehensible to the mind that transcends appearances. He challenged us to go beyond the “shadows of illusion” derived through the senses, and touch upon the light of universal truth found through the Socratic Method of inquiry. Plato founded a unique school of thought: The Academy in Athens. Its teachings resonate today as they have throughout modern history. The objective was not to establish a fixed system of philosophy but to maintain flexibility of the mind. Ultimately it is one’s own responsibility to navigate the dark forest, ultimately finding clear open sky: “We can easily forgive a child who is afraid of the dark; the real tragedy of life is when men are afraid of the light.”

aristotle (greece) 384 bc – 322 bc

Aristotle is one of the great thinkers of recorded history. Although considered Plato’s star student and subsequent teacher at the Academy, Aristotle was not afraid to counter the viewpoints of his mentor. For instance, whereas Plato believed in the existence of "forms" and ideas, Aristotle concluded that these qualities are found only in our thoughts, actions, and behavior. With an agile and determined mind, he delineated the origins of logic and ethics, while also giving context to varied disciplines, such as: rhetoric, biology, anatomy, poetry, music, linguistics, physics, meteorology, geology, theology, and pretty much anything else you can think of. Aristotle created a legendary peripatetic school and museum called the Lyceum. This is where teachers and students would walk the gardens together, studying the interaction of plants, animals and the elements. Aristotle’s Four Questions of Cause determine the "telos" or purpose for anything. It was at the Lyceum where seeds for the scientific method were sown. One doesn’t need look far to discover the wonder of life. In his timeless words: "Knowing yourself is the beginning of all wisdom."

156 PHILOSOPHERS

PHILOSOPHERS

epicurus (greece) 341 bc – 270 bc

To live by an Epicurean philosophy is to enjoy one’s existence free of suffering. Not to say without pain and grief, for these are inevitable – but to live fully. In this way, experiencing “the good life” is characterized by friends, family, hobbies of interest, sport, the arts, etc. This seemingly hedonist outlook is nuanced with perspectives which go far beyond the pleasure principle. In fact, by simplifying needs and expectations, one is free to enjoy a developed character of virtue. A fear of God (or Gods) is nullified by Theodicy, or the belief that any supreme being that may exist is not concerned with human affairs and neither rewards nor punishes. Epicurus concluded determinism was not viable and that free will was at the root of freedom. In his own words: “Is God willing to prevent evil, but not able? Then he is not omnipotent. Is he able, but not willing? Then he is malevolent. Is he both able and willing? Then whence cometh evil? Is he neither able nor willing? Then why call him God?" Epicurus oversaw a small school called The Garden. Revolutionary at the time, women and slaves were admitted and treated as equal. It was a community of friendship, learning, and enjoyment.

francis bacon (england) 1561 – 1626

Francis Bacon was one of the bold pioneers of empiricism. His foundational epistemological writings propose that truth can be determined by successive observation of any phenomena under varying circumstances. In The Advancement of Learning, Bacon articulates: "If a man will begin with certainties, he shall end in doubts; but if he will be content to begin with doubts, he shall end in certainties." In Bacon’s view, experimentation is the means to gain knowledge. The more variables which are taken into consideration, the more conclusive are the results. In addition to laying groundwork for the scientific method, Francis also outlined ‘idols’ or obstructions to learning. In his book Novum Organum, the "Idols" of the Cave is explained to be the obstacle of preconceived notions – the antithesis of inductive reasoning. Therefore, the focus is placed on the amalgam of data collected from the senses. However, Bacon knew that solely trusting sense-data can lead to assumptions and misconceptions. Therefore, he advocated for rigorous testing and experimentation to unlock nature’s secrets – thus giving humanity “more control over the natural world.” This methodical and inductive approach is the cornerstone on which modern science is built.

niccolo machiavelli (italy) 1469 – 1527

The overall thesis of Niccolo Machiavelli's book The Prince is: "the ends justify the means." In this work, he derides morality as a prime motivator for a person of power, such as a king or president. While not advocating the overseers of state to be strictly amoral (evil for evil’s sake), he suggested a benevolent or cruel action should match the situation. For Machiavelli, the goal is the honor and glory gained from increasing power and control. A Machiavellian viewpoint is that an altruistic leader who always exhibits caring and generosity shows weakness. Therefore, if the masses perceive inadequacy, then disarray and rebellion will occur. He advocates the use of fear as a motivator to maintain control. Machiavelli advocated for brutality to be used in small doses to create order. However, violence need not be the only means of control: "Never attempt to win by force what can be won by deception." Niccolo himself was once a leader of the fledgling Florentine republic. Suddenly, he was imprisoned and tortured over a false accusation. He became a master manipulator who ingratiated himself with his abusers to further his political ambitions. He went from being a prisoner in a dungeon to attaining a seat of great power and influence. Machiavellian philosophies have since permeated throughout the spectrum of politics and power.

rene descartes (france) 1596 – 1650

Genius is said to describe the mathematical prowess of Rene Descartes. The scientific revolution was given blueprints by means of his masterful extrapolations. He invented analytical geometry, the Cartesian co-ordinate system, and gave rise to infinitesimal calculus. Descartes pioneered what is now taken for granted. He explored the depths of philosophy to discover indelible attributes of reality. The certitude of his geometric proofs led him to see mathematics as nature’s language. For Rene, the universe could be explained with the application of sound formulas. The Cartesian Method consists of four rules to determine rational deductions based on scientific observation. The first being: “Accept nothing as true which is not presented to the mind so clearly and distinctly that there is no reason to doubt it.” Applying these rules to determine his own metaphysics and epistemology resulted in “Cogito ergo sum” or “I am thinking; therefore, I exist.” Derived from this certainty, he outlines a reasoned proof for God’s existence and a perfect universal order as seen through mathematics. In essence, Descartes gave reason to the coming rationalist movement while helping to usher in a new philosophy.

158

blaise Pascal (france) 1623 – 1662

Having established Pascal's Theorem as a teenager, it was clear Blaise was a prodigy of mathematics. As a teenager, he created the first geared calculator to help his father with an accounting job. Pascal became widely known and respected at an early age. In his written work Experiments on a Vacuum, he argues against the traditional Aristotelean view that “nature abhors a vacuum.” In this important piece the supposition is made that invisible matter does exist. With international renown also came fierce criticism. In a famous series of correspondence Pascal defends the scientific method to Pere Noel, the rector of the Parisian Jesuit College. In his letters, he elucidates how science should be self-correcting and evolutionary in order to be effective. Pascal boldly states: “authoritative texts have no place in science.” Towards the end of his short life, he had a religious experience. His sudden conversion impelled him to write on his new theology. This includes Pascal’s Wager, where he puts forth the proposition that by believing in God, one has everything to gain and nothing to lose, whereas disbelief offers nothing to gain and everything to lose.

gottfried leibniz (germany) 1646 – 1716

Gottfried Leibniz believed that the Earth as it is here and now: "is the best of all possible worlds." He certainly lived in a manner which embodied this optimistic viewpoint. His prodigious contributions to mathematics, physics, logic, theology, and philosophy, gave fresh perspectives on reality. Leibniz led an inexhaustible quest to bring forth understanding across multiple fields of study. He improved Pascal’s mechanical calculator with multiplication and division capabilities. Leibniz also formulated the Binary Numeral System – so necessary to the future of computing. Voltaire’s witty stage play, Candide, lampoons Gottfried’s metaphysical optimism as blind to the evil and tragedy in the world. Yet, undeterred by popular sentiment, Leibniz immersed himself in explaining the fundamental building blocks of existence. These indivisible units of substance called monads, do not comprise of any parts or have any physical attributes. In his view, their perfection reflects the perfection of creation, illustrating how this flawlessness is hard wired into the structure of the cosmos. Perhaps this is why Gottfried Leibniz believed that: “There is nothing without a reason."

voltaire (france) 1694 – 1778

The electric writing of Voltaire coursed throughout the Age of Reason. He fearlessly advocated for religious and racial tolerance during times of oppression.

An unscrupulous monarchy and unyielding church had the population of France in dire straits. Often rendering him in jail, Voltaire’s humorous and polemic pieces confronted the powers that be. He railed against the violence and intellectual suppression at the hands of the French monarchy and Catholic Church. Drawing upon a vast knowledge of religious and philosophical texts, Voltaire consistently broke down prevailing dogmas. He warned of authoritarianism: “Those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities.” People spread his literature as dissatisfaction grew. An advocate for the separation of church and state, Adam Smith and Benjamin Franklin found guidance from Voltaire to further their quest for a “free union in the Americas.” Admiring the peaceful attributes of the Vedas, Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius. Although he did not necessarily lay new groundwork for systemic philosophy; Voltaire spoke truth to power; gave voice to critical thinking; and provided needed laughter to release tension: “Life is a shipwreck, but we must not forget to sing in the lifeboats.”

jean-jacques rousseau (france) 1712 – 1778

It might be considered ironic that such a passionate lover of literature and music would pen an award-winning essay on civilization’s deleterious effect on humanity. In a Discourse on the Sciences and Art, Rousseau contends that all great societies of the past fell ingloriously from inevitable decadence and corruption. He saw envy, greed, and vanity exhibited by those holding prominent positions of power. As stated in A Discourse on the Origin of Inequality, one of the main causes for these imbalances was the ownership of property. Criticized or loved for his idealism, he explains how ‘natural man’ can live unencumbered by comparison and hierarchy: “Once people begin to live in fixed relations with other people, freedom is necessarily curtailed.” In his treatise The Social Contract, Rousseau envisions a republic which offers the most liberty possible. A true freedom - one that empowers the sovereign to rule themselves for the common good. The awareness of one’s condition precipitates change: “Man is born free, and everywhere he is in chains.” All in all, Jean-Jacques Rousseau was a humanist: “What wisdom can you find greater than kindness.”

immanuel kant (germany) 1727 – 1804

Immanuel Kant lived a highly regimented lifestyle and never traveled far from his home in Germany. However, his inner explorations traversed the limits of philosophy and ventured into the limitless realm of metaphysics. Kant put forth groundbreaking concepts

159

which revolutionized not only our perception of reality, but also of perception itself. Following a decade’s long incubation period, Kant wrote the Critique of Pure Reason. This work created a “Copernican revolution” of understanding. It succeeded in reconciling opposing epistemological views of the empiricists and rationalists. At the center, is the rational, subjective mind. A mind that is actively taking part in creating that which it is experiencing. He implores us to utilize our free will, to examine ourselves, and find a morality which is intrinsically driven. The method lies in questioning one’s intention in an ecumenical fashion, or more simply put: “What if everyone took this action, would it still be moral?” If no contradictory elements lay between the person and the whole, then it is sound: “Act in such a way that you treat humanity, whether in your own person or in the person of any other, never merely as a means to an end, but always at the same time as an end.” Kant took the seeming duality of existence and created a dynamic interplay of wholeness.

georg hegel (germany) 1770 – 1813

The Herculean goal of Georg Hegel was not only to explain the essence of existence, but also to create a system in which to understand the perception of reality itself. The Dialectical Method was the primary tool he employed to do so. In this methodology, we find a thesis and inevitable antithesis must be reconciled with a synthesis. This integration of opposites becomes a new thesis, and the process starts again. Seeing the problem and the solution as one provides context and comprehension. The nature of intelligence is to divide and compare for orientation. For Hegelians, true freedom can be found when this is employed to discover the nature of oneself, and the civilization one lives in. As painstakingly delineated in Hegel's Phenomenology of Spirit, a quest into consciousness can only be actualized by the individual. When someone comes from a place of "self-consciousness," they ultimately realize "self-certainty," which is reflected and maintained by other self-realized beings. Unity is then known on all levels as an irreconcilable truth. To illustrate this dialectic, he uses the analogy of the "master and slave." The individual struggle for emancipating oneself mirrors the struggles of society at large. In his writing on The Philosophy of History, Hegel proclaims: "The history of the world is none other than the progress of the consciousness of freedom.”

karl marx (germany) 1818 – 1883

Not many authors can claim they shaped the course of history in the way Karl Marx has. Marx and Friedrich Engels endeavored to resolve the divisiveness of class-based societies. Out of these ruminations, Karl Marx created a polemic to capitalism: The Communist Manifesto. In it, he claims personal liberty to be a ruse in capitalistic societies, as moneyed interests rig the system to suit themselves: “The oppressed are allowed once every few years to decide which particular representatives of the oppressing class are to represent and repress them.” The ruling elite (bourgeoisie) exploits the working class (proletariat) for evermore control, power, and greed. A hallmark of communism is the collective ownership of the means for production. From this perspective, a common purpose with society brings meaning and fulfillment. Marx also believed atheism was a means to freedom. As he famously claimed: "Religion is the opiate of the masses." Marx sought to eliminate organized religion, therefore, communist countries founded after the Russian revolution curtailed freedom of worship. His explicit call to arms gave way to multiple revolutions and counter insurgencies which defined much of the 20th Century. The writing of Karl Marx transformed the political, cultural, and societal landscapes of the world.

friedrich nietzsche (germany) 1844 – 1900

Friedrich Nietzsche stands at the edge of a cliff warning us to not follow the herd over the edge. He urged for the emancipation of oneself from the dictates of a dead value system. This transformation ultimately leads to an empowered "Superman" who creates life on his or her own terms. Nietzsche’s words revolt against religion, government, and any other kind of system which dictates morality on one hand, while simultaneously subjugating the masses with the other. By declaring that “the old God is dead” Friedrich explained how the means to self-empowerment begins by rejecting stagnant value-systems which keep humanity asleep at the wheel. He implored us to think for ourselves and find the virtues which intrinsically guide us. Nietzsche refused to offer a methodology for doing so however, as it would be antithetical to his intent. To find truth beyond culture, religion, and politics is the challenge of “life affirmation.” The fiercely independent philosopher wanted to shake us out of a ‘slave-master morality.’ He advocated taking full responsibility, thus living as an empowered human being: “The individual has always had to struggle to keep from being overwhelmed by the tribe. If you try it, you will be lonely often, and sometimes frightened. But no price is too high to pay for the privilege of owning yourself.”

160

john dewey (USA) 1859 – 1952

Pragmatist, educational reformer, psychologist, and philosopher, John Dewey was not concerned with what you think, but how you think it. His aim was to assist the individual to break free of unhelpful thought patterns by using his Theory of Inquiry. This process breaks down any personal conflicts by applying a scientific method for the mind. If the mind is not developed, we are all vulnerable to mediocrity and ignorance. Having no use for fixed morals or heavenly decrees, Dewey suggests using ‘value judgements’ to ascertain whether a certain behavior could be altered. This important work brings about mutually beneficial solutions amidst evolving circumstances. His contribution to education was to inspire and facilitate cooperative learning environments akin to the ancient Greeks: “Give the pupils something to do, not something to learn; and the doing is of such a nature as to demand thinking; learning naturally results.” He saw institutions of learning trending toward becoming fact factories – churning out automatons with atrophied critical thinking skills. In his view, this hierarchal approach only fosters pliant submission, while an informed and empowered citizen is necessary for any successful democracy. John Dewey’s love of learning emulated a positive vision for a better world: “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”

bertrand russell (england) 1872 – 1970

The philosophical idealism which derived from Kant and Hegel’s understanding of perception, were held to account by the logical analysis of Bertrand Russell. His use of mathematical reason cut through thick conceptualizations to reveal a straightforward methodology. Russell saw external objects to be made up of logical constructions derived from sense-data. He claimed the outer world to be devoid of real substance, believing external reality to be an amalgamation of purely inferred information. In other words, the object is not telling the mind what it is; the mind is telling the object what it is. The Logical-Analytic method became a tool of discernment. No theoretical hypothesis is immune from its ability to ascertain inconsistencies or logical fallibility. Bertrand Russell was also a staunch political activist, speaking out against war and nuclear proliferation. His words are as true today as they were in primitive times: “War does not determine who is right – only who is left.” As a result of his activism, he paid the price with imprisonment and loss of employment. Albert Einstein famously noted about Russell: "Great spirits have always encountered violent opposition from mediocre minds."

sarvepalli radhakrishnan (india) 1888 – 1975

The Ethics of the Vedanta and its Metaphysical Presuppositions was Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan’s master thesis in college. In it, he conveyed the Advaita Vedanta for western comprehension. This became his life’s mission. Through academic and diplomatic efforts, Radhakrishnan engineered a bridge between ancient Hinduism and the modern, scientific mindset. His tireless efforts fostered cross-cultural connections of mutual appreciation and respect: “Love thy neighbor as thyself because you are your neighbor. It is illusion that makes you think that your neighbor is someone other than yourself.” After India reclaimed independence, Radhakrishnan was elected to be the first vice-president, and second president of the country. Inspiring his work was the prose of Rabindranath Tagore and the actions of Mahatma Gandhi. They sparked his passion to remedy broad misconceptions between cultures. Emphasizing intuition as the means for spiritual communication, he elucidated teachings from the Vedanta on how to experientially comprehend Divinity. For Sarvepalli, the ancient wisdom of Hinduism gave context and comprehension to the modern perspective. When his birthday was to be canonized as a national holiday, he simply wished: "Instead of celebrating my birthday, it would be my proud privilege if the 5th of September is observed as Teachers Day.”

jean-paul sartre (france) 1905 – 1980

“To be or not to be? That is the question.” However, if existence precedes essence as Sartre claims, then fundamentally there is no one “to be” in the first place. That is to say, the human self, which seems to be a given, is a construct of the mind as outlined in his penetrating work: Transcendence of Ego. The anguish or “existential dread” which springs from this seeming loss of identity is the very basis for freedom and fulfillment. Ceding to the primary nature of consciousness is to realize "nothingness." This blank slate offers sentient beings a way to freely manifest an optimal life. By realizing this potential, one can activate latent abilities. Releasing beliefs and identifications of "bad faith" allows us to realize radical freedom: “Life has no meaning a priori… It is up to you to give it a meaning, and value is nothing but the meaning that you choose.” To fully engage in the human potential is to free loose the binds of an illusory self with its corresponding belief systems. Simply put, and in his own words: “We are our choices.”

161

SCIENTISTS, INNOVATORS, AND INVENTORS

galileo galilei (ITALY) 1564 – 1642

Galileo Galilei is considered a founding member of the scientific revolution. His inventions were incredibly significant, and his theories confirmed our true place in the universe. The Italian polymath created previously unimagined innovations i.e., the proportional compass (sector), the time-tracking pendulum, and the thermometer which is still used today. Galileo also greatly improved the telescope for astral viewing. With it, he turned his eyes to the celestial heavens, discovering spots on the sun, moons around Jupiter, and mountains on the Earth’s moon. In his book, Sidereus Nuncius, Galileo came to an undeniable, yet unpopular conclusion: As Copernicus had stated, the Earth revolves around the Sun and not the other way around. The Inquisition was alerted, and Galileo was summoned to stand trial. Forced to renounce his beliefs under threat of torture, his sentence was house arrest for life. In a sequestered state, he wrote a scientific manisfesto: Two New Sciences. In it, he stressed the importance of observation, experimentation, and demonstration to ascertain scientific fact. This was a genesis moment for the new scientific paradigm to come.

francis bacon (england) 1561 – 1626

Francis Bacon claimed that science needed to be based on a methodology of inductive reasoning to be effective. The scientific system proposed in his book Novum Organum (New Method), came to be known as the Baconion Method – consensus by rigorous experimental observation. This process established a ‘ladder of axioms’ whereby research can be built upon, and challenged, in a progressive evolution of hypothesis, theories, facts, and laws. Bacon not only offered methodologies for experimentation, but he also categorized obstructions to clear, critical thinking. Such 'idols of the mind' subvert objectivity by bolstering preconcieved ideas and rigid belief systems. He offered logical procedures to determine the cause and effect for any phenomena. In this, way one can understand nature within a framework of shared research, evolving knowledge, and inventive technology. Knowing the physical senses were subject to error, an open forum of experimentation and shared research was deemed necessary. The focus was shifted from justifying an answer to exploring an open minded interrogation of nature. As he once stated: “A sudden, bold, and unexpected question doth many times surprise a man and lay him open.”

isaac newton (england) 1643 – 1727

Sir Isaac Newton observed an apple falling from a tree and questioned the mechanics behind its movement. Everyone can attest the power of gravity, but none before Newton had defined it mathematically. This was his specialty and setting things straight his prime objective. In fact, the Three Laws of Motion and Universal Gravitation articulated in his book Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, were the foundations of celestial mechanics, gravity, and physics for over two centuries. Building upon Galileo and Descartes, Newton is said to have improved upon every mathematical system while ushering in the scientific revolution with his prodigious postulations. He advanced the nascent field of optics and is co-credited with developing calculus. Most of his work in the physical sciences was done before the age of thirty. The rest of his life was focused primarily on alchemy and the occult. Newton worked tirelessly to grasp the elusive mystical properties of the Philosopher’s Stone. It is difficult to exaggerate the accomplishments of Sir Isaac Newton. A paradigm shift of understanding was his accomplishment and work.

benjamin franklin (usa) 1706 – 1790

Inventor, scientist, publisher, writer, diplomat, political architect, entrepreneur, and lover of the moment: Benjamin Franklin lived an extraordinary life. His adept diplomacy resulted in two treaties with France and the nascent United States of America. Co-writing both The Declaration of Independence and The United States Constitution, he also convinced the English monarchy to sign The Peace Treaty of 1783 to end the American Revolution. Some of his innovations were large-scale and endeavored to uplift humanity: the public library system, the post office, the Poor Richard’s Almanac, volunteer fire departments, and helping to establish the U.S. government. Even as political and social upheaval erupted around him, Benjamin made time to enjoy his inventive spirit. The efficient Franklin stove, bifocals (eyeglasses), swim fins, and lightning rods, are all the results of his trial-and-error experiments. As he stated: “Do not fear mistakes… You will know failure. Continue to reach out.” By observing nature, specifically lightning, Franklin had a vision to harness the power of electricity. This simple experiment using a key on a kite string was a strike of brilliance. Franklin charted the Gulf Stream, led the Freemasons, and established colleges, all while having meaningful friendships and enjoying a good game of chess.

162

SCIENTISTS, INNOVATORS, AND INVENTORS

michael faraday (england) 1791 – 1867

Michael Faraday shows what focused desire can get you. A series of serendipitous events in his youth led young Michael to work for the Royal Institution of London. This is where he would spend the next fifty four years experimenting, observing, learning, and teaching the ways of chemistry and electromagnetic behavior. Faraday had a strong attraction to magnets and how they interacted with electricity. His intensive research led him to develop the first two Laws of Electrolysis which explain how chemicals are broken down by electricity. From the discovery of electromagnetic induction came the electric motor – a marvel of modern engineering. Faraday discovered Benzene and liquefied gases thought untransmutable, such as ammonia. The cooling effect observed from this experiment led to the mechanics of modern refrigeration. His work greatly advanced knowledge in the fields of force. Michael especially enjoyed giving theatrical presentations to educate on science, for instance, the dramatic display of his Faraday Cage. Michael Faraday endeavored to understand and teach the interdependence of magnetism, electricity, gravity, and light: “Nature is our kindest friend and best critic in experimental science, if we only allow her intimations to fall unbiased on our minds.”

charles darwin (england) 1809 – 1882

The splendor of nature fascinated Charles Darwin. The incredible diversity of animals, plants, and rocks captivated him. Due to unexpected circumstances, he found himself working as a naturist aboard the H.MS. Beagle surveying ship. Five years spent traveling the world shaped his life’s work. Darwin scoured coastlines for specimens. He trekked into rainforests, across grassy plains, and up craggy cliffs – sending his observations and research back home as he went. When he returned, Charles was shocked to find himself a celebrity. His findings had been published without his knowledge. Avoiding the pitfalls of fame, Darwin focused on his work. He concluded ‘natural selection’ was the driving mechanism evolving one species into another. This idea of generational evolution is based on the need of a species to adapt within an ever-changing environment to survive. After years of fine tuning, On the Origin of Species was released to a firestorm of controversy and debate. Some churches were challenged by these assertions, claiming the truth of our genesis to be Creationism. A “Darwinist” was at once a derogatory term, or a badge of honor depending on one’s ideology. Arguments flamed even higher with Darwin’s subsequent work, The Descent of Man. His proclamation that humankind descended from apes was met with outrage and ridicule. However, Charles Darwin stayed away from the ruckus, living in nature, under the care of his wife Emma.

alexander graham bell (scotland-usa-canada) 1847 – 1922

Alexander Graham Bell was hired to create a telegraph capable of sending multiple messages over the same wire. However, his financial backers became frustrated with his lack of progress, as he was obsessed with trying to transmit sound via wires. Thomas Watson, a master electrician, was assigned to assist Mr. Bell and keep him on task. However, Watson was soon swept up in Bell’s quest for voice transmission. Now a ubiquitous part of modern life, in 1876 the telephone was an astounding marvel. The emerging communications industry took off as did Alexander’s career. His Volta Laboratory, located in Washington D.C., became an epicenter for innovation. A cavalcade of inventions ensued: flying machines, a prototype for the metal detector, the photophone (wireless telephone), an artificial respirator, an improved phonograph, and a hydrofoil boat which broke the speed record. Other important accomplishments include co-founding a preeminent educational magazine The National Geographic and helping the hearing impaired live an easier life. Alexander Graham Bell’s prolific work is an astounding example of the human potential: “Concentrate all your thoughts upon the work at hand. The sun's rays do not burn until brought to a focus.”

thomas edison (usa) 1847 – 1931

It is hard to envision a world without the inventions of Thomas Edison. In his early years, Thomas expanded the capabilities of the telegraph while also inventing an electric voice recorder. Although not a commercial success, this was the first in what became over one thousand Edison patents. Henceforth, he vowed to “only invent things that the public wanted.” Edison created an invention laboratory called Menlo Park in New Jersey. He toured the U.S., amazing audiences with his phonograph – a machine that could record and play back sounds. Electric lighting then captured his fancy. Existing light bulbs were impractical, unsafe, and expensive, so Thomas endeavored to illuminate the world with his long-lasting incandescent light bulbs. After standardizing and implementing his Direct Current (D.C.) electrical system in lower Manhattan; Nikola Tesla's Alternating Current (A.C.) system was proving more efficient and safe. Thus, began the Current Wars, which Edison took to unfortunate lengths. Returning to Menlo Park, he upgraded the facility to be an industrial complex. This is where the first motion picture viewer, the Kinetoscope, and corresponding recorder, the Kinetograph were created. The industries of music, motion-pictures, and electric lighting can all thank Thomas Edison for shepherding in their existence.

164

ivan pavlov (russia) 1849 – 1936

Charles Darwin’s book On the Origin of Species and the words of Dmitry Pisarev changed young Ivan Pavlov’s perspective on life. Leaving seminary school, he enrolled in the science program at the University of Saint Petersburgh. Fascinated by the mechanics of bodily systems, Pavlov began emulating I.M. Sechenov, whom he considered the father of Russian physiology. Pavlov’s 45-year tenure as head of the Physiology Department, at the Institute of Experimental Medicine, made the facility an esteemed hub on the cutting edge of research. His findings on the pancreas and how it interacts with the nervous system won prestigious awards. He delved into the world of digestion using canines as research subjects. This famous study showed how an involuntary response such as salivation, can be conditioned by creating an association with an unconditioned stimulus – in this case dog food. In the experiment, the gastric activity of canines was instigated by the sound of a bell or light bulb flash. In this way a ‘conditioned response’ was achieved. These insights created a foundational understanding of the digestive process. Inconsequentially, they also gave insights into the human mind. Frederick Skinner built on Pavlov’s work by articulating operant conditioning with countless experiments on behavior as it relates to reward or punishment. The data produced from Ivan Pavlov’s experiments would not only deepen our understanding of the body; it also revealed deep seated mechanics within the mind.

nikola tesla (serbia/usa) 1856 – 1943

Nikola Tesla was a visionary inventor whose sole focus was to invent technology in order to assist humanity on its journey. Utilizing an eidetic memory inherited from his mother, Nikola had visions which he clearly recalled. One such revelation was of an alternating current, induction motored generator. Tesla’s work to realize this vision came to fruition when his Westinghouse backed A.C. system lit up the 1893 Chicago’s World Fair. An engaging performer, his displays demonstrated the safety of properly utilized electricity. Tesla’s belief was that nature provided limitless energy and it was our job to tap into that power. He implored fellow scientists to think clearly more so than deeply: “If you want to find the secrets of the universe, think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration.” By the turn of the 20th century, his hydro-electric power generators on the shores of Niagara Falls lit up the city of Buffalo and beyond. Tesla created innovation labs in Colorado Springs and on Long Island. The incredible Wardenclyffe Tower he built was to be the first of an interconnected global network that

could transmit wireless energy garnered from the natural power of the Earth. But unfortunately, this groundbreaking work was suppressed. Tesla made robots, remote control boats, wireless lighting, a bladeless turbine, the first radio transmitter/receiver, powerful oscillators, and the amazing Tesla coil. He took electro-baths to raise his intellectual frequency and created X-ray imagery which revealed the bones in his hands. Sadly, for all he produced, Nikola Tesla died poor and suffering. His relentless drive to improve civilization is just now beginning to be recognized around the world.

jagdish chandra bose (india) 1858 – 1937

Plants like it when you talk to them. This was proven by the eminent scientist and polymath Jagdish Chandra Bose. His pioneering work discovering the intelligence of plant life was foundational. Not only do plants enjoy music as humans do, but they also have an electrostatic pulse. His innovative Crescograph measured the subtle responses to stimulus by various species. For example, when the roots of a plant were submerged in poison, its pulse first became erratic, then violent, and ultimately stopped – just as a human body would. These incredible findings of botanical feelings are outlined in several books, including: The Nervous Mechanisms of Plants. During his many years as a professor of physics at Presidency College, Bose elicited excitement and fascination for science from his students. Research into microwave radio frequencies led to an astounding public demonstration. Using only wavelengths, Bose rang a bell at a distance. His home-made receivers, transmitters, antennae, polarizers, and waveguides were technically brilliant. The coherer radio receiver he invented utilized semi-conducting crystals to detect radio waves. Jagdish Bose believed science to be a means for the upliftment and enlightenment of humanity. These themes are found throughout his science fiction books – a pioneer of the genre. Bose never patented his work. His scientific findings were openly disseminated to engender a cooperative exchange.

marie curie (poland) 1867 – 1934

As a young woman Marie Curie attended the clandestine Flying University of Warsaw. This underground education system for Polish youth existed for twenty years, providing uncensored information to those seeking knowledge and empowerment. Subsequently, at the University of Paris, Marie embarked on a scientific quest to explore the emerging world of nuclear physics. Henri Becquerel’s discovery of

165

radioactivity (a term Marie coined) sparked her interest in the subject. She was also enthralled with Wilhelm Roentgen’s discovery of electro-magnetic rays which emanate from radioactive isotopes (X-rays). Together with her fellow scientist and husband Pierre Curie, they intensively researched and experimented with radioactivity. Through an extremely arduous process, they isolated and discovered two elements: Polonium and Radium. The latter would guide the remainder of her life. Curie established the Radium Institute to harness and understand the power of this infinitesimal element. With the help of her daughter, Irene, Marie implemented 200 X-ray machines and 20 mobile units at medical triage centers on the frontlines of World War I. Sadly, she was unaware of the harmful effects of radiation. Marie became progressively debilitated, ultimately dying of leukemia. A two-time Nobel Prize winner, Marie Curie was a pioneering scientist known for her caring and modest nature.

wilbur wright (usa) 1867 – 1912

Ever since childhood, Wilbur was fascinated by flight. Having observed and contemplated the flight of birds, the Wright brothers went from designing a box kite, to a glider, to the first functioning airplane. After many successful flights with the glider, it was time to add an engine and make their baby fly. It took two years of trial and error until the first powered airplane flight was accomplished on December 17th, 1903, outside Kittyhawk, North Carolina. The Wright brothers were world class engineers and inventors; but with business matters they were less enthused. Meanwhile, Santos Dumont of France claimed to be the first to fly. Without proof of demonstration, a European newspaper derided the Wright brothers, proclaiming: “They’re either flyers or liars!” With this, Wilbur Wright traveled to France, and confidently exclaimed: “Gentlemen, I am going to fly!” That he did – and the age of aviation was officially on. After several years of litigation, they finally patented their powered airplane. Like his brother Orville, Wilbur never married, often stating: “I don’t have time for a wife and an airplane.” However, at the young age of 45, Wilbur died after contracting Typhoid. Orville dedicated the rest of his life to his brother’s vision.

orville wright (usa) 1871 – 1948

After successful ventures in printing and making bicycles in the late 19th century, the Wright brothers raised enough money to start thinking big and looking up. Wilbur’s enthusiasm for flying was contagious and just the kind of problem Orville wanted to solve. Taking prototype gliders to the high sand dunes of North Carolina, he became

accustomed to the relatively soft sand landings. Their first prototype gliders were too rudimentary to ascend. So, the Wright brothers created a homemade wind tunnel for testing miniature wings and propellers. While competing airplane inventors were obsessed with powerful motors and thrust, the Wright brothers focused on navigation. They created a three-axis control unit allowing the pilot complete maneuverability. After over one thousand glider flights, Orville’s piloting skills were ready to be tested with the power of propulsion. His historic flight occurred, on a winter’s day, in 1903. Many subsequent demonstrations were needed, as much of the public simply did not believe the incredible news. After the death of Wilbur, Orville spent the next thirty years in service to the emerging industry of flight.

albert einstein (germany) 1879 – 1955

In 1905, Albert Einstein released multiple papers on theoretical physics – this has since been dubbed his “miracle year.” Albert’s most celebrated accomplishments are the Special Theory of Relativity and subsequent release of his famous equation: E = mc². This was pivotal in showing that matter and energy are merely two different “states” of existence. Over the next ten years, Einstein’s views were circulated, absorbed, and debated. He worked diligently to broaden the scope of his emergent hypothesis. The General Theory of Relativity was unveiled in 1915 which incorporated gravity into the dynamic framework of space-time mechanics. While his prior works became more accepted, these new concepts of relativity were held in suspicion. The realization that time and space were not fixed but fluid aspects of the same continuum broke open the Newtonian understanding of movement. Einstein eventually disproved many of Newton’s theories, showing that although physical reality seems linear, it is actually dynamically multidimensional. His penetrating equations led to the discovery of black holes and the speculative plausibility of wormholes and time travel. Albert Einstein would execute ‘thought experiments’ where he utilized his imagination to envision his theories. These inner explorations resulted in great epiphanies and insights. Therefore, this is why Albert Einstein proclaimed: “imagination is more important than knowledge.”

edwin hubble (usa) 1889 – 1953

Edwin Hubble had a strong desire to explore the limits of the cosmos. George Eller Hale built a large telescope in Southern California, and he needed someone to oversee its use.

166

Hubble was just the man for the job. For the next three years, Edwin Hubble and fellow astronomer, Milton Humason, studied the skies to answer a simple question: “Do other galaxies exist outside of our own?” The 19th century cosmological model had our Milky Way galaxy as the entire Universe. Using research done on the movement of Cepheid stars made by Henrietta Swan Leavitt, Hubble proved the Andromeda Galaxy was outside of the Milky Way. Cosmology instantly expanded with this discovery, but what alsoseemed to be expanding was the universe itself. Hubble observed a red Doppler shift in galaxies and determined: “the greater the distance of a galaxy, the faster it recedes.” This became known as Hubble’s Law and gave rise to the Big Bang Theory. Another pioneering mathematical equation was the Hubble Constant, used to determine astronomical speeds. The Hubble Sequence is the extragalactic categorization system he and Humason employed to map the stars. Aptly named to honor him, NASA’s Hubble Telescope orbits Earth sending awe inspiring images from beyond. Edwin Hubble revealed a truth of galactic proportion, and the universe is a whole lot more interesting because of it.

jacques cousteau (france) 1910 – 1997

Jacques Cousteau shared the beauty of the ocean with humanity. During World War II, Cousteau helped invent the Aqua-Lung to enable prolonged underwater submersion for mine removal off the French coast. During this time, Jacques would envision his ultimate research vessel. Thomas Loel Guinness became enthused with his idea and bought Jacques an ex-minesweeping boat. The retrofitted Calypso was a state-ofthe-art ocean exploring ship. It was at the same time a laboratory and film/television studio. The Undersea World of Jacques Cousteau brought the first color imagery of sea life. Audiences were in awe of these new underwater sights. Donned with his iconic red cap, Jacques narrated as amazing and strange sea creatures swam before them.

The adventurous Calypso team not only discovered new aquatic lifeforms; they also uncovered shipwrecks, and other underwater archeology – offering fresh glimpses into history. Cousteau is credited for being a pillar of the environmental movement, using all mediums to educate on the consequences of pollution and coastal overdevelopment. Continually engaged with innovation, Jacques Cousteau updated nautical research ships and created underwater exploring vehicles like the multi-armed, diagnostic exploration unit: The Sea Spider. He even helped design and build subaquatic living quarters. There is no doubt why this innovating conservationist was affectionately known as “the Man-fish.”

steve Jobs (usa) 1955 – 2011

Upon witnessing his friend Steve Wozniak’s homemade motherboard, Steve Jobs convinced him to cofound Apple computers in 1976. Working from the Jobs’ family garage, the two created a user-friendly computer that was small and affordable. Initial success paved the way for Apple II and the sensation began to spread. An emerging computing industry took notice and quickly scrambled to meet the demand. After many setbacks, Jobs worked with a small group to innovate the Macintosh personal computer. This intuitive product was accessible yet powerful and transformed the computer world. Steve Jobs had an amazing ability to see the big picture. In many research labs, a piece of technology is developed and then tailored to be a product. Under the direction of Steve Jobs, this process was reversed. He saw what was lacking in society and then developed the technology to fill that need. Thanks in large part to Steve Jobs, we not only enjoy the easy interface of personal computing, but also digital music, 3D animation, touch screen technology, the iPhone, iPad, and much more. Before he died, Steve Jobs reminded us: “Remembering that you are going to die is the best way I know to avoid the trap of thinking you have something to lose. You are already naked. There is no reason not to follow your heart.”

167

BIBLIOGRAPHY

All noted references are from Lazaris as channeled by Jach Pursel through seminars and workshops sponsored and organized by Concept Synergy. Further information can be found at: www.lazaris.com

• consciously creating creativity: foundation of creativity

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar- Conjuring the Voices of Innovation: Congress of Magicians

• what is creativity?

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar- Discussion 1: The Burn of Curiosity of the Wonder of Mystery

• foundation of creativity - 8 pillars

o 2013 Year of Innovation: Discussion 2 & 3 - Creating Foundation of Creativity- 8 Steps: Celebration of Enchantment, Create Sacred Time, Guidance and Protection from Mentors, Sacred Place, Focus on Fascination and Mattering, Pause & Explore, Celebration of Inspiration, and Sharing your Creativity.

• celebration of enchantment

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar- Discussion1: The Burn of Curiosity of the Wonder of Mystery

• create a sacred time

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar - Conjuring the Voices of Innovation: Discussion 2 - Creating a Foundation of Creativity

• guidance and protection: personal mentors

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar - Conjuring the Voices of innovation: Discussion 2 -Creating a Foundation of Creativity

• mnemosyne and the muses of creativity

o 2013 Year of Innovation: May Seminar -Befriending Clio: Unveiling the Mysteries of Clio - Sunday Discussion 1 : Possibilities and the Muse

• duende

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar- Discussion 3: Mystical Strangers (Duende)

• sacred place

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar-Discussion 3: Sacred Place

• focus on personal fascination: mother earth

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar -Discussion 3: Fascination & Mattering

168

• focus on personal mattering:

global healing

o 2006: Year of Mattering-Workshop on "Lifting the Veil of Mattering and Revealing the Joy of Living and Loving Life"

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar-Discussion 3 and Workshop on: Fascination and Mattering

• Metaphysically healing yourself

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar - Discussion 3: Fascination and Mattering

• celebration of inspiration

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar- Discussion 3: Celebration of Inspiration

• sharing

o 2013 Year of Innovation: February Seminar- Discussion 3: Celebration of Inspiration

169
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.